~~[h)(Q)(Q)~ (Q)~ ~[h)@ [85CUJ o ~1t ~[Ji)W o [J@ [fl) mru® [Jl)1t Architecture Industrial Design Urban & Regional Planning Landscape Architecture Building Quantity Surveying

Queensland Institute of Technology George Street P.O. Box 2434 Brisbane Brisbane phone 2212411 Qld. 4001

ISSN 0156 - 1790 (School of the Built Environment)

Cover Design by -

Kay Henderson, E.R.O.U., Q.l.T.

1982 Calendar 1

By-laws of the Queensland Institute of Technology 7

1. Interpretation 8

2. Election of Council 9

3. The Common Seal 14

4. Meetings of Council 14

5. Committees appointed by Council 15

6. The Director 17

7. The Registrar 17

8. Staff 17

9. Student Discipline 19

10. Queensland Institute of Technology Union 24

11. Union Fees 25 12. Libraries 26

Rules Relating to Student Matters 27

Rules for Admission 29

Rules Relating to Un registered Students 31

Rules Relating to Exemptions in Undergraduate and Post Graduate Courses 32

Rules Relating to Students Who Seek Re-registration 33

General Examination Rules 34

Gross Failure Rules 45

library Rules 48

Law School Library Rules 57

Un•on Fee Rules 60

Schedule of Charges Affecting Students 61

Parking Regulations 62

Central Services 65

Administration 66

Academic Dress 67

Continuing Education Programme 68

Computer Centre Facilities 69

Institute Bookshop 72

Educational Research and Development Unit 73 Library 74 Accommodation 75 Financial Aid 76

Gardens Point Campus Club 76

QIT Union 77

Student Counselling Centre 79 Student Health Service 79 Chaplaincy Centre and Chapel 80

Campus Interview Programme 81

Institute Functions 81

Institute Publications 83

@ Admission Policy, Entrance Requirements (Undergraduate Courses) and Schedules 87

Admission Policy 88

Entrance Requirements 92

Schedules 94

Subject and Course Numbering System 99

Academic Board and Advisory Committees 101

E83 Staff - School of the Built Environment 107

Prizes and Awards 109

Courses Offered 113 '

Graduate Diploma in Architecture 117

Graduate Diploma in Building 121

Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design 127

Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture 131

Graduate Diploma in Quantity Surveying 137

~® Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning 143

Bachelor of Applied Science 149

Bachelor of Applied Science - Building 155

Blchelor of Applied Science - Quantity Surveying 163

Bachelor of Architecture 171

Diploma in Architecture 177

· Diploma in Building 179

Diploma in Quantity Surveying 181

Associate Diploma Built Environment Technician 183

Synopses 189

[83(UJ0~~ mwo [/@[fl) ITlJTI@ITT)~ Head of School

Thomas Heath MArch, MBdgSc, FRAIA, MSAICA, AIDIA.

The Scho·ol of the Built Environment consists of:

The Department of Architecture and Industrial Design The Department of Building and Quantity Surveying The Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture

The following courses are offered within the School:

School

• Bachelor of Applied Science, Built Environment

(This course is a three year full-time, interdisciplinary course and prepares students to enter the six professional graduate diplomas).

• Associate Diploma Built Environment Technician

(This course is a one year full-time/two years part-time course offered with entry at Grade 12 level to train technicians for the Architecture, Planning and Landscape Architecture professions).

Department of Architecture and Industrial Design

• Bachelor of Architecture

(This course is a six year part-time course to prepare students from Grade 12 to be capable practising architects who, subject to practice requirements,are eligible for registration by the Board of Architects of Queensland).

• Graduate Diploma in Architecture • Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design

(These courses are three year part-time courses following on from Strand A of the Bachelor of Applied Science (Built Environment) course, but also available to graduates from other disciplines subject to the eligibility conditions listed later in this handbook).

Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture

• Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning • Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture

(These are three years part-time or two years full-time courses following on from Strand B of the Bachelor of Applied Science (Built Environment) course, but also available to the graduates from other disciplines subject to fulfilment of eligibility conditions listed later in this handbook).

Department of Building and Quantity Surveying

• Bachelor of Applied Science Building • Bachelor of Applied Science Quantity Surveying

(These are six year part-time (both) and two years full-time/two years part-time (Building only). courses to prepare students from Grade 12 to be capable practising builders and quantity surveyors who are eligible for registration by the AIB and the AIOS.

• Graduate Diploma in Building • Graduate Diploma in Quantity Surveying

(These are three year part-time courses following on from Strand A of the Bachelor of Applied Science (Built Environment) course, but also available to graduates from other disciplines subject to fulfilment of the eligibility conditions listed later in this handbook).

Calendar

January s M T w

3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 24 25 26 27 31

1 Public Holiday - New Year's Day 1-31 Summer Recess

T F s 1 2

7 8 9 14 15 16 21 22 23 28 29 30

8 Closing date for lodgement of applications for review of Spring Semester 1981 examination results

8 Closing date for re-enrolment applications and due date for payment of fees bY all continuing students

15 Closing date for applications for enrolment as unregis­tered students

29 Closing date for lodgement of applications to graduate

February s M T w T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

1 Public Holiday - Australia Day 4-5 Orientation Programme (except Nursing Studies: 3-5

Feb.) 8 Autumn Semester commences (except for Grad. Dip.

Legal Prac. course) 19 Final date for late enrolment/re-enrolment 22 Commencement date for Grad. Dip. Legal Prac. course

March s M T w T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

5 Final date for changes In Autumn Semester and full year subjects and for changes of course

19 Flnal date for cancellation of Autumn Semester subjects without prejudice to examination results

19 Final date for cancellation for entitlement to refund of Union fees

April s M T w T F

1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9

11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30

19-23 and 27-28 Graduation Ceremonies (tentative) 9 Public Holiday - Good Friday

12 Public Holiday - Easter Monday 9-18 Autumn Recess

26 Public Holiday - Anzac Day 27 Classes scheduled for Monday 26 April to be held

s 3

10 17 24

30 Final date for cancellation of full year subjects without prejudice to examination results

May s M T w T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

3 Public Holiday - Labour Day 13 Autumn Semester examination timetables placed on

noticeboards 31 Autumn Semester ends

June s M T w T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

1-2 Examination preparation 14 Public Holiday - Queen's Birthday (tentative) 3-19 Autumn Semester examinations 20/6 - 18/7 Winter Recess 23 Closing date for applications for deferred examinations

and for special consideration of matters affecting examination performance - see General Examination Rules 15 and 15A

July s M T w T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

20/6 - 18/7 Winter Recess 9 Closing date for new enrolments - Spring Semester

16 Closing date for nomination of amended Spring Semester programme arising from results In Autumn Semester examinations (adjustments to this new programme possible until 13/8)

16 Closing date for lodgement of applications for review of Autumn Semester examination results

19 ·Spring Semester commences 30 Closing date for lodgement of applications to graduate 30 Closing date for lodgement of applications for post-

basic nursing diploma courses

August s M T w T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

11 Public Holiday - Exhibition Day (tentative) 13 Final date for changes of Spring Semester subjects and

for changes of course 23-26 Career Information Evening Programme (QIT-in­

Actlon) 27 Open Day (QIT-ln-Action) 27 Final date for cancellation of Spring Semester subjects

without prejudice to examination results 27 Final date for cancellation for entitlement to refund

of Spring Semester Union fees 30/8 - 10/9 Campus Interview Programme

September s M T w T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

30/8 - 10/9 Campus Interview Programme 25/9 - 10/10 Spring Recess

October s M T w T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

25/9 - 10/10 Spring Recess 13 Graduation Ceremony {tentative) 13 Closing date for lodgement of applications for quota

entry to undergraduate courses Jn 1983 through QTAC {tentative)

27 Spring Semester examination timetables placed on noticeboards

November s M T w T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

12 Spring Semester ends 13-16 Examination preparation 1 7 /11 - 4/12 Spring Semester examinations

December s M T w T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

17 /11 - 4/12 Spring Semester Examinations 5-31 Summer Recess

8 Closing date for applications for deferred examinations and for special consideration of matters affecting examination performance - see General Examination Rules 15 and 15A

10 Closing date for applications for entry to certificate and postgraduate courses

25 Christmas Day 26 Boxing Day 27 Public Holiday {tentative) 28 Public Holiday (tentative)

By-Laws of the Queensland Institute of Technology

8 By-Laws

BY-LAWS OF THE QUEENSLAND INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

HIS Excellency the Governor, acting by and with the advice of the Exec­utive Council and in pursuance of the provisions of the Education Act 1964-1974 has been pleased to approve of the following By-laws made by the Council of the Queensland Institute of Technology and approved by the Board of Advanced Education.

BY-LAW N0.1

Interpretation

1. Application of By-laws. Except where otherwise expressly provided the several provisions of this By-law shall apply to every By-law of the Institute and any Rule made thereunder.

2. Meaning of Certain Words. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires -

'Academic Year' means an academic year as set out in the calendar;

'Calendar' means the calendar of the Institute in respect of any academic year;

'Chairman' means the Chairman of the Institute Council; 'Institute' means the Queensland Institute of Technology; 'Council' means the Council of the Institute constituted under

the Act; 'Course' means a course of study in the Institute; 'Department' means a department of the Institute; 'Deputy Chairman' means the Deputy Chairman of the I nstit-

ute Council; 'Director' means the Director of the Institute; 'Handbook' means a handbook of the Institute; 'Registrar' means the Registrar of the Institute; 'Term' means a term of the Institute as set out in the calendar.

3. Application for Enrolment. A person who has lodged an application for enrolment shall until that application has been accepted, with­drawn or rejected be bound by and observe the By-laws and Rules of the Institute as if he were an enrolled student.

4. Reference to Authority or Officer. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires reference to an authority, officer or office shall be construed as reference to that authority, officer or office in and of the Institute.

5. Method of Citation. In a By-law, Rule, Order or other instrument of the Institute a By-law may be cited by its number or title and shall be construed as a reference to that By-law as amended from time to time.

6. Right of Students where By-law or Rule Amended. If while a student is proceeding to an academic award any provisionsof the By-law or Rules relating to that award are repealed or amended the student

By-Laws 9

shall be entitled to complete his course for and receive the award under the original provision upon such terms as to time for complet­ing or otherwise as the Council deems reasonable in the circumstances of the case provided always that if the Council is of opinion that it would impose no hardship upon a student to complete his course under the provisions of the By-Law or Rule as so amended he may be required so to do.

7. Serving of Notices. Any notice or other document which is authorised or required to be served on any person by any By-law or Rule may be served in any one of the following manners:

(a) by delivering it to that person personally; (b) by post.

8. Promulgation of Rules. A Rule made by the Council pursuant to any By-law shall be promulgated by the Registrar affixing a copy of the Rule on a notice board of the Institute and the production of a copy of any such Rule certified as a true copy by the Registrar shall be sufficient evidence of the making, authenticity and promulgation of the same for all purposes within the Institute. A copy of the Rule shall upon such affixation be forwarded by the Registrar to the Queensland Institute of Technology Union by delivering or posting it to the Queensland Institute of Technology Union or its Director of Administration.

The foregoing By-Law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAWN0.2

Election of Council

1. Introductory -

(a) The staff members of the Institute and the enrol led students of the Institute to be appointed members of the Council pur­suant to this Act shall be elected in accordance with the By-law.

(b) An election of elective members (other than in respect of a casual vacancy) shall be held at a time to be fixed by the Registrar not less than two months prior to the expiry of the term of such members.

(c) For the purpose of this By-law 'staff' shall include -( i) all full-time employees of Council engaged as tutors,

senior tutors, lecturers, senior lecturers, principal lectur·· ers, Heads of Department, Heads of Schools;

(ii) the Deputy Director and all full-time employees other than those referred to in (i) above who hold a salary classification equal to any of the classifications held by employees specified in (i) above;

(iii) all part-time employees of Council engaged to teach an average of six (6) hours or more per week in the semester in which the election is held;

10 By-Laws

(iv) full-time employees of Council under the Professional and Technical Employees' Award - Colleges of Advanced Education who hold a classification with a minimum salary equal to or greater than the minimum salary prescribed for a Technician Division 11;

(v) full-time employees of Council under the Clerical Staffs - Collegesof Advanced Education Industrial Agreement who hold a classification with a minimum salary equal to or greater than the minimum salary prescribed for an Administration Officer Grade IV.

2. Rolls -

(a) The Registrar shall keep separate rolls of -

(il the members of the staff of the Institute as defined in clause 1(c); and

(ii) the enrolled students of the Institute.

(b) Each roll shall contain -

(i) the full name and address of each person enrolled; (ii) the qualification for enrolment of each such person; (iii) thedateuponwhich each person qualified for enrolment.

(c) For each election the roll of persons entitled to vote at that election shall be the roll as at 4 pm. on the day on which nominations for that election close provided that up to the time fixed for the close of voting the Registrar may add to the roll the name of any person otherwise qualified to vote but whose name was inadvertently omitted from the roll.

(d) The Registrar shall from time to time make any correction to a roll which may be necessary to ensure its accuracy. Subject to any such correction the inclusion of a person's name on a roll shall be conclusive evidence of his right to vote at an election and the absence of a person's name shall be conclusive evidence that he has no right to vote at an election.

3. Registrar to Conduct Election

(a) The Registrar shall be the returning officer for every election and he may appoint such presiding officers and other persons to assist him as he shall deem necessary.

(b) The Registrar shall conduct every election in accordance with this By-law and the electoral system set out in the Schedule hereto.

(c) Subject to this By-lavil and the Rules the Registrar shall have full power and authority to determine all procedural matters relating to an election.

4. Notice of Election. When an election is to be held the Registrar shall publish on a notice board of the Institute and by such other means if any as he may deem desirable a notice which shall -

(a) state that an election of staff members or of enrolled students to be appointed to the Council as the case may be is to be held on a specified date;

(b) state the number of persons of either category to be elected;

By-Laws 11

(c) invite nominations of qualified persons for election and specify the form in which nominations shall be made;

(d) fix a date and time by which nominations shall be delivered to the Registrar.

5. Manner of Nomination

(a) A nomination of a candidate shall be made by delivering the nomination paper in the prescribed form to the Registrar at his office by the appointed time.

(b) A nomination paper shall be signed by the candidate and by-

(i) in the case of an election of members by the staff two persons qualified to vote at the election;

(ii) in the case of an election of members by the student body two persons qualified to vote at the election.

(c) Only one candidate may be nominated on a nomination paper.

(d) After the time fixed for the closing of nominations a nomin­ation may not be withdrawn.

6. Result if Only Number to be Elected Nominated. If the number of nominations received by the Registrar within the time so specified is equal to the number of persons who may be appointed the Regis­trar shall declare the persons nominated to be elected.

7. Result if Insufficient Nominations. If the number of nominations in respect of either category is fewer than the number of persons who may be appointed the Registrar shall declare the persons nominated to be elected in that category and shall notify the Council that the body concerned has failed to nominate a sufficient number of per­sons to be a member or members of the Council.

8. Result if More Nominated Than to be Elected. If the number of nominations received exceeds the number of persons who may be appointed in either category an election shall be held in accordance with the electoral system set out in the Schedule hereto.

9. Voting Obligation. Voting shall not be compulsory.

10. Secret Ballot. Voting shall be by secret ballot.

11. Times for Voting. The poll shall be conducted continuously from 9 am. to 9 pm. on the nominated day.

12. Secrecy. The Registrar or any scrutineer or other persons concerned with the conduct of an election shall not in any way disclose nor aid in disclosing in what manner any voter voted.

13. Scrutineers. A candidate may appoint not more than two scrutineers.

14. Election not to be invalidated by Informalities. An election shall not be invalidated by reason of -

(a) failure to do any act at or by the required time;

(b) any defect in the appointment of a person who acts as scrut­ineer; or

(c) any defect of a merely formal nature.

12 By-Laws

15. Right of Appeal. A candidate shall have the right of appeal to the Chairman within seven days of the declaration of the poll should he feel that the conduct of the election was in any way contrary to this By-law. The Chairman shall have full power to make such enquiry as he deems necessary into the matter complained of and after such enquiry may confirm the election or annul the election and direct that a fresh election be held or give such other direction as he con­siders necessary. The decision of the Chairman after hearing such appeal shall be final and conclusive.

16. Rules. The Council may make rules for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made by resolution of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology on the fourteenth day of March, 1975.

Schedule

1. Times for Preliminary Matters. The Registrar shall allow the intervals specified hereunder between the events severally set out -

(a) between the publication of notice of an election and the time specified for the receipt of nominations: not less than fourteen and. not more than twenty-eight days; and

(b) between the time specified for the receipt of nominations and the nominated polling day: not more than twenty-eight days.

2. Form of Voting Paper. Every voting paper shall contain the names of the candidates in random order determined by the Registrar by lot in the presence of at least two of the candidates or their repres­entatives.

3. Conduct of the Poll. The Registrar shall conduct the poll at a central place on the nominated day. Ballot boxes shail be sealed immediately prior to being set out for the receipt of voting papers and shall remain sealed until counting commences. When a person presents himself at the poll the presiding officer shall verify thatthe person's name appears on the roll as ·an eligible elector. The presiding officer shall then issue one voting paper to the elector and initial the elector's name where appearing on the roll. Each voting paper shall be init­ialled by the presiding officer. A voter shall forthwith place the completed voting paper in the sealed ballot box.

4. Method of Marking Ballot Paper. A voter shall mark a voting paper by placing a cross in the square opposite the names of that number of candidates which are to be elected.

5. Postal Voting. An elector who -

(a) will not throughout the hours of polling on polling day be within fifteen miles by the nearest practicable route of the polling place on that day for the purposes of an election; or

(b) is seriously ill or infirm and by reason of such illness or in­firmity will be precluded from attending to vote or, in the case of a woman, will by her approaching maternity be pre­cluded from attending to vote; or

By-Laws 13

(c) is by reason of his membership of a religious order or his religious beliefs -(i) precluded from attending at the polling place; or (ii) precluded from voting throughout the hours of polling.

(d) in the opinion of the presiding officer presents good and suff­icient reason why he will be precluded from attending at the polling place

may after the issue of notification of the election and before five o'clock in the afternoon of the day immediately preceding polling day, apply in the prescribed form to the returning officer for a postal vote certificate. ·

The application shall be signed by the applicant in the presence of and shal I be declared before and attested by a person who is an authorised witness.

The following persons are authorised witnesses for the purposes of this clause - returning officer, justice of the peace or elector, or a duly qualified medical practitioner or duly qualified nurse who is in attendance on the applicant.

An application under paragraph (c) shall be accompanied by a certificate from a minister of religion of the religious denomination of which the applicant is a member.

6. Counting of Votes. Forthwith on the closure of the poll the Registrar shall cause the votes to be counted.

7. Informal Votes. (a) A voting paper shall be rejected as being an informal vote if

voting paper -(i) is not initialled by the presiding officer; (ii) contains any means by which the name of the voter may

be identified; (iii) contains votes for more or fewer candidates than the

number to be elected; or (iv) has no vote indicated on it.

(b) A voting paper shall not be informal for any reason other than a reason specified in paragraph (a) hereof but shall be given effect to according to the voter's intention so far as his in­tention is clear.

(c) The Registrar's decision as to the validity or regularity of any voting paper shall be final.

8. Declaration of Elected Candidates. On completion of the counting of the votes the Registrar shall declare the names of the candidates elected.

9. Equality of Votes. In the event of an equality of votes the election shall be decided by lot conducted by the Registrar.

10. Custody of Election Material. After the end of the counting the Registrar shall fasten and seal in one packet all the ballot papers together with any other papers and documents signed or marked by a voter and a marked copy of the roll signed by the Registrar and the scrutineers and keep the packet safely for twelve months after which time it may be destroyed.

14 By-Laws

11. Recording of Result of Election. The Registrar shall prepare a statement signed by himself and counter-signed by such of the scrutineers as may wish to do so containing the names of the can­didates and the number in words as well as in figures of the votes received by each candidate and a declaration of the names of the candidates who have been elected and place that statement and declaration in the packet referred to in clause 10 of this Schedule.

12. Registrar to Report. The Registrar shall report the names of the persons elected to the Chairman of the Board of Advanced Education for transmission to the Minister and to the Chairman of the Council or in his absence some member of the Council nominated by him or by the Council for that purpose and shall publicly notify such names by posting a copy of the statement prepared as aforesaid upon a notice board of the Institute.

BY-LAW NO. 3

The Common Seal

1. Custody of Common Seal. The Common Seal shall be and remain in the custody of the Registrar and shall not be affixed to any docu­ment except pursuant to a resolution of the Council.

2. Use of Common Seal. The Common Seal shall be affixed to such documents as the Council either generally or in any particular case may by resolution determine and shall be affixed by the Registrar or other person authorised by the Council and every such document to which the seal is affixed shall be signed by the Chairman or in his absence the Deputy Chairman and the Registrar or other person duly authorised by the Council for the purpose.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW N0.4

Meeting of Council 1. Council to Meet. The Council shall meet as frequently as is necessary

to ensure the efficient operation of the Institute but so that not more than three months shall elapse between consecutive meetings.

2. Chairman May Call Special Meetings. The Chairman or in his absence the Deputy Chairman or in the absence of both the Director may call a special meeting for consideration of any urgent business.

3. Request for Meeting .. Upon the written request of any seven mem­bers the Registrar shall convene a special meeting of the Council to be held within fourteen days after the receipt of the request. The written request shall set forth the objects for which the meeting is required.

4. Initiation of Business by Members of Council. Except with the permission of the. meeting a member other than the Chairman or the Director shall not initiate any subject for discussion at an ordinary meeting except in pursuance of notice given at the previous ordinary

By-Laws 15

meeting of the Council or conveyed by letter to the Registrar fourteen clear days before the meeting and the Registrar shall enter all such notices in a 'Notice of Motion Book' to be kept by him forthe purpose.

5. Notice of and Business at Meetings. Notice of a meeting and copy of · the business papers accompanied by supporting statements in suffic­

ient detail shall be posted or delivered by the Registrar to each member of the Council at least ten days prior to the meeting; provided that by a further notice so posted or delivered not less than three days prior to the meeting the Registrar may advise of supple­mentary business to be put before the meeting. Subject to the approval of the meeting the Chairman may allow additional business to be circulated with less notice or to be tabled at the meeting.

6. Lack of Quorum. In the event of a quorum not being present within half an hour after the time appointed for a meeting the Chairman or in his absence the Deputy Chairman or in thll absence of both the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman the members present or the majority of them or any one member if only' one is present or the

· Registrar if no member is present may adjourn such meeting to any time not later than fourteen days from the date of such adjournment: Provided that nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the adjournment of any meeting to a later hour of the same day on which such meeting was appointed to be held.

7. Minutes. The minutes of any preceding meeting of the Council whether ordinary or special not previously approved as being a true record shall be circulated to members of the Council prior to the meeting at which they are to be considered. Upon being approved as correct such minutes shall be signed by the Chairman as being a true record.

8. Adjournment. The Council may adjourn any meeting to a later date.

9. Rules. The Council may make Rules -

(a) prescribing the procedures and Rules of debate to be followed at its meetings; and

(b) generally for carrying into effect all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW N0.5

Committees Appointed by the Council

1. Council May Appoint Committees. The Council may from time to time-

(a) appoint committees either for general or specific purposes;

(b) delegate to a committee power to do any act or hold any enquiry;

(c) authorise a committee to take executive action either generally or in specific cases in relation to any matter within its scope;

(d) require a committee to advise the Council in respect of any matter of class of matters concerning the Institute.

16 By-Laws

2. Duties of Powers of Committees {a) Every committee shall after each of its meetings or as other­

wise directed by the Council transmit to the Council a sub­mission in writing or a report consisting of minutes of any of its proceedings which involve recommendations to the Council or concern matters to which it desires the attention of the Council.

(b) A recommendation or any decision of a committee shall be of no force or effect unless and until it is approved by the Council.

3. Membership of Committees {a) The Council may appoint to a committee such members of the

Council or other persons as the Council may from time to time determine. A committee shall consist of not less than three members and a quorum shall consist of a majority of the members of the committee.

(b) The Chairman shall by virtue of his office be a member of each committee of the Council.

(c) A committee may co-opt such persons as it considers appro­priate for the efficient conduct of its business. A co-opted member shall be entitled to vote on any matter except one involving the exercise by the committee of a power to take executive action.

4. Chairman of a Committee. The Council may from time to time appoint a member of a committee to be Chairman of that committee. In the absence o'f such appointment or in the event of the absence of the Chairman of a committee from a meeting of that committee the committee shall elect one of its members to be Chairman.

5. Conduct of Business. Subject to the By-laws and any direction of the Council every committee may regulate its own procedures.

6. Recommendations to Committees. A person or body authorised to make recommendations to the Council involving any matter within the scope of a committee may subject to any direction by the Council instead make such recommendations to that committee.

7. Committee May Consult or Refer. A committee may consult with or refer any matter for consideration and advice to such persons or bodies whether members of the Institute or not as it deems fit in the execution of its powers or the performance of its duties.

8. Committee to Report to Council. After each of its meetings every committee shall submit to the Council a full report of the proceed­ings.

9. Saving of Other Powers of Council. Nothing in this By-law shall limit the powers conferred upon the Council by the Act or any By-law or Rule and in particular and without limiting the generality of the foregoing every committee shall exercise its function and authority subject to the supreme control and direction of the Council.

10. Rules. The Council may make Rules for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

By-Laws 17

BY-LAW N0.6

The Director 1. Duties of Director. The Director shall be the principal officer of the

Institute and shall be charged with the duty of promoting the interests and furthering the development of the Institute.

2. Powers of Directors. Under the Council and subject to the Act and the By-laws thereunder and to any resolution of the Council the Director shall -(a) be responsible for the academic, administrative, financial and

other business of the Institute; (b) exercise a general supervision over all persons in the service of

the Institute and over the welfare and discipline of the students of the Institute;

(c) exercise such powers as the Council may delegate to him.

3. Director to be Member of Committees. The Director shall be ex­officio a member of every board and committee within the Institute.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW NO. 7

The Registrar

1. The Registrar shall be the chief administrative officer of the Institute.

2. Registrar to Assist Director. The Registrar shall assist the Director as the latter may require in the performance of his duties.

3. Duties of Registrar. Under the Director the Registrar shall -

(a) be responsible for the general administration of the Institute; (b) be Secretary of such sub-committee as may be determined by

the Council from time to time; (c) keep all such registers as may be required; (d) conduct the correspondence of the Institute; and (e) be responsible for the management and supervision of the

examinations of the Institute.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW N0.8

Staff

1. Council May Appoint Staff. The Council may -(a) appoint staff; (b) note resignations from members of the staff; (c) declare the employment of any member of the staff to have

been abandoned by such member; (d) approve the grant of salary progression to any member of staff

within the salary scale applicable to such member.

18 By~Laws

2. Discipline of Members of Staff

(a) The Council may take disciplinary action against any member of the staff who is guilty of a breach of discipline.

(b) In this By-law the expression 'take disciplinary action against' means. fine, reprimand, suspend, transfer to other duties, dismiss or reduce in status and the expression 'guilty of a breach of discipline' means guilty of neglect in the discharge of his duties or of misconduct which in either case in the reason­able opinion of the Council is detrimental to the Institute.

3. Suspension of Staff

(a) Where in his reasonable opinion such action is necessary or desirable in the interests of the Institute the Director may suspend a member of the staff and may exclude him from admission to the precincts of the Institute or to any of its buildings.

(b) After suspending a member of the staff in accordance with subsection (a) the Director shall immediately inform the Chairman or Deputy Chairman of such action and shall submit a report on the circumstances thereof to a meeting of the Council to be held within fourteen days of such suspension.

(c) The Council shall consider the report of the Director and shall either determine that the suspension shall be terminated or shall refer the matter for the immediate consideration of a Staff Disciplinary Advisory Committee. If the suspension of a member of the staff be terminated by the Council and he thereupon resumes his duties all salary and other emoluments which would have become payable to him if he had not been suspended shall become immediately payable to him.

(d) A member of staff whilst under suspension shall not receive pay or any other entitlements of his office accruing after the suspension pending determination of his case by the Council.

4. Staff Disciplinary Advisory Committee

(a) There shall be constituted from time to time as and when necessary a Staff Disciplinary Advisory Committee consisting of the following members -

The Chairman or in his absence Deputy Chairman; Two members of Council appointed by Council; Two members of the staff appointed by the relevant

Staff Association.

(b) Three members of the Committee shall be a quorum.

(c) The functions of the Committee shall be to make enquiry into and report to the Council through the Director on the exist­ence and sufficiency of any alleged ground for disciplinary action against any member of the staff which may be referred to it by the Council the Director or when requested by the member of the staff accused of the breach of discipline.

(d) The Committee shall -

(i) furnish forthwith to such member of the staff concerned

By-Laws 19

particulars in writing of the alleged breach of discipline and give him a reasonable time to prepare his defence; and

(ii) when making enquiry into the matter which enquiry shall be held as soon as reasonably possible -(a) consider such submissions material and evidence as

are relevant; and (b) give the member of the staff concerned reasonable

opportunity to be heard and to make such sub­missions and present such materials and evidence as are relevant.

(e) The Chairman shall have a primary vote only.

(f) In the case of equality of votes the member of the staff con­cerned shall be found not guilty.

5. A member of the staff in respect of whom the Committee has made an adverse report shall be entitled to make written and with the approval of the Council verbal representations to the Council before any decision by the Council. The Council shall meet for the purpose of hearing such representations within fourteen days of the making of the adverse report and a copy of the proceedings of the Committee shall be made available to such member of the staff prior to his making his representations.

6. A member of the staff shall be entitled to be represented by Counsel or solicitor or by such other person being willing to act as he may appoint. In the event of any such representation of a member of the staff the Chairman or Deputy Chairman may appoint to the Com­mittee for the particular hearing a barrister or solicitor of the Sup­reme Court of Queensland and the Chairman for the time being of the Committee may adjourn the hearing to enable and effect such further appointment to the Committee. Such barrister or solicitor shall advise the Committee from time to time as the Committee or any member of the Committee may request but such barrister or solicitor shall not have nor exercise any vote.

7. Rules. The Council may make Rules for carrying into effect all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW NO. 9

Student Discipline

1. Application of By-law. Except where otherwise herein expressly provided this By-law applies to all breaches of discipline as herein defined committed by a student within any boundary or the pre­cincts of the Institute.

2. Breach of Discipline. A student who contravenes or fails to comply with any By-law or Rule of the Institute or any lawful order of any of its employees is guilty of a simple breach of discipline.

3. Misconduct. 'Misconduct' means conduct on the part of a student which impairs or interferes with the freedom or ability of other persons to pursue their studies, researches, duties or lawful activities

20 By-Laws

in the Institute or upon premises of the Institute or to participate in the life of the Institute or is otherwise detrimental to the proper conduct or good order of the Institute or which while or as a member of an accredited or representative body of students and whether or not occurring or taking place upon premises of the Institute is such as to prejudice or to adversely affect the studies, researches or duties of any student of the Institute.

Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the expression includes -(a) disrupting or obstructing any teaching activity, examination or

official meeting or proceeding of or with in the Institute.: (b) refusing to leave any building or part of a building of the

Institute upon being reasonably directed by a senior officer of the Institute to leave it;

(c) knowingly entering any place within the premises of the Institute which the student is forbidden by a senior officer of the Institute or by a statute or rule to enter;

(d) knowingly divulging confidential information relating to any Institute matter which is clearly of a confidential nature and which he has no right to divulge;

(e) obstructing or attempting to interfere with the lawful perform­ance of his duties by any officer or employee of the Institute;

(f) intentionally damaging or wrongfully dealing with any prop­erty in or upon Institute premises;

(g) unlawfully assaulting a person on Institute premises; (h) failing to comply with any action taken under this By-law

other than non-payment of a fine; (i) committing a breach of any By-law or Rule of the Institute the

breach of which by that By-law is declared to be misconduct for the purposes of this By-law;

(j) making a false representation as to a matter affecting him as a student of the Institute.

'Senior Officer of the Institute' means the Director the Registrar the Bursar the Head of a Department any member of the teaching staff; the Librarian the Manager of the Bookshop the Director of Adminis­tration of the Queensland Institute of Technology Union and any other person designated as such in writing by the Director.

'The premises of the Institute' means any land, building or improve­ments owned or occupied by or which are or may be in the possession or under the control or management of the Institute.

'An accredited or representative body' shall be and be deemed to be one which the Director certifies to be concerned or engaged or having been concerned or engaged in or on an educational activity of the Institute.

4. Powers of Staff A member of the teaching staff a librarian in charge of the library the Bursar the Registrar or the person for the time being acting as or carrying out the duties of Bursar or Registrar may in respect of any simple breach of discipline by a student committed in a class, laboratory, library or facility or premises under his manage­ment or control suspend the student from attendance at such class or from use of such laboratory, I ibrary, facility or premises for a period not exceeding twenty-four hours as he may determine and

By-Laws 21

shall forthwith advise the Head of Department or if there be no appropriate such Head of Department the Registrar or the person for the time being acting as Registrar of the action taken. The Head of Department or the Registrar or person acting as Registrar as the case may be shall forthwith advise the Director. In the event that there be doubt or lack of definition as to who has such management or control of any part or parts of the Institute the Registrar or the per­son for the time being acting as Registrar shall be deemed to have such management or control.

5. Powers of Heads of Departments and Persons in Charge of Facilities or Services. Heads of Departments and persons in charge of facilities and services may in respect of any simple breach of discipline by the student committed in the department or area of the Institute under the control of the Head of Department or such person so in charge suspend the student from entering into that part of the Institute for a period not exceeding twenty-four hours. The Head of the Department or such person as aforesaid shall forthwith advise the Director of the action taken.

6. Powers of the Director. The Director whether following receipt of advice as referred to in the preceding sections 4 and 5 of this By­law or otherwise may after the student has been given reasonable opportunity to be heard in respect of any simple breach of discipline fine a student an amount not exceeding $25 or alternatively or in addition may take any one or more of the following courses of action -

(a) Reprimand and warn the student against repetition of the simple breach of discipline;

(b) Suspend the student for a period not exceeding one week "!l'hich shall include any period of suspension imposed under sections 4 or 5 of this By-law;

(c) Suspend the student from examinations either prior to or during the currency thereof provided that a student may not be so suspended during the currency of an examination unless the Director is of the opinion that such action is necessary to enable other candidates to concentrate or to preserve peace, order or decorum in the examination centre.

7. (a) Where any misconduct is alleged to have been committed the following provisions shall apply -(i) Notice of the charge shall be stated in writing with

reasonable particularity by the Director and a copy thereof together with no less than seven days' notice of the date and place of hearing shall be given to the student and to the Director of Administration Queens­land Institute of Technology Union.

(ii) The guilt or otherwise of the student shall be determined by a committee of which the Chairman and two other members shall be appointed by the Council and to which the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall have the right to appoint up to three members but no appoint­ment by the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall be valid and effective unless written accreditation has been lodged with the Director before the hearing

22 By-Laws

begins. Any of the committee members may be appointed for a stated or any undetermined period.

(iii) A student shall be entitled to be represented by Counsel or solicitor or by such other person being willing to act as he may appoint: In the event of any such represent· ation of a student the Chairman or Deputy Chairman may appoint to the committee for the particular hearing a barrister or solicitor of the Supreme Court of Queens­land and the Chairman for the time being of the com­mittee may adjourn the hearing to enable and effect such further appointment to the committee. Such barrister or solicitor shall advise the committee from time to time as the committe~ or any member of the committee may request but such barrister or solicitor shall not have nor exercise any vote.

(iv) Three members of the committee shall constitute a quorum and th.e decision of the majority of the members taking part in the hearing shall be the decision of the committee.

(v) The Chairman shall have a primary vote only. (vi) In the case of an equality of votes the student shall be

found not guilty.

(b) Where a student is found guilty of misconduct the committee­(i) may fine him an amount not exceeding $100, and (ii) may order him to pay restitution or compensation to the

Institute and may assess the amount thereof, and (iii) may recommend to the Council that he be suspended or

excluded from the Institute for a specified period or be expelled therefrom.

8. Procedure. Any proceedings under this By-law including an appeal shall be heard and finalised without delay. A student shall be given a reasonable opportunity of answering any allegation against him of misconduct. The Chairman of the committee shall keep or direct to be kept a reasonably comprehensive record of the proceedings for use of the Council in the event of an appeal and a copy of such record shall be made available to the student upon request.

9. Appeal. A student convicted of any breach of discipline shall be entitled to have the matter reviewed by the Council but subject to the condition that within fourteen days of his conviction he gives written notice in that behalf to the Director and sets out therein the grounds of his appeal and such other relevant matters and contentions as he desires to have considered by the Council.

Unless the Council otherwise directs the matter shall be considered in the first instance by an Appeals Committee (none of whom shall have sat upon the committee referred to in section 7 hereof) of which the Chairman and two other members shall be appointed by the Council and the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall have the right to appoint three members but any appointment by the Queensland Institute of Technology Union shall not be valid and effective unless written accreditation has been lodged with the Director before the hearing begins and the provisions of section 7

By-Laws 23

hereof mutatis mutandis shall apply to such committee. The review shall be decided upon a consideration of the record kept pursuant to section 8 hereof (or in the case of a simple breach of discipline of a report of the Director) and of any notice given by the student as abovementioned unless the Council or the committee (as the case may be) considers that there should be further enquiry and in that event further evidence may be heard.

The student shall have the same rights in relation to the taking of this evidence as he had in relation to the evidence taken at the hearing and any written submission by him in relation thereto shall be taken into consideration provided that such submission is given to the Director within fourteen days from the conclusion of such evidence.

The Appeals Committee shall report to the Council which may confirm or set aside a conviction and may confirm, set aside or vary .in whole or in part any fine and any order for restitution or com­. pensation and where the conviction has been confirmed it may order that the student be suspended or excluded from the Institute for a specified period or be expelled therefrom.

10. Interim Order of Suspension. In circumstances where the Director considers that the good order or discipline of the Institute so requires he may order that a student charged with misconduct shall be suspended from such Institute activities as the Director shall deter­mine pending the determination of the charge. Provided that a student shall not be so suspended during the currency of any exam­ination unless the Director is of opinion that such action is necessary to enable other candidates to concentrate or to preserve peace, order or decorum in the examination centre.

The Institution of an appeal shall not operate so as to stay or sus­pend any such order made by the Director unless the Director otherwise directs.

11. Enforcement of Sentences. The imposition of any fine and any order made under or pursuant to this By-law shall become operative immediately it is pronounced and a record of all such fines and orders shall be kept by the Registrar.

A student in respect of whom there is operative an order of suspen­sion or exclusion or expulsion shall be a trespasser if he enters upon the premises of the Institute or any part thereof in breach of such order and shall as such be liable to the due processes of the law; and he may be lawfully removed therefrom by any person or persons so authorised by the Director who may lawfully use any reasonable force to effect such removal.

So long as a fine imposed on him or any compensation or restitution ordered to be paid by him remains unpaid a student may by order of the Director be suspended from such Institute activities as he may determine.

12. In the absence of the Director his powers, functions and discretions under this By-law may be exercised by such person and for such period as the Council may determine.

24 By-Laws

13. The committee referred to in section 7 hereof and the Appeals Committee referred to in section 9 hereof shall make enquiry in such manner as it deems appropriate to the circumstances of the case; and shall proceed in all respects according to the justice of the case and decide the issue according to equality and good conscience without being bound by legal technicalities or the laws of evidence~ Provided always that the student shall be given reasonable notice of the matters alleged against him and a reasonable opportunity to answer them.

No proceeding of such committee or Appeals Committee shall be rendered invalid by reason of any informality in its proceedings or in the absence of any member from a meeting provided that a quorum is otherwise present.

14. Effect of Suspension of Student. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires or the Director in any particular case otherwise directs any student who is suspended or excluded by any By-law or Rule or under the authority of any By-law or Rule -

(a) shall not thereby become entitled to be repaid any fees paid by him or to be relieved of the payment of any fees already payable by him; and

(b) while the suspension or excfusfon contfnues shall not attend at the Institute or at any premises where the Institute is offering lectures, tutorials or training or use any of the facilities of the Institute or take any part in any student activities or be entit­led to sit for any examination or re-enrol for any course or subject:

Provided that the Director shall grant to any student charged with misconduct reasonable access to such Institute premises and facilities as in the opinion of the Director is reasonably necessary to enable the student to prepare his defence.

15. Rules. The Council may make Rules for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the tenth day of August, 1972.

BY-LAW NO. 10

The Queensland Institute of Technology Union

1. The Union. The Queensland Institute of Technology Union (in this By-law called 'the Union') shall be the recognised means of commun­ication between -

(a) the students or any section of them and the Institute; (b) the students of this and other colleges or other tertiary instit­

utions; (c) student societies within the Institute and outside persons or

bodies.

2. Constitution. Subject to this By-law and to any rules made here­under, the Union shall have such powers and authorities and be subject to such obligations as are set out in the Constitution of the t•;,ion I'!: ppproverj irJl'fi: t;me to tim~ s>V the r,ouncil_

By-Laws 25

3. Annual Reports. The Union shall in each year submit to the Council, through the Registrar, a copy of its annual general report, a copy of its balance sheet, and a statement of its income and expenditure duly audited.

4. Appeal against disciplinary action. Any student or body against whom any disciplinary action has been taken by the Union may within thirty days of the taking of such action appeal to the Council against any such disciplinary action and the Council shall have full power to deal with such appeal and to make any determination it considers necessary in the matter.

5. The Council may make rules. The Council may make rules for carrying into effect all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the nineteenth day of December, 1974.

BY-LAW NO. 11

Union Fees

1. Union Fees Payable. Each person whose application for enrolment as a student of the Institute is accepted shall pay fees (hereinafter called 'the Union Fees') for membership of the Queensland Institute of Technology Union (hereinafter called 'the Union'). The Union Fees shall be received on behalf of the Union by the Registrar or such other officer of the Institute as the Council may appoint or by the Union as the Council may from time to time direct.

2. Union Fees. The Union Fees shall be: Per Annum

Part-time External Students ........................ $2.00 Part-time Internal Students ....................... $20.00 Full-time Students ............................. $40.00 All Other Members ............................ $20.00 Sandwich Course Students ....................... $20.00

3. Refund of Fees. Subject to such Rules as the Council may make from time to time the Union Fees paid by a student whose applic­ation for enrolment is cancelled or withdrawn at any time shall be refunded in whole or in part as the Union may determine.

4. Exclusion. The Council may cancel the enrolment of any student who has not paid by such date or dates as the Council may prescribe by Rule all Union Fees due arid payable by such student.

5. Rules. The Council may make Rules and amend such Rules from time to time for the carrying into effect of all or any of the pro­visions and objects of this By-law.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queens­land Institute of Technology held on the eighteenth day of October, 1979.

26 By-Laws

BY-LAW NO. 12

Libraries

1. A person shall not use the Institute Main Library or any other library which may at any time be established in the Institute except in compliance in all respects with rules made by the Council relating to such use.

2. The Council is authorized, pursuant to this By-law to make such rules as it considers necessary for the carrying into effect of all or any of the provisions and objects of this By-law.

3. A person who contravenes or fails to comply with any of the pro­visions of the rules made under the authority of this By-law shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding $100.

4. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Sub-By-law two hereof, rules made pursuant to this By-law may be for all or any of the following purposes:-

(a) The management and conduct of a library to which the provisions of this By-law apply and the use care and mainten­ance preservation and safety of such a library and of any materials (whether journals papers books films tapes record­ings or other materials) equipment furniture or other property forming part of or located therein;

(b) Defining the powers and duties of the holder of any specified office in the Institute with respect to I ibraries;

(c) The conditions on which a person may enter a library to which the provisions of this By-law applies or use any materials equipment furniture or other property forming part of or located therein;

(d) Prescribing in respect of contravention of or failure to comply with rules made under this By-law-

(i) a reprimand and warning against repetition of the contravention of or failure to comply with the rules;

(ii) withdrawal of borrowing privileges for a specified period not exceeding one semester;

(iii) exclusion from a library for a specified period not exceeding one semester.

5. The provisions of this By-law twelve and any rules made pursuant thereto shall be in addition to and not in substitution for the pro­visions of any other By-law or rule made by the Council in pur­suance of the Education Act 1964 c 1974 in respect of the Institute.

The foregoing By-law was made at a meeting of the Council of the Queensland Institute of Technology held on the twenty-first day of June, 1979.

Rules Relating to Student Matters

28 !jules

RULES RELATING TO STUDENT MATTERS

Admission to Courses

The Council may -1. prescribe the conditions for normal entry to each course offered. 2. limit the number of students who shall be permitted to enrol or

continue in any course. 3. appoint an Admissions Committee and approve of rules providing

for -(i) its membership including the appointment of a Chairman; (ii) its method of operation; (iii) the admission of students who do not comply with normal

entry; (iv) the selection of students to be admitted where quotas or res­

trictions have been imposed upon admissions and enrolments; (v) a quorum.

Academic Structure and Content of Courses

The Council may -4. prescribe the academic structure and content of any courses and

amend these at any time provided the reasonable rights of students already enrolled in the course are not prejudiced or are sufficiently safeguarded;

5. prescribe rules for student progression within a course; 6. delegate any or all of its powers under this section.

· · Assessment of Students

The Council may -7. approve rules relating to the examination and assessment of students

and the award of grades of passes; 8. delegate any or all of its powers under this section.

Exclusion of Students

The Council may -9. prescribe rules relating to gross failure; 10. exclude any student who is classified as having achieved gross failure

in subjects or courses; 11. delegate any or all of its powers under this section provided that any

student shall have a right of appeal to Council against any decision or exclusion.

Appeals

Council shall establish an Appeals Committee to hear student appeals to the Council against exclusion and approve rules not inconsistent with By-law No. 5 or rules thereof in respect of the duties powers membership

, and management of the business of such Committee.

Rules 29

RULES FOR ADMISSION

1. Meaning of certain words. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires -

Admissions Committee means a committee appointed by Council to consider applications for admission to I nstit· ute courses.

Head of School means a member of the academic staff appoin· ted by Council and so designated. In the case of a Department not attached to a School the Director shall act as Head of School.

Senior Student Counsellor means the Senior Student Coun­sellor of the Institute.

Academic Staff Association means the Academic Staff Assoc· iation of the Institute.

Ordered Course means a course in which a student is required, to gain credit in a number of subjects in a particular sequence to acquire an award.

Head of Department means a member of the academic staff appointed by Council and so designated as the senior academic member of staff in a particular Department.

Sub-tertiary course means a course of study leading to the award of a Certificate.

Tertiary course means a course of study leading to the award of a Degree Diploma or an Associate Diploma.

Assistant Registrar means the Assistant Registrar of the Institute.

a 'Registered Student' is a student in an ordered course whose first enrolment in that course has been accepted and approved by the Registrar. A student shall remain a registered student until he:

(a) completes the course, or (b) withdraws from the course, or (c) is excluded from the course, or (d) fails to enrol in the course.

'Special Student' shall mean any person so accepted other than as a registered student.

2. The membership of the Admissions Committee shall be -Registrar (who shall act as Chairman) Heads of Schools Senior Student Counsellor One representative appointed by the Academic Staff Assoc­

iation. A member of Committee may be permitted to appoint another person who is not a member to attend and vote on his behalf.

3. The Admissions Committee shall -(i) advise the Director and the Academic Assembly on all matters

relating to the admission of students including -(a) the standards of entry to all courses after consideration

of recommendation prepared by the Academic Boards; (b) the assessment of prospective future enrolments following

periodic reviews of statistical trends;

30 Rules

(c) the recommendation or policies for determining those who should be given priorities for admission or enrol­ment where quotas or restrictions on admissions or enrolments are in the opinion of the Council necessary.

(ii) determine eligibility for admission in those cases where the applicant does not possess normal entrv standards.

4. A person desirous of entering a course shall make application to the Registrar for admission on a form provided for this purpose, and shall lodge such form fully and correctly completed not later than the closing date prescribed by the Council. With such application, the person shall produce to the Registrar for verification, sufficient documentary evidence of passes in pre-requisite

, examinations.

The documentary evidence produced for verification shall be -(i) the original documents or facsimile copies thereof; (ii) such other evidence as the Admissions Committee may require.

5. A person who does not have the normal entry qualifications may make application for special consideration for entry on a form provided by the Registrar.

6. Concurrently with an application for special consideration for entry a person shall lodge with the Registrar an application for enrolment on the form provided for the purpose, and shall lodge such form fully and correctly completed not later than the closing date pre­scribed.

7. The Registrar shall notify all applicants for admission of the accept­ance or rejection of their applications.

8. An application for enrolment may be amended by the Head of Department because of -

( i) timetable .incompatibility; (ii) non-compliance with the rules applicable to the course of

study; (iii) selection by the applicant of subjects which in the opinion of

the Head of Department are more than his capacity or circum­stances allow him to study adequately.

An applicant whose application for enrolment has been amended shall have a right of appeal to the Head of the School. Such an appeal shall be lodged with the Registrar within fourteen (14) days from date of notification of such amended enrolment. The Registrar shall notify the applicant of the result of the appeal as soon as is reasonably possible.

9. Late enrolments may be accepted only if a vacancy exists in classes established on the basis of closing date enrolments, and with the approval of the Head of School.

Rules 31

10. A Head of School may cancel any class in any subject where the number of enrolments in that class is considered to be insufficient.

Class groups shall be determined on enrolments as at closing date prescribed by Council. In the event of the cancellation of any class the enrolment of a student shall be deemed to be cancelled in respect of such subject provided that such cancellation shall be without prejudice to the right of the student to again apply for admission for enrolment in such subject, subject to the con­ditions prescribed for entry to such subject at the time of his application.

RULES RELATING TO UNREGISTERED STUDENTS

1. A student may be enrolled to do miscellaneous subjects, as distinct from registering for a complete course. Such students shall be termed 'Unregistered Students' and must obtain the prior approval of the relevant Head of Department to enrol each year. Unregistered Students shall be required to pay the appropriate Union Fee and shall be subject to the rules of the Institute, with the exception of Rules 41 to 46 of the General Examination Rules.

2. A requirement for admission to do a miscellaneous subject will be compliance with the rules as to the normal pre-requisite and co­requisite to that subject, including those subjects of the entrance requirements regarded as pre-requisites to the subject. The Admissions Committee, on the advice of the Head of the Department controll­ing the subject, has the authority to waive entry requirement pre­requisites.

3. A student will not normally be permitted to take simultaneously subjects from more than two courses either as an unregistered student in both courses or as an unregistered student in one course and a registered student in another course except at the discretion of the appropriate Head(s) ofSchool(s).

4. Where permission is granted to undertake subjects from more than one course, only one Union fee will apply.

5. The maximum number of hours per week which may be attempted is at the discretion of the appropriate Head(s) of School(s).

6. An unregistered student will not be permitted to accumulate credits for more than 200.-1> of the total course hours within a course.

7. Where quotas or other restrictions apply to a subject, a student applying for registration in a course will have precedence over unregistered students.

8. Where a registered student is undertaking miscellaneous subjects offered in another course in which the student is not registered, the application of the Gross Failure Rules in the course for which the student is registered will not be affected in any way by the results obtained in the miscellaneous subject.

9. When a registered student is excluded from his course due to gross failure, he shall not subsequently be eligible for enrolment as an unregistered student in any subject of that course except at the discretion of the appropriate Head(s) of School(s).

32 Rules

RULES RELATING TO EXEMPTIONS IN UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE COURSES

1. Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this rule, if a student, before registering for a course has, at th is Institute or elsewhere, completed a programme considered by the Head of the Department responsible for the course as being an adequate and relevant substitute for a subject or subjects prescribed in the relevant course rules then credit may be granted for that subject or those subjects, or exemption may be granted from the whole or part of the programme for that subject or those subjects.

(i) A student in an undergraduate level course (UG1, UG2, UG3, certificate) may be granted credit or exemption for any number of subjects prescribed in the programme except that in order to qua I ify for the award the student must satisfactorily complete the equivalent of at least two semesters full-time study or where the course is not offered for full-time study four· semesters of part-time study within the Institute in subjects nominated by the Head of Department responsible for the course.

(ii) Where a postgraduate course exceeds two semesters full-time or four semesters part-time, exemptions may be granted up to a limit such that the student must complete satisfactorily two semesters full-time or four semesters part-time study.

(iii) Where a postgraduate course does not exceed two semesters full-time or four semesters part-time, but contains elective subjects, compulsory or elective subjects may be exempted provided the student undertakes at least an equivalent hourly content of elective subjects.

(iv) (a) Where a postgraduate course does not exceed two semesters full-time or four semesters part-time, and contains no ·elective subjects, exemptions will not be granted except in exceptional circumstances approved by the Academic Board responsible for the course. Where an exemption is granted the student must sub­stitute for the exempted subject another subject or other work relevant to the course approved by the Head of Department responsible for the course, such subject to be at a similar level and of similar hourly content to the subject for which an exemption has been granted.

(b) Exemptions will not be granted in connection with or for the Graduate Diploma in Legal Practice course.

Rules 33

2.1 Except as specifically provided in individual Course Rules and save in exceptional circumstances as determined by the Registrar all applications for exemption must be made and determined at the time of a students first Enrolment in the course to which the exemptions refer.

2.2 Whenever exemptions granted constitute 50% or more of the full course programme, the Head of Department responsible for the course shall provide the Registrar with full details of the study programme which the student has to complete at the Institute to qua I ify for the award. The Registrar shall advise the student of such requirements in writing.

RULES RELATING TO STUDENTS WHO SEEK RE-REGISTRATION

1. Subject to the provisions of clauses 2 and 3 below, a student whose registration in a course has lapsed because of withdrawal from the course or failure to re-enrol in the course and who wishes to re­register in that course:

(i) must apply for registration in the course by submitting a Re-enrolment Form;

(ii) shall be subject to the Course Rules in operation at the time of resumption; and

(iii) must re-enrol as directed.

2. The provisions of clause 1 of this Rule do not apply to students, who, at the time of resumption, have not satisfactorily completed all the subjects listed in the Course Rules for the first and second semesters, full time, part time, or external, as the case may be, of the course in which re-registration is sought. Such students are

. not eligible to re-enrol and must apply for admission to the course in the manner prescribed for new students.

3. Upon withdrawal from a course, or upon failure to re-enrol in a course a student who has not satisfactorily completed all subjects listed in the Course Rules for the first and second semesters, full time, part time or external, as the case may be, of that course, may be granted leave of absence upon production to the Registrar of documentary evidence acceptable to the Registrar in the case of medical or other compassionate grounds and acceptable to the relevant Academic Board responsible for the course in any other case. Such leave of absence shall be for a specific period at the expiration of which the student may re-enrol without loss of credit for results awarded prior to the date of withdrawal. A student to whom leave of absence has been granted shall be deemed for the period of leave of absence to be no longer proceeding to an academic

34 Rules

award and must, on termination of the leave of absence, re-enrol · or apply for an extension of the leave of absence. If a student

fails to re-enrol or obtain an extension his registration will lapse.

4. A student whose registration in a course has lapsed as a consequence of exclusion from the course and who wishes to re-register in the course must apply for readmission in accordance with Rule 46 of the General Examination Rules.

GENERAL EXAMINATION RULES

Part 1. DEFINITIONS

Academic Board means a Board constituted by Council to exercise certain academic functions in relation to a particular School.

Committee of the Academic Board means a group of members of the Academic Board constituted by the Academic Board to exercise those particular academic functions prescribed by the Academic Board.

Unit Course means a course of study in which a student may gain credit for subjects passed and is required to repeat failed subjects only.

Fixed year course means a course of study in which a student is required to gain credit for all subjects of any year of the course before proceeding to the subjects of the following year.

Award means a Degree, Diploma, Associate Diploma or Certificate by the Council.

Chief Examiner means an officer appointed and so designated by a Head of Department in relation to an examination in a particular subject for a particular period.

Examiner means an officer appointed by the Head of Department to set and mark examination papers in a particular subject for a particular period.

Supervisor means an officer appointed by the Registrar to supervise the conduct of a particular examination.

Central Examination means any examination administered by the office of the Registrar. ·

Departmental Examination means any examination administered by a Department.

Supplementary Examination means an examination given to a student who has failed to pass either a central or departmental examination.

Deferred Examination means an examination given to a student in place of a central or departmental examination in cases where the student has failed to sit and the reasons for such failure have been accepted by the Head of School.

Assignment means written exercises where these are specified as man-datory in a particular subject. .

Practical .Work means Laboratory and Workshop exercises where these are specified as mandatory in a particular subject.

Reports mean opinions expressed after investigation or consideration where such report is mandatory in a particular subject.

Rules 35

Part II. AUTHORITY TO PRESCRIBE EXAMINATIONS

1. Academic Boards to Prescribe Examination Requirements -

(a) An approved system may include Central Examinations, Departmental Examinations, Assignments, Practical Work, Reports and any methods of continuous assessment.

(b) The system of assessment to be used in each subject will be prescribed by the Department responsible for the subject concerned and approved by the Academic Board responsible for the subject.

(c) An Academic Board shall have the power of delegation subject to any conditions as it thinks fit to a Committee of the Board but the Board shall resolve any dispute.

2. Periods for Central Examinations

The periods within the academic year to be set aside for Central Examinations, Supplementary Examinations and Deferred Exam­inations will be determined by Council.

3. Period for Departmental Examinations

The periods within the academic year to be set aside for Depart­mental Examinations will be as determined by the Department concerned after agreement with other Departments which might be affected by any determination, and where appropriate, by agree­ment with the Registrar. The Head of School will resolve any dis­agreements of an intra-School nature, whereas those of an inter­School nature will be referred to the Director for decision.

Part Ill. CENTRAL EXAMINATIONS

4. Appointment of Examiners

(a) The relevant Head of Department will appoint examiners and, where appropriate, chief examiners each year for each subject in that year.

(b) The names of all examiners shall be forwarded by the Head of School to the Registrar by a date to be prescribed by the Registrar in consultation with the Head of School concerned.

5. Responsibility for Conduct of Examinations

(a) The Registrar will be responsible for the conduct of all Central Examinations in accordance with Parts V and VI of these rules.

(b) In consultation with the Heads of School, Heads of Depart­ment, and if appointed, the Chief Examiners, the Registrar may prescribe the date upon which all examination papers required to be set by examiners are to be received by this office and the form in which such papers will be received.

(c) The Registrar will be responsible for the preparation of a time­table for all Central Examinations and for the publication of this timetable as required by these rules.

36 Rules

Part IV. DEPARTMENTAL EXAMINATIONS

6. Appointment of Examiners

The re.levant Head of Department will appoint examiners and, where appropriate, chief examiners. He will also be responsible for the conduct of the Departmental examinations.

Part V. NOMINATION FOR EXAMINATIONS

7. Nomination for Central Examinations

The Registrar may prescribe a form required to qe lodged by students presenting themselves fcir any Central Examination and may pre­scribe the date by which such form shall be lodged with him.

8. Nomination for Departmental Examination

The Head of Department may prescribe a form required to be lodged by students intending to sit for a Departmental Examination and prescribe the date by which such form shall be lodged with him.

9. Charges

Any form capable of being lodged under these rules need not be accepted .if any charges due from the person lodging it have not been paid. In the event of any non-acceptance the person presenting the form shall not be permitted to sit f,or that examination.

10. Late Lodgement

At the discretion of the Registrar or Head of Department, as the case may be, a form required to be lodged under these rules may be accepted after the date prescribed for lodgement subject to the payment of any charge prescribed for late lodgement.

11. Withdrawal of Entry Examination

A student who has entered for an examination may withdraw his entry by written notice to the Registrar or the Head of Department, as the case may be, by the prescribed date.

12. Timetables

(a) The timetable for Departmental Examination shall be prepared by the Head of Department and shall be posted on appropriate notice boards.

(b) A preliminary timetable for Centrai Examinations shall be prepared by the Registrar and posted on appropriate notice boards.

(c) Should any timetable show a clash betw~en subjects for which the student has nominated, it is the responsibility of the student to notify either the Registrar or the Head of Depart­ment as the case may be by the date prescribed for such notification.

(d) The final .examination timetables for Central Examinations shall be so posted not less than three weeks prior to the commencement of the examination.

Rules 37

13. Eligibility to Sit for Examinations

(a) A student may be declared ineligible by the Head of the Department responsible for the course to sit for an exam­ination if he has failed to fulfil all the conditions as set out in the rules pertaining to the course for which he has en­rolled.

(b) The Registrar may prescribe the date by which Heads of Department must advise him of the names of students who are declared to be ineligible under this rule and upon receipt of advice from the relevant departments will so advise the stud­ents in writing of their ineligibility inviting them to show cause by a prescribed date why ineligibility should not be confirmed.

(c) Where a student shows cause why he should not be declared ineligible his case shall be referred to the Head of School for review and determination. ·

(d) A student declared by the Head of School to be so ineligible shall have the right of appeal to the Director.

14. Student Examination Form

(a) The Registrar shall forward to each student at least two weeks prior to the commencement of all Central Examinations an examination form showing the subjects for which the student is eligible to sit and the date and time of the examination in that subject.

(b) The student is required to keep this form in his possession at all times during the period of the examination.

15. Failu·re to Attend for Examination at the Prescribed Date & Time

(al

(b)

A. student who fails to attend an examination for which he has nominated and which in the case of a Central Examination is shown on his examination form will be deemed to have sat for and failed the examination concerned except in cases where he has notified the Registrar before the examination commences or immediately afterwards that he has failed to attend for reasons of incapacity, ill health or other circum­stances beyond his control, and subsequently produces an acceptable medical or other certificate to this effect. Should the medical or other certificate be acceptable to the Head of School, the student shall be granted a deferred exam­ination.

15A Special Consideration of factors affecting examination perfonnance.

(a) A candidate who considers that his performance in a central examination has been adversely affected by illness, disability, or other exceptional circumstances may apply for special consideration by the closing dates specified in the current Academic Calendar. Such applications shall be made to the Registrar, supported by suitable medical or other evidence.

38 Rules

(b) Where a candidate applies for special consideration on medical grounds the medical certificate relating to the application should indicate the candidate's condition at the time of the examination and must be obtained either immediately before the examination or as soon after the examination as is practicable.

(c) The Registrar shall forward applications for special consider­ation to the relevant Head of School for determination. The Head of School may refer the application to the relevant chief examiner who, in consultation with the appropriate examiner or examiners, shall take such account of the inform­ation contained therein as is considered appropriate in deciding the result to be recommended for the candidate in the subject in question.

(d) Notwithstanding section (c) of this rule, Academic Boards may prescribe additional procedures to facilitate consideration of special consideration applications.

Part VI. CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS

16. Entry to Examination Room

A person other than a candidate, supervisor, examiner or his nom­inee, chief examiner or his nominee, may not enter an examination room during an examination session or during the period of forty­five minutes immediately preceding such session except with the permission of a supervisor.

17. Time for Departure

A candidate may not leave an examination room before the end of the examination session without the permission of a supervisor.

18. Conditions of Entry and Departure

A person whether a candidate or not, who is given permission to enter or leave an examination room shall comply with all conditions on which the permission is given.

19. Unauthorised Material not to be Brought into the Examination Room

A candidate shall not bring into an examination room anything whatsoever which conveys or is capable of conveying information concerning or otherwise has reference to any subject or is such that it may reasonably give rise to suspicion that it is capable of conveying information concerning or of having reference to any subject or that it was intended by the candidate to do so. It is immaterial that the subject is not a subject to which the examination relates.

Rules 39

It shall be sufficient answer to any alleged breach of this rule if the candidate establishes that anything brought by him into an exam­ination room was -(a) declared as permissible by the examiner and is so indicated on

the examination paper, or (b) brought in with the permission of the supervisor, or (c) deposited by the candidate within the room forthwith after

entering it at a place designated by the supervisor as a place where such thing may be deposited.

20. Candidate not to Communicate with Others A candidate shall not during an examination session communicate by word or otherwise with any other person except a supervisor, examiner or his nominee, or assist any other person to communicate with another person, or willingly receive a communication from any person other than a supervisor, examiner or his nominee.

21. . Cheating

A candidate shall not cheat or attempt to cheat in an examination. A person whether a candidate or not shall not do anything to assist any other examinee in his examination.

22. Supervisor's Power of Inspection

A supervisor may require a candidate to show by such means as the supervisor may specify and as the supervisor considers appropriate to the circumstances that the candidate has not in his possession or in any way available any such things as is specified under Rule 19 or that he is not committing or has not committed a breach of Rules 20 or 21 and the Candidate shall comply without delay with such requirement.

23. Identification

A candidate shall bring to the examination room his student exam­ination form and shall produce or keep displayed such form in accordance with any direction given to him by notice displayed in the examination room, by direction on an examination book, by a supervisor or otherwise.

24. Places A candidate for an examination shall upon entering an examination room proceed without delay to such place as he is· or has been directed to occupy for that examination by a supervisor or by notice or other means, and shall not leave that place except with the permission or by the direction of a supervisor.

A supervisor may at any time direct a candidate to leave any such place and to occupy another place specified by the supervisor, and a candidate shall without delay comply with any such direction.

40 Rules

25. Candidate to Comply with Directions

(a) A candidate shall comply with all directions to candidates set forth on the examination book or such other examination material supplied to him or set out on any notice displayed in the examination room and shall without delay. comply with any reasonable direction given to him by the supervisor..

(b) A candidate's behaviour shall not be such as to disturb or distract or adversely affect any other candidate.

(c) In the event of breach or default by a candidate under or in respect of 25(a) or 25{b) the supervisor may require the offending candidate to leave the examination room and failure by the candidate to do so shall be deemed to be a breach of discipline and he may be dealt with under the By-law 9(2).

(d) All such exclusions shall be reported immediately to the Registrar or in his absence the Assistant Registrar or officer designated by the Registrar to conduct the examination and the Registrar, Assistant Registrar or other officer after hearing the supervisor the candidate and any relevant evidence may either confirm or rescind the exclusion.

26. Candidates not to Remove Papers A candidate shall not remove from the examination room any worked script or paper provided for use by him during the course of the examination (other than the question paper supplied to him) or other material the property of the Institute.

27. Penalties for Breach of Examination Rules (a) If a candidate commits a breach of any rule contained in this

part of these rules, he shall be deemed to be guilty of a simple breach of discipline and may be dealt with under By-law 9(2).

(b) A candidate who commits a breach of a rule contained in this part of these rules shall be liable in addition to any other penalty to have his examination cancelled, and in particular a candidate in breach of Rule 25 of this part of these rules shall be liable to the following penalties. For a first breach -(i) denial of credit for the subject concerned, or (ii) denial of credit for all subjects taken in the same acad­

emic year. (c) The Registrar, Assistant Registrar or other officer shall forth­

with advise the Director of any such alleged breach and after due investigation by the Director, the Director may in writing require the candidate to show cause within not less than seven days from the date of such requirement why penalty should not be imposed under this rule. In the event of the candidate failing to show cause the Director may impose any penalty provided for under this rule.

(d) Penalties for a further breach shall be -(i) exclusion from the Institute for a period, or (ii) permanent exclusion from the Institute.

A candidate incurring either of these penalties shall have a right of appeal to the Appeals Committee.

Rules 41

Part VII. ASSESSMENT OF RESULTS

28. Registrar or Head of Department to Supply List of Candidates.

For Central Examinations the Registrar shall supply to each examiner a list of candidates for whom a result is required in each subject. For Departmental Examinations the Head of Department shall supply to each examiner a list of candidates for whom a result is required in each subject.

29. Duties of Examiners

The Examiners shall furnish to the Head of Department or the Chief Examiner where such is appointed -(a) A list of the candidates in respect of whom results for the

subject are required on which the examiner shall show -(i) such details of each candidate's performance as may be

required by the Head of Department or Chief Examiner; (ii) a statement of those from whom no script was received; (iii) the name of any candidate who submitted a script and

whose name was not included in the list supplied by the Registrar.

(b) the examiner's recommended grade lines; (c) the result which the examiner recommends in respect of each

candidate; and (d) an analysis of the examiner's recommendations showing the

numbers of each grade of pass or failure recommended.

30. Powers and Duties of Head of Department

The Head of Department or where appointed the Chief Examiner may approve or vary the grading of results recommended for each candidate, provided always that, before making such a variation, the Head of Department or Chief Examiner shall advise the examiner concerned of the variation he proposes and consider any represent­ation that the examiner may wish to make.

31. Power and Duties of the Academic Board

(a) In Relation to the Subject being Examined

The Head of Department or Chief Examiner shall forward to the Academic Board responsible for the course the results recommended by him together with any comments concerning these results made by the examiner concerned, in respect of each candidate. That Academic Board shall thereupon consider the results recommended for each candidate and shall deter­mine the final award in each subject provided always that -(i) the Academic Board determining such final awards may

refer the recommended awards to a meeting of such examiners as the Chairman of the Academic Board may determine for advice, and

(ii) the Academic Board shall not determine an award different from that recommended by a Head of Depart­ment or Chief Examiner except after advice to that Head of Department or Chief Examiner of the intended variation and consideration of any matters which that Head of Department or Chief Examiner may wish to place before the Board.

42 Rules

The Academic Board shall classify each result in terms of the grading of pass as wet out in Part VI I of these rules.

(b) In Relation to the Course in which the Student is Enrolled.

The Head of Department responsible shall forward to the relevant Academic Board a listing of the final results of each candidate enrolled in that course who has nominated for the examination.

Where relevant the Academic Board shall consider these results in terms of the approved progression rules for each course and determine -

{i) whether the candidate has fulfilled all of the require-ments for progression to the next stage of the course;

(ii) whether the candidate shall be granted conceded passes in subjects in which he has not been granted a pass;

(iii) whether the candidate shall be granted supplementary examinations or shall be required to submit himself for such other additional means of assessment as the Academic Board shall determine.

32. Application of Academic Board Policy

Where an Academic Board has prescribed a policy which requires an adjustment of results the Head of School, before submitting results recommended for each candidate to the Academic Board, shall adjust the recommended grades in any subject in accordance with that pol icy, and sh al I report any adjustment so made to the A cad em ic Board.

33. Powers of Alteration

An examination result determined by the Academic Board, and a decision concerning the granting of supplementary examination to a candidate may be altered by the Head of the School controlling the course with the concurrence of the Head of Department or Chief Examiner concerned -

(a) to correct a patent error, or (b) to make the result or decision accord with the result or decision

which the Head of School and the Head of Department, Chief Examiner and where possible the examiner, are satisfied would have been confirmed or made by the Academic Board if it had considered relevant circumstances which were not considered by the Board.

Any such alteration and the reasons therefore shall be reported to the Academic Board at its next meeting.

Rules 43

34. Grading of Results

(a) A pass in each subject may be designated as an Honour (H), Credit (C) or Pass (P).

(b) Where the Academic Board responsible for the course so determines in accordance with Rule 31 a pass conceded (0) may be awarded in a subject.

(c) Where the Academic Board responsible for the course so determines, all candidates gaining a pass in a subject may be awarded with a result of Pass - Non Graded (R).

(d) Where the Academic Board responsible for the course so determines, all candidates in a subject may be assessed as having Satisfactorily Completed (G), or Not Satisfactorily Completed (Z) the subject.

(e) Where a student has been granted a supplementary examination in any subject, he may not subsequently be awarded with a grade higher than Pass - Supplementary (T) in that subject.

(f) Where a student has been granted a deferred examination he may be awarded a pass in terms of Honour (HJ. Credit (C), Pass (P), Non-Graded Pass (R), Satisfactorily Completed (G) or Pass Conceded (0).

(g) A fail in each subject will be designated as a Fail (N) except that where a candidate does not attend the examination he will be awarded Fail - Did Not Sit (X) or where a student notifies of his withdrawal from a subject after the official cancellation date and he is not granted cancellation without penalty he will be awarded Fail - Late Cancellation (K) or where a student is not successful at a supplementary examin­ation he will be awarded Fail - Supplementary (M).

35. Where a candidate has failed to comply with the Rules pertaining to a particular subject or course, irrespective of whether he has been permitted to sit for the relevant examinations or not, or where the Academic Board responsible for the course decides that further assessment is desirable before release of a candidate's final result, his results in either a particular subject or all of the subjects may be withheld at the discretion of the Academic Board until he has fulfilled all requirements to the satisfaction of the Academic Board.

In such cases, the Registrar will advise the student in writing to contact the Head of Department responsible for the conduct of the subject to ascertain exact requirements to enable the final result to be issued. Except in the case of the Academic Board responsible for the course having decided that further assessment is desirable before release of a final result, the student shall be given the oppor­tunity to show cause to the Registrar why the result should not be withheld.

44 Rules

The Academic Board responsible for the course in which the student is enrolled must notify the Registrar of a final result no later than two weeks (or six weeks with the approval of the Academic Board) after the commencement of the next semester.

36. Approval of Results

Departmental Examinations (a) The results of all Departmental Examinations shall be subject

to approval by the relevant Academic Board. (b) Upon approval by the Board the results shall be forwarded to

the Registrar who shall maintain a register for use in the final compilation of results.

37. Certification of Final Results

Central Examinations The Head of School shall certify to the Registrar -(a) the final results in respect of each candidate in his School,

after all authorities have carried out their functions and exercised any powers given them under these rules;

(b) in the case of fixed year courses, a statement that the candidate has passed or failed the year or been granted supplementary examinations.

38. Release of Results

(a) Departmental Examinations Upon approval of the Academic Board controlling the course or a Committee of the Board where the authority has been delegated under Section 40, the results may be released by the Head of Department offering the subject.

(b) Central Examinations Following certification of results provided for in Section 37 these will be released at the direction of the Registrar.

39. Application for Review of Results

The papers submitted by a candidate in any subject shall be reviewed on request lodged by him with the Registrar not later than the date prescribed in the calendar and on payment of a fee prescribed by the Council.

If, on review, a higher grade of pass, or a pass in place of a failure is awarded to the candidate, the fee_ so paid shall be refunded.

Rules 45

40. Delegation of Authority by Academic Board

Where an Academic Board responsible for a course has determined a policy in relation to the assessment of examination results, it may delegate to a Committee of the Board, the authority to exercise its powers under these rules. All such authority exercised on behalf of the Board must be consistent with the policy laid down by the Board and all decisions made by the Committee must be reported at the next meeting of the Board.

Part VIII. GROSS FAILURE

The following Rules 41 to 46 apply only to students whq are registered in an approved course of study. Unregistered Students must apply for enrolment each year and their applications may be accepted or rejected by the Registrar on the recommendation of the relevant Head of Department.

41. Student to be Classified as a Gross Failure

A student in any one year may be classified as a gross failure under the following circumstances ...,..

(a) In Unit Courses (i) where a student has failed twice in the same subject or

unit even though he did not nominate for that subject at successive examinations, or

(ii) where a student, who is enrolled in a course which has a normal minimum completion time of four semesters or less, has not maintained over the most recent two semesters in which he was registered in a course, exclusive of any period of approved leave of absence, a rate of progress at least equal to fifty percent of the formal hours as set out in the relevant course rules for normal progression, or

(iii) where a student, who is enrolled in a course which has a normal minimum completion time exceeding four semesters, has not maintained over the most recent four semesters in which he was registered in a course, exclusive of any period of approved leave of absence, a rate of progress at least equal to fifty percent of the formal hours as set out in the relevant course rules for normal progression.

The provisions of rules 41(a) (ii) and 41 (a)( iii) apply irrespective of whether the student was registered in different courses in the most recent two semesters referred to in rule 41(a)(ii) or the most recent four seme~ters referred to in rule 41 (a) (iii).

46 Rules

(b) In Fixed Year Courses (i) where a student has failed twice in the same year of the

course, or (ii) in those cases where a student has been granted special

permission to repeat only some of the subjects of a particular year and he has failed in any of those subjects.

42. Procedure to be Adopted

(a) Following the certification of final results as required under Rule 37, the Academic Board responsible for the course will forward to the Registrar a list showing those students who are classified by the Academic Board as gross failures.

(b) The Registrar shall notify all such students that they have been so classified and shall give them the opportunity to show cause by a prescribed date which is not more than four weeks from the date of posting the notification, why they should not be dealt with as provided for in these rules.

(c) A student who wishes to show cause why he should not be dealt with under the rules may do so in writing to the Registrar.

(d) When the date prescribed for showing cause has elapsed the Registrar will forward to the Head of School all submissions received and these will be considered by the Academic Board responsible for the course and the penalties to be imposed, if any, will be determ;ned.

43. Penalties for Gross Failure

Where it is confirmed under Rule 41 above that a student has been classified as a gross failure and the student has failed under Rule 42 to show cause the following penalties may be imposed by the Academic Board responsible for the course -

(a) The student may be refused enrolment in any course offered by the Institute.

(b) The student may be refused enrolment in the course in which he was classified as a gross failure.

(c) The student may be refused enrolment in a particular subject in which he was classified as a gross failure but allowed to proceed with the course provided that subject is not mandatory to the course.

(d) The student may be permitted to repeat a particular subject or, in the case of a fixed year course, a particular year, or may be required to undertake a programme determined by the Academic Board.

Rules 47

44. Right of Appeal

Where a penalty is imposed under Rule 43, a student shall have the right of appeal to the Appeals Committee. All appeals against the imposition of penalties under the provisions of Rule 43 - Penalties for Gross Failure - shall be lodged in writing with the Registrar. Each letter of appeal must state the grounds and reasons for appeal and must be delivered or posted so as to reach the Registrar within fourteen (14) calendar days of the date appearing on the Registrar's letter advising the student of the penalties imposed.

45. Appointment of Committee of Academic Board

An Academic Board may appoint a Committee of the Academic Board to make recommendations to the Acad~mic Board.

46. Re-admission after Exclusion

(a) A student excluded under these Rules may be considered for re-admission after a period of not less than four semesters.

(b) An application for re-admission after exclusion should be made in writing to the Registrar no later than two months prior to the commencement of the semester for which re­admission is sought.

(c) Applications for re-admission shall be considered by the Academic Board responsible for the course from which the student was excluded. In considering applications the Academic Board may take into account changed circumstances; e.g. academic and/or vocational performance since exclusion, maturity and motivation.

(d) An Academic Board may require an applicant who has been re-admitted under these Rules to enrol on such conditions as it may determine.

(e) A student re-admitted under these Rules may, at the discretion of the Academic Board, be required to re-enrol and be assessed in any subject or subjects which the student may have passed prior to exclusion.

4B Rules

QUEENSLAND INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY LIBRARY RULES

1. Authority of Chief Librarian

2. Library Usage 2.1 Entitled Users etc. 2.2 Hours of Opening 2.3 Rules for General Conduct 2.4 Borrowing Responsibilities 2.5 Loan Periods 2.6 Limited Access Collection 2.7 Non-Loanable Materials

3. Penalties etc. 3.1 General 3.2 Reprimand 3.3 Fines for Late Returns 3.4 Loss of Borrowing Rights 3.5 Lost Library Material 3.6 Exclusion

4. Appeals

5. Library Copying and Copyright

6. Notices

7. Schedule of Service Charges

Q.l.T. MAIN LIBRARY

RULES

Rules 49

1. Authority of the Chief Librarian

The Library shall be administered by the Chief Librarian. Subject to the overall control of the Director and the Institute Council, the Chief Librarian shall:-

1.1 Prescribe the procedures to be followed by Library users;

1.2 Exercise disciplinary authority with respect to the behaviour of users of the library;

1.3 Exercise disciplinary authority with respect to the preservation, consultation and loan of library materials.

2. Library Usage

2. 1 Entitled Users

2.1.1 Subject as below, the Chief Librarian may permit any f)erson to use any facility of the Library and determine the conditions under which such use is permitted. Failure to comply with any such con­ditions shall be a breach of these Rules.

2.1.2 The following are entitled to use the Library for study and research:-

(a) Students of the Institute; (b) Staff of the Institute; (c) Members of the Institute Council; (d) Special users who are:-

(i) reciprocal users (as defined in written agreements with 0.1.T .) ;

(iii any other person or group approved by the Chief Librarian.

2 .1.3 The Chief Librarian may make a charge to any user or users for library materials, services or other facil­ities, in accordance with the Schedule of Charges attached to these Rules. Any amendment to the Schedule of Charges is to be approved by the Director and the Institute Counci I.

2.1.4 Any person entitled or given approval to use any facility of the Library may be required to complete and sign a registration card undertaking to comply with the Rules.

2.1.5 Any person entitled or given approval to use any facility of the Library, and wishing to do so, must obtain a 0.1.T. Library Membership Card or a 0.1.T. Identity Card, whichever is appropriate.

50 Rules

2.2 Hours of Opening

The hours during which the Library shall be open shall be prescribed by the Chief Librarian, subject to the approval of the Director, and posted at the entrance to the Library. Prior notice through normal Institute channels will be given of any change in the hours of opening.

2.3 Rules for General Conduct

2.3.1 No person shall in the Library conduct himself in a manner which, in the reasonable opinion of any Librarian on duty is not a proper manner and a proper use of the Library, or which interferes with the comfort or convenience of, or the use of the Librc;ry by other persons.

2.3.2 No person may smoke, eat or drink in the Library except in such areas as are specifically set aside by the Chief Librarian for any of these purposes. No animals may be brought into the Library.

2.3.3 Bags, cases or other material may be brought into the Library, but must be offered for inspection on leaving the Library if requested by a member of the Library staff.

2.3.4 No person may reserve a seat in a general reading ar·ea, except in Closed Carrels. Articles left unattended in the Library for more than 30 minutes may be removed by Library staff. The Institute, Chief Librarian and Library staff shall have no responsibility for personal belongings left in the Library. ·

2.3.5 An atmosphere of quiet must be maintained in the Library so that it is at all times a place conducive to independent study and quiet reading. Silence must be kept in the main reading areas and conversation restricted to the Seminar rooms, foyers and other specified areas.

2.4 Borrowing Responsibilities

2.4.1 A current Identity Card is necessary for borrowing Library materials and should be carried at all times.

2.4.2 A borrower is responsible for safe-keeping and return of the materials borrowed by him or her from the Library.

2.4.3 All borrowers must complete the appropriate loan record for each item they borrow.

2.4.4 All items on loan must be returned on or before the last date stamped on the date due slip or where appropriate, before the expiration of a recall notice.

Rules 51

2.4.5 Names of borrowers will not be revealed without the borrower's consent.

2.4.6 library staff processing loan records enter date and/or time of return on loan cards. Borrowers may obtain written confirmation of date and/or time of return by presentation of borrowed items at the Lending Services Counter. Where confirmation of return is not sought, borrowers are deemed under these rules to have accepted as correct the date and/or time of return recorded on loan cards.

2.5 Loan Periods

2.5.1 Books

The normal loan period for books is four (4) weeks. A four week loan may be renewed once, provided that another borrower has not reserved the item, that it is not overdue, and that it is not a new addition to the Library stock. From time to time certain books may be placed in the Limited Access Collection or on short term loan. Short term loans are not renewable.

2.5.2 Extended Book Loans

With the approval of the Chief Librarian, full·time academic staff may borrow, for one extended period only, books required in the planning of courses or subjects. Requests for extended loans must be sub· mitted in writing. Extended loans will not be renewed. Extended loans normally will be from 1st December to 31st July of the following year, or from 1st June to 30th November of the same year.

2.5.3 Periodicals

Unbound issues of periodicals (other than current issues or issues on display) may be borrowed by full·time staff for one week. Loans of periodicals are not renewable.

Monographic Series (e.g. Advances in .... ) may be borrowed by staff and students for one week. Loans of Monographic Series are not renewable.

2.5.4 Audio·Visual

Most types of audio·visual materials, with the excep. tion of films and video, may be borrowed for two (2) weeks by staff and students.

52 Rules

Films and video may be borrowed by staff only for a period of one ( 1) week.

Audio-visual loans are not normally renewable.

2.6 Limited Access Collection

2.6.1 Only QIT students and staff and other persons approved by the Chief Librarian may use the Limited Access Collection.

2.6.2 No items borrowed from the Limited Access Collec­tion may be removed from the Library, except as specified in Clause 2.6.4 below.

2.6.3 Only one item at a time may be borrowed from the Limited Access Collection.

2.6.4 The normal loan period is two (2) hours. After that time the borrowed item must be returned, but if no one else has reserved it, the item may be renewed for a further two (2) hours.

Overnight loans are permitted from half an hour before closing time until half an hour after opening time the next day.

2.6.5 Students and staff must leave their QIT Identity Card as a deposit before being permitted to remove any item from the Limited Access Collection.

2.7 Non-Loanable Materials

Non-loanable materials are as follows:-(a) Reference works; (b) Maps and Charts; (c) Theses; (d) Bound volumes of periodicals; (e) Newspapers.

3. Penalties etc.

3.1 General

3.1.1 A charge under these Rules shall be a debt to the Institute.

3.1.2 Subject as below, penalties f.e. reprimand, fines, withdrawal of borrowing priviteges, exclusion from the Library or other specified sanction, for breaches of these Rules may be imposed by the Chief Librarian on any user.

Rules 53

3. 1.3 Penalties (as specified in 3.1.2 above) may be waived by the Chief Librarian in special circumstances.

3.2 Reprimand

3.2.1 Failure to observe these Rules may incur a reprimand from the Chief librarian or the senior Librarian on duty, together with a warning against repetition of the offence.

3.3 Fines for Late Returns

3.3.1 Fortnightly, Four (4) Week and Extended Loans (i) When a loan is overdue, an overdue notice

will be sent to the borrower; (ii) If an item is returned late, a fine will be imposed

at the rate of $1.00 for each week or part thereof that the item is overdue from the date due, up to a maximum of $20.00. Fines are to be paid within 14 days of date of fines notice.

3.3.2 Limited Access Collection Loans

A fine of 50¢ per hour will be imposed for each hour or part thereof that the item is late, up to a maximum of $20.00.

3.3.3 Short Term Loans (3 days or 1 week)

A fine of 50¢ per day, per item, will be imposed for each day the item is late, up to a maximum of$20.00.

3.4 Loss of Borrowing Rights

3.4.1 If a book or other Library material is not returned within five (5) weeks of the date stamped on the date due slip, the item will be presumed lost, and the user's borrowing rights may be withdrawn for a period not exceeding one semester.

3.4.2 Subject to 3.4.1, borrowing rights will not be restored until all overdue loans have been returned to the Library and all fines are paid.

3.4.3 Failure to pay fines in accordance with 3.3 will result in user's borrowing rights being withdrawn for a period not exceeding one full semester.

3.5 Lost Library Material

3.5.1 If an item appears to be fost, the loss must be reported to the Lending Services Desk Clerk or the Lending Services Librarian. If after a reasonable search. by both Librarian and borrower the item cannot be found and proof of return cannot be shown, the borrower shall be responsible for the replacement cost plus a processing charge of $5.00, up to a max­imum of $100 per item, to be paid within 14 days of date of notification.

54 Rules

3.6 Exclusion

3.6.1 Any person who fails to observe these Rules or who disfigures or damages any document or other Library facility may be excluded from the Library for up to one semester and shall be responsible for any damage caused.

4. Appeals

4.1 Any person upon whom a penalty (as defined in 3.1.2 hereof) has been imposed may, within fourteen (14) days of the imposition, challenge the imposition of the penalty and/or appeal against the imposition of the penalty, and any action which may be taken under Section 3 will be suspended pending determination of the challenge or appeal.

4.1.1 Any challenge or appeal should in the first instance be made in writing to the Registrar.

4.1.2 An appeal against a decision of the Registrar must be made in writing within seven (7) days to the Director.

4.1.3 On appeal, the Registrar or the Director, as the case may be, if there are extenuating or exceptional circumstances, may allow the appeal or reduce or waive the penalty.

5. *Library Copying and Copyright

5. 1 Permissable Copying

For "purposes" of Research and Study it is necessary that the copying be restricted to a reasonable proportion of the work and that only single copies are obtained. A 'reasonable proportion' will be interpreted in this Library as a Chapter or 10 percent of a book, whichever is less, and one article from a periodical. Exceptions to these guidelines may be approved only by the Chief Librarian, Lending Services Librarian or those acting in these capacities.

5.2 Non-Copyright Material

There is no restriction on the copying of non-copyright material. Aside from personal papers, readers may be required to establish that the copies they have made are non-copyright matter. In some cases a statement is made on a publication permitting copying. Otherwise readers should assure them­selves BEFORE making copies that they have the necessary authority 0 R are acting with in the exclusion of the Copyright Act 1968 (CWTH).

* Under Review 6. Notices

Any notices to be given to a person under these Rules shall be deemed to be sufficiently given if sent to him or her by mail at his or her address registered with the Library and shall be deemed to have been received by the person to whom it is addressed in the ordinary course of the post.

Rules 55

7. Schedule of Service Charges

Service

Comprehensive Literature Searching & bibliographies

Online mini-search

(a) Loans-print materials

(b) Loans-films

User Category

0.1.T. Staff

0.1.T. Post-Graduate Students

0.1.T. Undergraduates

Non-0.1.T. (including private 0.1.T. staff and student searches)

Conditions

No charge, subject to the search being for OIT teach­ing or research.

No charge, provided searches approved by the Head of Department as being an essential part of a program of study.

Not available.

(a) . Online - Overseas system $4 per minute + prints; AUSINET - $3.50 per minute+ prints; BIOSIS - $15 per search; MED LINE retrospective to 1978 - $12 per search. MEDLINE - retrospective to 1966 - $15 per search. (b) Manual - By negot­iation.

Available to anyone $12 per search.

OIT Staff and students No charge

Non-OIT individuals $10 annual subscription (January-December)

Non-OIT organisations $20 annual subscription (January-December)

Other libraries LAA Inter-Library Loan vouchers used

OIT Staff No charge

Other tertiary No charge educational institutions

Other organisations $10 transaction fee per loan

OIT students Not available

Non-OIT individuals Not available

56 Rules

Service

Obtaining materials not held by OIT Library

User Category

QIT staff

QIT students

Non-QIT

Conditions

No charge, subject to loan being for QIT teaching or research.

No charge. (Request must be supported by supervising academic staff member).

$5 minimum per request.

Rules 57

LAW SCHOOL LIBRARY RULES

1. Definition In these rules the word "Library" means the Law School Library.

2. Administration The Library shall be administered in accordance with these Rules by the Law School Librarian under the direction of the Head of the School of Law.

3. Reference Library The Library shall be a reference Library and, except in the case of material required for use in a Law School Moot, or in any case approved by the Head of the School of Law, Library material or equipment shall not be removed from the Library.

4. Hours of Opening The hours during which the Library shall be open shall, after con· sultation with the Chief Librarian, be prescribed by the Head of the School of Law, subject to the approval of the Director, and shall be posted at the entrance to the Library. Prior notice shall be given of any change in the hours of opening.

5. Library Users (1) The following persons shall be entitled to use the Library

for study and research -(i) students of the Institute; (ii) staff of the Institute; (iii) members of the Council of the Institute; (iv) any other person approved in advance by the Head of

the School of Law.

(2) Any person seeking approval to use the Library under Rule 5.(1 )(iv) must apply in writing to the Head of the School of Law.

(3) Any person wishing to use the Library must possess a OIT identity card or the written approval of the Head of the School of Law, whichever is appropriate, and must produce such card or approval upon request by the person on duty at the Reader Assistance desk.

6. Conduct of Library Users ( 1) Briefcases, bags, folders, books, etc., may be taken into the

Library but must be offered for inspection at the request of the person on duty at the Reader Assistance desk.

(2) No person shall reserve a seat in the Library except in the discussion rooms. Articles left unattended in the Library for more than one hour may be removed by any member of the staff on duty in the Library.

58 Rules

(3) No person shall use more than five items of Library material at any carrel or table at a time.

(4) Neither the Council of the Institute nor any of its employees shall be responsible for the safekeeping of personal belongings of Library Users.

(5) No person shall smoke, eat or drink in the Library. (6) No person shall in the Library conduct himself in a manner

which, in the opinion of the Law School Librarian, the Assist­ant Librarian or the person on duty at the Reader Assistance desk, is not a proper manner and a proper use of the Library, or which interferes with the comfort or convenience of, or the use of the Library by, other persons.

(7) No person shall mark, deface or otherwise damage or destroy any Library material, equipment, furniture or other property, or any part of the Library.

7 _ Reserve Collection

Subject to Rule 3, a person entitled to use the Library may, upon application to the person on duty at the Reader Assistance desk and upon surrendering his QIT identitv card or the written approval referred to in Rule 5. (3), whichever is appropriate, as a deposit, use not more than two items from the Reserve Collection for up to two hours at a time.

8. Moots

In the case of a Law School Moot, authorised by the Head of the School of Law, the Law School Librarian or the Assistant Librarian may allow material to be removed from the. Library for use in such Moot.

9. Copying and Copyright

No person shall use any photocopier in the Library for a purpose which infringes copyright under the Copyright Act, 1968 (Cth). (The relevant sections of such Act are posted near each photocopier and a copy of the Act may be obtained on application at the Reader Assistance desk).

10. Penalties

(1) Any person who commits a breach of any of Rules 3, 5, and 6 may be reprimanded and warned against repetition of the breach, and/or excluded from the Library for a specified period not exceeding seven days, by the Law School Librarian, the Assistant Librarian or the person on duty at the Reader Assistance desk.

(2) Any person who commits a breach of Rule 7 may be repri­manded and warned against repetition of the breach, and/or his privilege of using items from the Reserve Collection may be withdrawn for a specified period not exceeding seven days, by the Law School Librarian, the Assistant Librarian or the person on duty at the Reader Assistance desk.

Rules 59

(3) Any person who marks, defaces or otherwise damages, or destroys, any Library material, equipment, furniture or other property, or any part of the Library shall be liable for the cost of making good the damage or replacing the property up to $100, such cost to be determined by the Law School Librarian.

(4) Any person who imposes any penalty under Rule 10.(1), (2) or (3) must, as soon as practicable thereafter, notify the Head of the School of Law in writing.

11. Appeals ( 1) Any person who is excluded from the Library or whose

privilege of using items in the Reserve Collection is withdrawn or who is liable for the cost of making good damage or replacing property under Rule 10 may, within seven days thereafter, appeal to the Head of the School of Law against the penalty, whereupon the penalty shall be suspended pending the deter­mination of the appeal.

(2) On such an appeal as is provided for by Rule 11. ( 1) the Head of the School of Law may allow the appeal or dismiss the appeal or reduce or waive the penalty.

(3) Any person who is excluded from the Library or whose privilege of using items in the Reserve Collection is withdrawn or who is liable for the cost of making good damage or replacing property under Rule 10 who appeals to the Head of the School of Law and is dissatisfied with the decisiOn of the Head of School may, within seven days thereafter, appeal to the Director against such decision, whereupon the penalty shall be suspended pending the determination of the appeal.

(4) On such further appeal as is provided for by Rule 11. (3) the Director may allow the appeal or dismiss the appeal or reduce or waive the penalty.

60 Rules

UNION FEE RULES

1. Interpretation

In these Rules unless the context otherwise indicates or requires:

'Full-time Student' means a student, including a member of staff of the Institute, who is enrolled at the Institute as a full-time student or such other person or persons as the Council may from time to time determine.

'Part-time Student' means a student, including a member of staff of the Institute, who is enrolled at the Institute as a part-time student or such other person or persons as the Council may from time to time determine.

'Sandwich Student' means a student, including a member of staff of the Institute, who in a particular academic year is enrolled at the Institute on the basis of attendance on a full-time basis for one of two semesters, and is required to undertake specified practical training, with or without, parHime study for the remaining semester.

'Union Fees' means such fees as may be prescribed by the Council for membership of the Queensland Institute of Technology Union.

'Enrolment' means application for registration as a student of the Institute, and includes both New Enrolments and Re-enrolments.

2. Fees to be Paid

Unless the Council otherwise directs, Union Fees shall be paid at the time of submitting an enrolment or re-enrolment, on or before the following dates: (a) in the case of a student applying for re-enrolment or of a

student applying for enrolment for the first time in a Post­graduate or Certificate course - by the date indicated in the Institute Calendar.

(b) in the case of a student applying for enrolment for the first time in a degree, diploma, or associate diploma course - by the date specified on the Acceptance of Offer Form forwarded to the student.

3. Consequences of Non-payment

(i) If Union Fees payable by a student have not been paid at the time of lodging an enrolment, the Registrar may refuse to accept such enrolment.

(ii) Any student whose enrolment is not accepted under the provisions of Sub-Rule (i) of this Rule may re-apply for enrolment, up to and including the final date for submission of late enrolments as specified in the Institute Calendar, subject to the conditions specified in Sub-Rule (i) of this Rule.

(iii) Without limiting the effect of Sub-Rule (i) of this Rule, a student who has not paid all Union Fees due and payable by him and who satisfies the Registrar that he is unable to make payment by the date specified for fees to be paid, may be granted an extension of time in which to pay such fees, and may have his enrolment accepted, subject to his agreeing to pay all fees not later than the extended date indicated by the Registrar.

Rules 61

(iv) Where a student has lodged an enrolment with the Enrolments Section of the Institute and Union Fees due and payable by the student have only been paid in part, the Registrar may refuse to accept or process such enrolment, unless the balance of fees, notified to the student on a Fee Payment Form, have been paid by a date determined by the Registrar and notified to the student.

(v) Without limiting the effect of any of the preceding Sub-Rules of this Rule, if Union Fees payable by a student remain unpaid within five weeks of the commencement of the first semester of the academic year in respect of which they are payable, the Registrar may cancel such students enrolment at any time thereafter.

4. Refund of Fees on Voluntary Cancellation of Enrolment

A student who gives proper written notice to the Registrar of withdrawal of his enrolment not later than six weeks after the first day of a semester shall be entitled to the refund of the Union Fees paid. Such refund shall be made by the OIT Union upon request to it and upon the surrender by the student of any current OIT Union Membership Card previously issued to him.

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES AFFECTING STUDENTS

1. Union Fees - By-law No. 11 specifies the following Schedule of Union Fees.

Full-time students .......................... $40.00 p.a. Part-time internal students .................... $20.00 p.a. Part-time external students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2 .00 p.a. Sandwich course students ..................... $20.00 p.a. All other members ......................... $20.00 p.a.

An unregistered student shall be required to pay the appropriate full-time or part-time fee corresponding to his attendance status. A student undertaking a thesis only shall be required to pay the appropriate full-time or part-time fee corresponding to his attendance status.

2. Admission, Enrolment, and Examination: Council has approved the following Schedule of Charges -Late lodgement of Enrolment Application -

within two (2) weeks of closing date set out in the Institute Calendar ..................... $5.00

for applications received more than two (2) weeks after the closing date set out in the Institute Calendar ........................ $20.00

Refundable Deposit for review of Special Consideration decision ...................... $10.00

62 Rules

Review of Examination Results .............. $2.00 per papef with a maximum of $4 per subject.

Statement of Results ............................ $2.00

3. Deposit System for Use of Laboratory Facilities (a) A student enrolled in any subject included in the 'Schedule of

Subjects relating to Laboratory Deposits' which the Registrar may vary from time to time, shall deposit $30 for the use of laboratory facilities.

(b) A student shall be required to pay only one deposit irrespective of the number of such subjects included in an enrolment.

(c) At the end of the year the deposit shall be refunded to the student less the cost of any breakages which have not been made good.

PARKING REGULATIONS

Council has approved regulations relating to the parking of motor vehicles on campus. (a) A member of staff or a student shall not be permitted to park a

vehicle within the grounds of the Institute unless such person has previously made application for a parking permit and this permit has been granted.

(b) The privilege of parking within the grounds shall be subject to such conditions as may be imposed at the time the permit is issued to the applicant.

(c) An application for permission to park a vehicle within the grounds of the Institute shall be made on a form prescribed and available at the Institute Security Office.

(d) For a breach in the parking of a vehicle the Director may revoke the permit for a specified period or for the remainder of the acalllemic year.

(e) For a breach by a person not possessing a parking permit in the parking of a vehicle, the Director may arrange for the vehicle to be removed from the grounds of the Institute and the person shall be required to pay the cost of such removal.

PARKING APPLICATIONS

In accordance with paragraph headed 'Parking Regulations' section (a), the priority criteria for the granting of parking permits to be applied is as follows:-

Staff

(a)

(b)

Any person who, because of physical disability, must use private transport to commute to the Institute shall be granted a permit. All full-time or part-time members of the teaching staff (and those on academically equated salaries including Director, Deputy Director and Heads of Schools) shall be granted a permit.

Rules 63

(c) All other full-time and part-time staff shall be considered for a permit on the basis of need, having regard to the following factors:­(i) Special work circumstances (such as rostered overtime) which

may make use of public transport inappropriate; (ii) Inaccessibility to direct public transport and distance to be

travelled; (iii) Willingness to provide transport for other Institute staff or

students; (iv) In cases judged as being of equal merit on the basis of need,

seniority according to years of continuous service irrespective of the staff member's employment classification.

Students

(a) Any student who, because of physical disability, must use private transport to commute to the Institute shall be granted a permit.

(b) Inaccessibility to direct public transport and d'istance to be travelled. (c) Willingness to provide transport for other Institute students or staff. (d) In cases judged as being of equal merit on the basis of need, seniority

- a final year student shall have priority over a student who is in the second last year of his/her course and so on.

Central Services

66 Central Services

CENTRAL SERVICES

ADMINISTRATION

The central administration is responsible for the implementation of policy decisions, and for the provision of administrative support in the operation and future decision making of the Institute.

The sections of Administration responsible for matters relating to students attendance and performance at the Institute are grouped within a sub­division known as Academic Administration, which itself has two major sub-sections.

The Student Affairs Section comprises Enrolments, Examinations, and Student Records. These sub-sections are responsible for: checking enrol­ments having regard to Course and Institute rules; accurately recording the subjects undertaken by students; conducting central examinations; and the maintenance of academic records. Students experiencing difficulty with any aspect of their enrolment are encouraged to discuss such problems with officers from these sections. An interview can be arranged through the Enquiries Officer at the Enquiry Counter in 'U' Block.

The Admissions and Administrative Services Section has a major respon­sibi 1 ity for the provision of information for students and potential students, and the admission of students to the Institute. This section also organises functions such as Orientation, Graduation, GIT-In-Action. Enquiries relating to these activities may be directed through the Enquiries Officer or the Section's Secretary.

Principal Officers

Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BS Waters, BCom(Qld). AAUQ(Prov).

Deputy Registrar ................ D G Greenwood, BEcon(Hons).

Bursar ................. MA Creyton, BCom(Qld). FASA, FCIS.

Senior Administration Officer - Student Affairs

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I N S Phillips, BCom, AASA, ASIA.

Enrolments Officer .............................. B Cheales

Examinations Officer ......................... D R Gormley

Student Records Officer ........................... D Drury

Senior Administration Officer - Admissions and Administrative Services

.................. GP Abernethy, BA, GradDipBusAdmin.

Course Administration Officer ...................... D K Hall

Central Services 67

QUEENSLAND INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

ACADEMIC DRESS

Chairman of Council

Black silk damask gown with gold edging continuing around the hem of the gown. The gown to have a gold lace and taffeta facing taken around the neck and over the yoke and gold lace encircling brown taffeta shoulder wings.

Director

Black corded silk gown with gold trimming consisting of vertical gold edging and gold facings and brown taffeta on the shoulder wings.

Master of Engineering by Thesis

Gown: Black gown of Cambridge pattern. Hood: Black hood fully lined with silk of school colour.

Master of Applied Science by Research and Thesis

Gown: Black gown of Cambridge pattern. Hood: Black hood fully lined with silk of school colour.

Master of Applied Science - Medical Physics

Gown: Black gown of Cambridge pattern. Hood: Black hood fully lined with silk of school colour with a

20mm wide edge of orange (557) braid.

Graduate Diploma

The academic dress appropriate to the University or Institution whose award enabled entry into the Graduate Diploma.

In addition a horizontal shoulder strap 100mm in length and 50mm wide shall be fixed to the academic gown in the colour of the school in which the Graduate Diploma has been received. The horizontal strap will be affixed to the gown between shoulder and neck.

Bachelor

Gown: Hood:

Diploma

Gown: Hood:

Black gown of Cambridge pattern. Black hood lined with 100mm band of silk in the school colour.

Black gown of Cambridge pattern. Black hood with a 50mm band of silk in the school colour placed 50mm from the inside edge of the hood.

68 Central Services

Associate Diploma

Gown: Black gown of Cambridge pattern. Hood: Black hood with a 25mm band of silk in the school colour

placed 50mm from the inside edge of the hood.

Undergraduate

Gown: Black gown of Cambridge pattern.

Distinguishing colours for the Schools are:­

School of Applied Science School of the Built Environment School of Business Studies School of Engineering School of Health Science School of Law Department of Librarianship

Yellow 356 Red 593 Blue 175 Claret 540 Orange 557 Grey 637 Green 221

CONTINUING EDUCATION PROGRAMME

The Queensland Institute of Technology offers, through its academic departments, programmes of continuing education which are largely self­supporting and which lie outside the range of those courses formally accredited as leading to undergraduate or postgraduate degrees and dip­lomas. Thus continuing education encompasses those units, courses, seminars and vacation schools which do not constitute, of themselves, a formalized course of study leading to a qualification. These include diversifying courses, refresher courses, updating. courses, professional short courses, extension and special courses.

Continuing education courses are closely related to and flow from the expertise and experience within the lnstitute's academic departments. They represent an extension of the I nstitute's total resource usage for the further benefit of the community at large. The courses offered vary in length and time of presentation according to the needs of the community or professional groups for which they are designed.

Details of courses to be offered in 1982 are set out in the QIT Continuing Education Programme Booklet which is widely distributed or which may be obtained by writing to the Registrar. Although this programme includes all those courses which are known to be planned by departments for 1982; because of the need for flexibility in response to consumer demand, cou'rses additional to those listed may well be offered during 1982. These will be advertised by the appropriate departments or schools as they arise.

Central Services 69

Unregistered Students

A further part of the lnstitute's policy on continuing education is to allow suitably qualified persons to enrol as Unregistered Students. An Unregistered Student may enrol in miscellaneous subjects chosen from any course offered by the Institute as distinct from enrolling in the course proper.

The enrolment procedures for Unregistered Students are rather more formal than is the case for the programmes outlined in this booklet. Persons seeking admission as an Unregistered Student must do so on an Application for Admission Form available from the Admissions Section.

Applicants must satisfy the normal entry requirements, and admission may also be dependent upon such factors as class sizes and quotas. Although tuition fees do not apply, Unregistered Students are required to pay the normal Part-time Student Fee of $20.00 p.a.

EDUCATIONAL SERVICES

COMPUTER CENTRE FACILITIES

1. General

1.1 , The Computer Centre was formed in January of 1971, and primarily is designed to provide computing facilities for students and academic staff.

1.2 The major computing facility in the Institute is a DECsystem 1091, which was purchased and installed in 1980 as part of a re-equipment program costing in excess of $1,000,000. This system is supplied and maintained by Digital Equipment Australia Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary of the American computing company, Digital EquipmentCorporation.

1.3 In June 1977, an HP3000 Series 11 computer was purchased at a cost of $140,000 to supplement the total computing facilities. This was enhanced in 1978 at a cost of approximately $48,000. This equipment is supplied and maintained by the American company, Hewlett Packard Ltd.

1.4 In July 1977, the Computer Centre was moved to its new permanent location in a specially-commissioned section of the Library and Computer Centre complex, where it occupies a total space of nine hundred sq.m. This area includes, as well as the Computer Room and Staff Room, a Classroom overlooking the computer equipment, where demonstrations can be given, a Terminal Room where a number of terminals are available to students, and a Punch Room where card punches are available to students.

70 Central Services

1.5 In association with the new Digital system, the Computer Centre has a small special purpose graphic system for the input, output and editing of graphical data. There is also an online data entry system for the use of professional keypunch operators.

2. Staff

2. 1 The Centre has experienced personnel to provide the best possible service to the Institute from the Computer Centre. As well as operating equipment, this involves advising lecturers, and through them the students, on the use of the Centre to their advantage.

Manager

Deputy Manager

Mr W JG Fisher MSc, DipTchg.

MrW Tealby BSc, GradDipBusAdmin.

Senior Systems Programmer Mr P Mottram

Programmers

MSc, DipCompSci.

Mr W Goodman, BSc. Mr R Heard, BSc, DipEd, DipCompSci. Mr J Reye, BSc. Mr R Hill, BSc.

Computer Room Supervisor Mr M Franklin

Operations Staff Fourteen other members of staff are

Computer Technician

3. Hardware

3. 1 DEC Equipment

employed as computer operators, keypunch operators and secretary.

Mr T Mync, BE.

The central processor is a DECsystem 1091 with 512 K words of memory (1 word= 36 bits).

5 exchangeable disc store units, each with a capacity of 200megabytes; 2 magnetic tape drives. (9 tracks at 1600/800 b.p.i.); 1 card reader capable of reading both punched and marked cards at 600 cards per minute;

2 line printers with speeds of 1220 and 660 lines per minute (96 ch. set).

3.2 Graphics System

1 DEC 11/34 processor with 64 K words of memory (1 word = 16 bits);

2 R LO 1 disks of 5Mb each; 1 Tektronix 4014 graphic terminal with enhanced graphics and

joystick;

1 Summagraphics dual tablet AO size digitizer; 1 HP 7221 four colour plotter; 1 Benson 2222 flat bed AO size plotter.

3.3 HP Equipment

Central Services 71

The central processor has 224 K words of memory (1 word= 16 bits) with a cycle of 0.7 usecs.

The system includes:

1 magnetic tape drive - 9-track, 800 b.p.i., 36 Kch/s; 2 50m.b. moving head disc units; 1 436 l.p.m. line printer with a 96 ch. set; 1 300 c.p.m. card reader; 1 optical/punch card reader - 180 to 300 carps per minute.

3.4 Communications Equipment

There are currently more than 80 terminals of various types and more are being purchased. They can be located at more than 100 different points throughout the campus. Included is a pool of 16 terminals available to anyone in the Terminal Room or Classroom at the Computer Centre.

3.5 Data Preparation Equipment

The Institute has data preparation equipment as follows:

8 keystations attached to an AWA XL40 data preparation system for use by Computer Centre staff;

6 card punch/verifiers for use by Computer Centre staff; 1 card printing punch/verifier used by the Finance Department; 5 card printing punches available to students and academic staff, 12

hand printing punches.

4. Software

4. 1 Operating Systems

Both systems have operating systems which enable all languages and programs to be used either conversationally via terminals or in batch fashion via the card readers.

(a) DEC1091 operates under the TOPS-10 operating system. (b) The HP3000 runs under the control of the MPE 111 operating

system.

4.2 Languages

Compilers are provided for many languages including:

(a) COBOL 74 (COBOL 68 on HP3000) (b) ANSI FORTRAN (c) BASIC (d) ALGOL 60 and ALGOL 68

72 Central Services

(e) MACRO (DEC-10 assembly language) (f) SPL (HP3000 assembly language) (g) SIMULA (h) PASCAL (i) BCPL

· (j) RPG (k) LISP (I) SNOBOL

4.3 A wide range of applications packages is available, including the following:

(a) The DECUS library; (b) The HP3000 contributed library; (c) Programs available through the HP Educational Users' Group.

4.4 The graphics system can be used with the Auto Draft interactive drafting and graphic editing system supplied by M J Mclean and Associates.

5. Operations

5.1 During semesters the doors of the Computer Centre are open from 8.00 a.m. to 11.30 p.m., Monday to Friday. During the semester they are also open from 8.00 a.m. to 12.30 p.m., Saturday.

5.2 Terminals on both the 1091 and HP3000 are available whenever the Computer Centre is open.

THE INSTITUTE BOOKSHOP

Bookshop Manager Mr PC Gates

The Institute Bookshop was established in 1971 and commenced trading in January, 1972. It is located on the second level of the Community Building. In 1981, the Bookshop was considerable enlarged and refurbished providing the campus with a more efficient and attractive facility. In 1975, a branch shop, the College Bookstore commenced operations at Kelvin Grove College of Advanced Education, and this store continues to be managed by The Institute Bookshop with the incorporation of that College into Brisbane College of Advanced Education in 1981.

While the Bookshop is conducted as a self-supporting, semi-autonomous business, it is controlled by a Bookshop Advisory Committee which reports to QIT Council through the Finance Committee. The prime aim of the Bookshop is to service the QIT community's needs and a full range of textbooks, stationery and other requisites are stocked as well as an increasing range of peripheral texts and general books. Agencies conducted by the Bookshop include sources for postage stamps, news­papers and magazines,· customised rubber stamps and book tokens. Cash

Central Services 73

discounts are available on many lines and charge accounts may be opened. Mail orders and special orders are welcomed. Telephone orders or enquiries may be made to 221 2411ext.433 (after hours 2212124), while managerial matters should be directed to ext. 402.

The Bookshop works closely with academic staff in the textbook adoption process and feedback on performance is provided to departments before, during and after each semester. Assistance in the tracing and selection of textbooks and, indeed, all books is available.

During semesters, the usual trading hours are between 9.00 a.m. and 6.00 p.m. from Monday to Thursday and between 9.00 a.m. and 5.20 p.m. on Friday. Vacation hours are between 9.00 a.m. and 4.30 p.m~ from Monday to Friday. Special arrangements for longer hours are made for the commencement of semesters, and are advised by notices displayed at the Bookshop entrance.

EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT UNIT

Head of Unit ..................... Mr Derick Unwin, BSc, MA.

The Educational Research and Development Unit (ERDU) was established in 1976 with a responsibility for fostering and maintaining good educational practices within the Institute. ERDU personnel involve themselves in close collaboration with academic staff, particularly in the areas of teaching methods and materials, assessment and examination techniques, and studies of student characteristics and performance.

In order to further the effective use of modern teaching aids ERDU operates sound and vision recording studios; and provides assistance in the graphic design and photographic fields. The Unit is housed in purpose­built accommodation which greatly facilitates the provision of media services.

Other major activities of ERDU include the collation and publi_cation of educational information (an occasional newsletter is published); organisation of staff development seminars and workshops; and research into educational developments appropriate to the work of QIT.

Location

The Unit is accommodated in 'V' Block. The technical area, comprising studios, graphics workshop, and darkrooms is on Level 1. The office suite, seminar room-and self-service workroom is on Level 2.

74 Central Services

LIBRARY

Chief Librarian ......... C F Cayless, MLS(LoughboroughUniv), ALA, MlnstlnfSc, ALAA.

The Library's collections, consisting of many different types of media, have been developed primarily to support the courses offered by the QIT. The library staff are responsible for developing, organizing and exploiting the collection to the benefit of the students and staff and, where appropriate, of the community generally.

There are six main collections -

The Reference Collection including encyclopaedias, dictionaries, handbooks, yearbooks, bibliographies, indexes and abstracts. As these items are in daily use, they are not for loan.

The Main Book Collection has about 118,000 volumes, most of which are available for loan.

The Periodical Collection has approximately 4500 titles, many of which have long runs of back issues. Loans from this collection to students are limited to specific titles.

The Audio-Visual Collection includes films, audio tapes, slides, games and microforms. Equipment is available for their use in the Library, while most of the materials may be borrowed.

The Map Collection and Chart Collection (MMC) consist of art prints, engineering drawings, maps, charts, etc. These are not available for loan.

The Law Library has been established as a separate collection which contains all types of materials directly related to the subject field of law.

The services offered by the Library are constantly being reviewed, changed and expanded to meet the needs of its clients.

The three main types of service are -

Reference Services: Library Staff are available to answer ready reference queries, give assistance in using the catalogues and in finding information, compile bibliographies, both manually and through computer based retrieval systems, and undertake literature searches.

Reader Education: With the co-operation of academic staff mem­bers, the Library staff provide education in the use of the Library and the subject literature. The aim is to indicate the varied nature of the information sources available and to demonstrate the use of bibliographic tools that have been developed to exploit those sources.

Central Services 75

Loans Services: The Library lends extensively from its own collect· ions. In addition, the Library. may borrow materials from other organizations on behalf of its users, giving them access to a wide selection of information sources. Books that are in great demand have, at the request of the lecturers, been placed in the Limited Access Collection. These books may only be used within the Library.

Hours of Opening

During semester the Library is open:

7.30a.m. -10.00 a.m. -

10.00 p.m. 4.00 p.m.

Monday to Friday Saturday and Sunday

These hours operate from the first dflY of semester until Friday of the week before the last week of lectures.

7.30 a.m. 7.30 a.m.

10.00 a.m.

11.00 p.m. 10.00 p.m. 4.00 p.m.

Monday to Thursday Friday Saturday and Sunday

From the last week of lectures to the end of the examinations.

Out of semester the Library is open:

8.00 a.m. - 6.00 p.m. Monday to Friday Saturday and Sunday CLOSED

STUDENT SERVICES

ACCOMMODATION

The Institute does not have its own on-campus accommodation, however, it does provide an accommodation service for students. An information brochure is available on request to the Institute on the various types of accommodation suitable for students. The Counselling Centre can assist students who are seeking accommodation and/or who may be experiencing difficulties with their existing accommodation arrangements. Students or intending students of the Institute are invited to call in at the Counselling Centre to discuss with the Information Officer any matter related to accommodation. In addition, the Counselling Centre and the Contact Office of the Student Union both provide accommodation noticeboards at their respective locations on campµs.

76 Central Services

FINANCIAL AID

· Students who are seeking information or advice on any financial aspect of their studies at GIT, are invited to discuss their concerns in confidence with the Information Officer at the Counselling Centre.

(a) T.E.A.S. (Tertiary Education Assistance Scheme) (Currently under review by the Australian Government)

This scheme is administered by the Commonwealth Department of Education, 167 Eagle Street, Brisbane (Phone: 07-226 9111). Assistance under this scheme is available only to FULL-TIME students enrolled in approved courses and is subject to a MEANS TEST .

. For those eligible in 1982, the maximum allowance for independent students and dependent students living-away-from-home is $2583 per annum, and for dependent students living at home $1675 per annum. In addition, an incidentals allowance for QIT students is $70 for the year.

All applications for T.E.A.S. should be submitted to the Common­wealth Department of Education BEFORE 31 MARCH, 1982. Otherwise applications received by the Department will result in allowances being paid from the date of receipt and NOT from 1 January, 1982. Even if all information requested by the Department is not available before 31 March, the application forms can be submitted before that dat~ and the 'missing' information can be forwarded at a later date when it becomes available.

(b) N.S.A.S. (Needy Students Assistance Scheme)

This scheme is operated by the Institute through the Needy Students Assistance Committee and is available to assist 'needy students', both full-time and part-time, where each student is considered on his or her own individual circumstances. Should you experience financial problems, no matter how large or small, call in at the Counselling Centre and discuss your financial concerns with the Information Officer.

THE GARDENS POINT CAMPUS CLUB

This Campus Club, situated on Level 3 of the Community Building, provides a pleasant social atmosphere for mixed drinking. lttrades between the hours of 12 noon to 4 p.m. and 5 p.m. to 10 p.m., Monday to Friday.

The Club is open to any person who in the past has been or who ls currently involved with the activities of the OIT. It was formed with the basic aim of providing a social facility to QIT students and staff.

The Club is run by professional staff under the guidance of a Management Committee.

Central Services 77

OIT UNION

The Aims of the Queensland Institute of Technology Union -

The basic aim of the Union is to involve its members in all activities which are associated with campus life, to represent its members on the various boards and committees, and to provide services and facilities to its members.

Union Council -

The OIT Union Council comprises the President, five Executive Directors and up to thirty-five Representative members elected from the various schools. Elections are held annually.

Union Council meets every four (4) weeks during ~emesters. All members who wish to attend Council meetings are cordially invited to do so. Even thot,1gh they are not Council members, they may ask questions of any of the Director, Student Representative or Academic Board Representatives.

Union Facilities and Services -

Since the Union has a major say in the day-to-day operations of the Community Building and provides large grants to subsidise Clubs and activities, the facilities available to you as members are both beneficial and varied.

Union Office (Level 3, Community Building) which is staffed full time to provide continuity of service to all students, 8.30 a.m. - 5.30 p.m.

Union Shop (Level 3, Community Building) sells a large range of calculators and other goods and is a market place for student made products. The shop is open 10.00 a.m. - 6.00 p.m.

Discount List: A wide range of discounts is available to Union Members. A list of organizations offering such discounts is available from Union Office.

Stereo, billiard, amusement machines and table tennis facilities are available for Union members use in the Games Room on Level 1 of the Community Building from 8.30 a.m. - 6.00 p.m.

A Gymnasium operates in the old Bakehouse next to Kindler Theatre, hours 8.00 a.m. - 8.00 p.m.

The OIT Union Child Care Centre's facilities are available in the old Bakehouse and operates from 8.30 a.m. - 5.15 p.m. Phone 221 6993.

General Information -

For all enquiries about Union activities, services, clubs and societies and complaints ring Union Office on 221 3144 during office hours. Answers that are not available immediately are provided on a call back basis. Alternatively a personal call at the Union Office will find staff available to service any difficulties.

78 Central Services

A Contact Service is available on Ground Floor of the Community Building. This office helps provide employment, accommodation and general information for the students.

Student Union Cards will be issued at the commencement of the academic year on production of QIT Enrolment Statement.

The Union Newspaper PLANET provides general information and also acts as a forum for a wide range of topics of student interest. All members of the Union are free to contribute any articles, poetic masterpieces etc., to your newspapers.

Clubs and Societies -

Since the formation of the Union there has been a gradual increase in the number of Clubs and Societies. These are listed below:

Alpine Ski Club Kung Fu Club Baseball Club Law Students Association Basketball Club Optometry Students Association Built Environment Students Group Public Administration Students Assn. Bushwalking Club Rowing Club Campus Child Care Club Sailing Club Chemistry Students Association Science Stuc,lents Association Chess Club Sky Diving Glub Communications Students Assn, Students Musical Appreciation Club Cricket Club Surveying Students Association . Dramatic and Visual Arts Society Squash Club Engineering Students Association Tae Kwon Do Club Film Group Tennis Club Football Club - Rugby Union Underwater Club Health Administration Students Assn. Volleyball Club Health Science Students Assn. Waterski Club

These Clubs are funded by the Union. Any enquiries regarding the Clubs may be made at Union Office.

The success of all Union ventures is dependent on the continuing involve­ment of members.

Chairperson ................................. Rod Walters

President .................................. James McCrea

Director of Admin/Finance ...................... Peta Walters

Director of Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sally Pitkin

Director of Activities . .......................... Ted Stewart

Director of Sport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peter Stewart

Director of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Andrew Wallace

Central Services 79

STUDENT COUNSELLING CENTRE

The Counselling Centre is an autonomous professional service department of the Institute playing an integral role with both the academic and administrative staffs in promoting the personal and educational develop­ment of students on campus.

It operates to assist students with concerns related to their normal develop­ment needs - problems with personal and social functions, educational difficulties, and decision on future career and personal planning. As well it offers programmes designed to aid the development of personal maturity and effective patterns of Jiving, working and ·Studying. These include human relations groups, job hunting skills and career planning workshops, stress management groups, interpersonal communication workshops, and study skills and reading efficiency programmes. ·

Complementing these are a range of general welfare and guidance services, including accommodation, financial aid, course and career information. The Centre also provides contact with many other agencies in the comm­unity which offer services to students.

Services are provided by professionally qualified staff. Facilities include consultation rooms, a group room, a Relaxation Training Room, an Educational skills clinic, and a library of career and Welfare information.

The service is free and available to both day and evening students, currently enrolled at the Institute and to those intending to enrol in the future. All consultations are STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL.

The Centre is located on the Ground Level in Block 'A'. Telephone 221 2411 extension 383. It is advisable to make an appointment, especially for part-time students, but feel free to call in at any time.

STUDENT HEAL TH SERVICE

The Student Health Service is a FREE service available to both full-time and part-time QJT students and is located in the south-west corner of Old Government House - opposite the Library, Main Entrance.

A nursing sister is in attendance from 8.30 a.m. - 4.30 p.m. on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday and Friday and from 10.00 a.m. - 6.00 p.m. on Wednesday.

Appointments may be made for consultation with a Doctor, who will ' be in attendance for 3% hours each day. The hours are as follows:-

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

10.00 a.m. 9.30 a.m. 2.30 p.m. 9.30 a.m.

10.00 a.m.

1.30p.m. 1.00 p.m. 6.00 p.m. 1.00 p.m. 1.30 p.m.

80 Central Services

Students are welcome at the Health Service for discussion and treatment of all conditions pertaining to their well being including:-

• First Aid and Dressings • Psychological Problems (In Liaison With Student Counselling Centre) • Skin Care and Conditions • Gynaecological Complaints • Contraception - Advice and Counselling • Vaccinations • Hearing Tests • Health Education

All records are, of course, STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL.

To facilitate treatment in a crisis, sufferers of recurring conditions (asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.) are requested to make themselves known to the nursing sister.

A Recovery Room is available for patients needing temporary bedrest.

The Service is on telephone extension 321 and this number should be called in all cases of emergency.

Medical Officer ........... Dr LB Johnson, MBBS(Qld), DOH(Syd).

Sister M Gough

CHAPLAINCY CENTRE AND CHAPEL

Chaplain . . . . . . . . . Rev Peter Allen (Ecumenical Chaplain - Anglican)

The Chaplaincy Centre is Ecumenical and available to members of all religious faiths to make the drop-in-room the centre point of worship, discussion, clarification and search. The Centre will foster and encourage formation and growth of religious study groups.

The Centre exists to help staff and students take a great deal of respon­sibility for their own decisions and be free enough inside to use this power to give and to serve; and in so doing, to discover Christ in their neighbour and Christ's living-dying-living power in themselves.

The Centre seeks to strengthen the Christian Community at the Institute and enable it to express its spirituality forcefully and in a generative way. To develop a Eucharistic Community the Chapel is always open for private prayer. Eucharist (Mass) service times will be advertised on notice boards in the chaplaincy centre.

The Chaplain is available to help free staff and students from pressures that weigh them down and assist them to make their own decisions in their personal life.

Parental and personal problems, questions in faith and prayer will be counselled in strictest confidence.

Central Services 81

The Chaplain (co-ordinating for other churches) is available on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays at the Centre. Telephone 221 2411 extension 700 or appointments may be made with the Secretary at the Counselling Centre ('A' Block) extension 383.

The Chaplaincy Centre is situated in 'A' Block. There is a chapel for private devotions and worship and a drop-in-room for private reading and rest available at all times.

CAMPUS INTERVIEW PROGRAMME

The Campus Interview Programme is conducted annually by the Institute with the two-fold purpose of assisting final year students to gain employ­ment and of creating an awareness in them of career opportunities. The programme is held over a two week period, normally in September.

Employers who participate in the programme are provided with Secretarial assistance during the period of their attendance and pre-arranged individual or limited group interviews take place in amenible surroundings.

Employers who consider a September date inapplicable to their needs are encouraged to make alternative arrangements.

Full details of future Interview Programmes may be obtained through the GIT Admissions and Administrative Services Section.

INSTITUTE FUNCTIONS

The Admissions and Administrative Services Section of central admin­istration is responsible for the organisation of the following annual programmes for students and potential students -

Orientation Programme Graduation Ceremonies OIT-1 n-Action Programme

ORIENTATION PROGRAMME

The orientation programme has a three-fold purpose. It is designed to familiarise intending students with the Institute, to give new students an opportunity to discuss their course and future career opportunities with staff members, and to introduce students to the services, facilities and activities available to them.

The orientation programme is conducted during the week prior to the official commencement date for Autumn Semester classes.

82 Central Services

All new full-time and part-time students are welcomed to the campus by the Director, the Registrar, the Senior Student Counsellor and the President of the Students' Union, at an official orientation ceremony. Separate functions are conducted by the various schools with departmental orien­tation following.

The QIT Union organises various activities on campus to familiarise students with the activities of the various clubs and societies, and to introduce students to the social life of the campus.

GRADUATION CEREMONIES

Degrees and Diplomas are conferred at official Graduation Ceremonies which are conducted bi-annually in April and October each year. Seven ceremonies are conducted in April at which awards are conferred in separate ceremonies to graduates in the Schools of Engineering, Applied Science, Business Studies, Built Environment, Health Science, Law and Department of Librarianship. A separate ceremony is held in October for graduates from all Schools who complete their studies in mid-year.

Graduands are required to make application for admission to Graduate status by dates specified in the Institute Calendar, and each award is authorised by the Institute Council prior to the official ceremony.

At the Graduation Ceremonies the Chairman of Council or his nominee, confers the award on behalf of the Institute to each graduating student in the presence of graduates, staff, parents and friends, official guests representing Industry and Commerce, particularly those persons who have contributed their time to Advisory Committees and Academic Boards, and representatives of organisations which have donated prizes and other awards to successful students.

OIT·IN-ACTION

GIT-In-Action aims to develop a greater awareness and understanding of the Institute, its courses, careers and to enable the public to view its facilities.

It is specifically directed towards secondary school students in an endeavour to make early contact with them, and assist career development and decision making.

The programme is generally run in conjunction with the annual 'Careers Information Evening Talks Programme' conducted by the Commonwealth Employment Service, for school leavers.

GIT-In-Action is the extension of these evening career talks into a day time programme based on the open campus concept.

Central Services 83

The OIT has programmed an Open-Day to be held in August. The campus will be open to the public and groups of school students. It has purposely been programmed during the semester so that QIT students will be attending their normal lectures, with laboratories, workshops, and studios all function­ing normally.

In addition, special displays, demonstrations, activities, and guided tours are conducted with staff available for consultation. Details on the activities which will be conducted on that day will be advertised by radio and television and also in Institute publications.

INSTITUTE PUBLICATIONS

The GIT Admissions and Administrative Services Section under the direction of the Deputy Registrar is responsible for the publications which provide readily accessible information to the general public. These general publications include -

GIT Handbook GIT School and Department Handbooks Admission Procedures Booklet Career Brochures

Other publications which relate to specific functions of the Institute are -

The Queensland Tertiary Courses Booklet The Continuing Education Programme The QIT Newsletter

OIT Handbook -

The General Handbook is regarded as the lnstitute's official publication of its governing structure and authority, to be retained as an historical record of its operations for the future, and is seen as a public relations publication to be circulated widely to other institutions, education authorities, government departments, and to libraries.

It is a publication which contains a variety of information from the I nstitute's Schools and Departments, and collectively produced into a more formal publication.

OIT School/Department Handbooks -

The following handbooks for the Schools/Departments at GIT are produced for sale to students and the general public -

School of Applied Science School of the Built Environment School of Business Studies School of Engineering

84 Central Seryjces

School of Health Science School of Law Department of Librarianship

The contents of each handbook take the following format -

Introduction to School/Department Calendar; By-Laws of OIT and Rules Relating to Student

Matters Admission Procedures and Entry Requirements - Under

Graduate Courses Subject and Course Numbering System Academic Board and Advisory Committees Staff Prizes and Awards Course Structures and Course Rules listed in decending order

of highest qualification to lowest qualification Continuing Education Programme Schedule of Subject Pre- and Co-requisites Changes to Subject Title Synopses of Subjects.

Admission Procedures Booklet -

The Admission Procedures Booklet is a publication designed to inform all intending students at QIT regarding specific requirements when applying for a course. It is forwarded to all matriculating students in Queensland and selected Northern New South Wales schools.

It incorporates in detail the admission procedures, the courses which are available, the admission policy of the Institute, the Enrolment procedures, and the requirements necessary to be eligible for entry.

Career Brochures -

Career Brochures are produced for all courses conducted by QIT. The brochure generally indicates the following information -

what the profession entails nature of work the professional recognition of the award the employment opportunities the areas of employment the entry requirements to the course further courses of study after completion of award.

Central Services 85

Queensland Tertiary Courses Booklet -The Queensland Tertiary Courses Booklet is a publication produced by the Queensland Tertiary Admissions Centre. The GIT provides information of all undergraduate courses conducted by the Institute both full-time and part-time.

It gives an indication of the duration of the course, the nature and scope for employment, the areas of specialisation, and the specific entry requirements.

It is a booklet which provides information on all courses available at any College of Advanced Education or University in Queensland. It is made freely available to school leavers and is able to be purchased by others who wish to pursue an undergraduate career.

Admission Policy and Entrance Requirements (Undergraduate Courses) and Schedules

88 _ Admission Policy

ADMISSION POLICY

1. The number of students admitted to each QIT course is limited by quota.

2. In order to be admitted to a course, a student must fulfil two conditions -

(a) Satisfy the requirements for entry, including any employment and residential requirements, set out in the Schedules forming part of th is statement.

(b) Gain a place in the quota for that course.

3. Method of selecting quotas in Approved Undergraduate Courses

(i) Except for courses referred to in sub-section (ii) ofthissection, selection for quota places from among eligible applicants for entry to all undergraduate courses shall normally be in accor­dance with academic merit, as indicated either by the applicant's actual Tertiary Entrance (TE) Score or by a Notional Selection Score allocated by the Institute to students other than current Grade 12 students.

(ii) Special provisions relating to selection in certain courses: (a) Part-time int,'rnal and part-time external Law

Applicants for the part-time internal Bachelor of Laws course must normally be resident in the Brisbane statistical region, and applicants for the part-time external Bachelor of Laws course must normally be resident in Queensland outside the Brisbane statistical region. Consent of the Head of School of Law is required for those applicants not fulfilling the above requirements.

In determining the quotas for the part-time internal and part-time external Bachelor of Laws courses, first preference will be given to academically qualified applicants who are serving Articles of Clerkship to a solicitor or some other form of practical training referred to in rule 18(3) of the Solicitors' Admission Rules, 1968, as amended, or who are public servants in offices set forth in Section 7 of the Legal Practitioners Acts Amendment Act 1968 and comprising -

( 1) the Solicitor-General's Office; (2) the Crown Solicitor's Office; (3) the Public Defender's Office; (4) any branch or section of the Chief Office of the

Department of Justice not covered by (1), (2) or (3) above;

Admission Policy 89

(5) the Parliamentary Counsel and Draftsman's Office; (6) a Registry of the Supreme Court; (7) a Registry of the District Court; (8) the Public Trust Office (including any branch

thereof); (9) an office of a Clerk of a Magistrates Court.

Evidence that a person is appropriately employed, or will be employed by the date shown in the GIT Calendar as the commencement date of Autumn Semester, must be provided to the Registrar no later than the end of the second week of December of the year prior to the commencement of study. If evidence is received after this date it may be considered but in such a case there is no guarantee that preference will be given in allocating a place in the quota.

(b) Diagn,ostic Radiography and Therapeutic Radiography For Diagnostic and Therapeutic Radiography courses places are only offered to applicants who meet the academic requirements for entry and who have been granted a cadetship or other form of appropriate training with an approved Department or practice.

(c) Part-time External Course Bachelor of Business (Health Administration) Entry to the external course is usually restricted to academically qualified applicants who reside in Queens­land outside the Brisbane Statistical Area. Approval by the Head of Department to enter the course is required for applicants residing in the Brisbane Statistical Area, or outside the state.

(d) *Diploma in Applied Science - Nursing Applicants who meet the academic requirements for entry to the Diploma of Applied Science will also need to pass a prescribed medical examination and provide evidence of a clear chest x-ray (with in the past 12 months) and a current immunization against tetanus, diphtheria, tuberculosis, poliomyelitis and rubella.

*The offering of this course is subject to approval.

90 Admission Policy

4. Allocation of Notional Selection Scores

(i) General

For the purpose of assessing entry and selecting the quota for undergraduate courses, the Institute shall allocate a Notional Selection Score to all applicants other than those completing Grade 12 at a Queensland Secondary School in the year immediately prior to the year in which entry is being sought. Such Notional Selection Scores shall be calculated either on the basis of results obtained in relevant examinations or by assessing a combination of prior academic results and other relevant evidence (e.g. employment experience relevant to the course for which the applicant seeks entry).

(ii) Conversion of Queensland Results into Notional Selection Scores

{a) Where an applicant relies on qualifications obtained in the State of Queensland arising from -

(1) results obtained by full-time study in any year other than the year immediately preceding that in which he/she seeks entry;

(2) results obtained entirely by part-time study;

(3) results obtained by combining full-time and part-time study; or

(4) results obtained by undertaking examinations when 21 years of age or older;

the results obtained by the applicant will be converted into a Notional Selection Score in accordance with Table 1.

{b) Subject to the provisions of paragraph {c) below, the basis on which results will be converted in accordance with Table 1 shall be -

(1) actual TE Scores obtained by applicants who completed Grade 12 in the years 1974 to 1980 shall be allocated;

(2) Normal Entry by part-time study: Applicants may fulfil the requirements for entry either by undertaking all subjects on a part-time basis, or by a combination of results obtained by full-time and part-time study. In either case a Notional Selection Score shall be calculated on the basis of the applicant's best results in five different subjects, and applied to the year in which the last examination was taken.

Admission Policy 91

(3) Entry for applicants 21 years of age or over:

Applicants in this category must be 21 years of age or older on or prior to the 31st December of the year in which the last relevant result was obtained. Except for the applicants for degree courses in Engineering who require five (5) subjects, applicants for other courses will be assigned a Notional Selection Score on the basis of their

. best results in four different subjects. This score will be applied to the year in which the last examination was taken.

(c) Actual Tertiary Entrance Scores or Notional Selection Scores assigned in accordance with the provisions of Table 1 may be modified for previous performance in tertiary studies.

(iii) Conversion of other results into Notional Selection Scores For the purpose of selecting applicants for entry to under­graduate courses, Notional Selection Scores shall be allocated to all applicants, other than current Grade 12 students and applicants referred to in (ii) above, on such basis as the Admissions Committee may from time to time determine.

5. Exclusion from a Tertiary Institution

The Institute reserves the right to refuse entry to any applicant who has been excluded from any course within a tertiary institution or who becomes liable for such exclusion while his application is being considered.

92 Entrance Requirements

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS

1. Degree, Diploma, and Associate Diploma Courses (other than post­basic Diplomas in Nursing)

(i) Normal Entry (a) Students undertaking Year 11 and Year 12 under the

Semester Rating System -

To qualify for normal entry to a bachelor's degree, diploma or associate diploma course, an applicant must fulfil the requirements listed against the particular course in Table 2.

(b) Students undertaking the External Senior Examination -

To qualify for normal entry to a bachelor's degree, diploma or associate diploma course, an applicant must fulfil the requirements listed against the particular course in Table 3.

(ii) Entry for applicants 21 years of age or over (a) To qualify for entry to a bachelor's degree, diploma

or associate diploma course, an applicant must fulfil the requirements listed against the particular course in Table 3.

(b) Applicants seeking entry under the provisions of part (a) of this requirement must have attained the age of 21 years on or prior to 31st December of the year in which the examination leading to the last relevant result was taken.

(iii) Entry to Associate Diploma Courses in Engineering from a Bridging Course. (a) Applicants who have completed Year 10 in secondary

school and in addition have successfully completed the two year part-time Interim Bridging Course for Associate Diploma (UG3) Engineering Courses which is offered at various Colleges of Technical and Further Education shall be regarded as meeting the requirements for entry to the Associate Diploma in Engineering Courses at QIT.

(iv) Special Consideration (a) Applicants who do not meet the precise requirements

for normal or adult entry may present documentary evidence of qualifications, experience, and other relevant information for Special Consideration by the Admissions Committee.

Entrance Requirements 93

(b) Applicants seeking consideration for Special Consid­eration should complete the relevant section of the QTAC Application Form and attach the required evidence, or if space is insufficient, include a detailed letter outlining the points for consideration. Such applications will normally be referred by QTAC to QIT for consideration.

2. Post-basic Nursing Diplomas

Four post-basic Nursing courses are offered at QIT -

Diploma of Applied Science - Nursing Administration Diploma of Applied Science - Nursing Education Diploma of Applied Science - Nursing & Unit Management Diploma of Applied Science - Community Nursing

These courses are only available to applicants who possess a qual­ification in nursing acceptable for registration by statutory registering authorities in Australia, and who have had relevant work experience.

3. Post-Graduate Courses

The Institute offers a range of post-graduate courses at both the Masters degree and post-graduate diploma level. As entry require­ments differ extensively depending on the nature of the course, details are listed in the course rules relating to the particular course .

. 4. Certificate Entry

The only Certificate course for which their will be a new intake is the Certificate in Cartography.

For entry to the Certificate course, offered by QIT, applicants require -

(a) A total score of not less than 16 points in four Junior subjects: English, Advanced or Ordinary Level Mathematics, Science and one other;

(b) Students must have studied and received a result in either Advanced or Ordinary Level Mathematics;

(c) A minimum grade of 3 points may be accepted in English, provided that the accepted minimum in all other subjects (except Mathematics) shall be four points.

94 Entrance Requirements

Notional Selection 1959

Score end earlier •

987 28 982 977 27 972 967 26 962 957 25 952 947 24 942 937 23 932 927 922 917 22 912 907 902 21 897 892 20 887 19 882 18 872 862 17 857 852 842 16 832 822 15 812 802 792 14 787 782 777 13 767 757 747 12

TABLE 1 : SELECTION SCORES FOR APPLICANTS WITH QUEENSLAND SENIOR RESULTS•

Senior Examination (best 5 subjects) Vear 12 by assessment

1973

1960-66 1971 Aggregate 1974

• 1967-70 end Score over end later 20Semester later

Units

30 31 32 128 125

29 30 31 122 120

28 29 30 118 116

27 28 29 115 113

26 27 28 112 110

25 26 27 108 107 106 THE 105 ACTUAL

24 25 26 104 TE SCORE+

I 103 AWARDED 101 BY THE

23 24 25 100 BOARD

99 OF

22 98 SECOND-

ARY 21 23 97 SCHOOL 20 22 24 96 STUDIES

94 19 21 23 92

l 91 90

18 20

I 22 88

86 17 19 21 84 16 18 20 80

17 19 76 15

14 16 18 72

13 15 17 70

Applicants 21 yrs. of age or over. t Matriculation

(best 4 subjects!

1971 1967-70 end

later

23 26 22 25

21 24

20 23

19 22

18 21

20

17 19

18

16 17

15 16

14" 15"

13 14

13

12 12

• All applicants must satisfy the subject prerequisites as set out in Tables 2 and 3 of this booklet, except thatapplic· ants relying on Senior Examination results obtained prior to 1967 will be regarded as meeting the requirements if they have gained the equivalent of a score of 3 in each prerequisite subject.

• Based on A= 6; B = 5; C = 4; P or a"' 3; N = O.

A. Applicants who have only this level of agg~gate points over their best four subjects DO NOT satisfy the require­ments for entry to degree or diploma courses at QIT.

+ Current year 12 students cannot extrapolate actual TE scores from any information contained in this table.

Applicants must be at least 21 years of age before completing the final external senior subject upon which they are relying to meet the course entry requirements.

Entrance Requirements 95

TABLE 2 : ENTRY REQUIREMENTS FOR YEAR 12 STUDENTS

COURSE CODE

Full Part COURSE

time time

SCHOOL OF APPLIED SCIENCE (Codes 0 • 19) Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses JT01F IT01P B.App.Sc, Biology IT02F IT02P B.App.Sc. Applied Chemistry IT03F IT03P 8.App.Sc. Chemistry IT04F B.App.Sc. Applied Geology IT05F IT05P B.App.Sc. Physics

IT06F IT06P• B.App.Sc. Computing IT07F IT07P 8.App.Sc. Mathematics

Diploma Level Courses IT185 - !Dip.App.Sc. Diagnostic

Radiography ... IT19S - Dip.App.Sc. Therapeutic

Radiography • • •

Associate Diploma Level Courses

IT15F IT15P -I Assoc.Dip. Applied Biology IT16F IT16P Assoc.Dip. Applied Chemistry IT17F IT17P Assoc.Dip. Applied Physics

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCE (Codes 20 • 29) o8gree (Bachelor) Level Courses IT20F IT20P I B.App.Sc. Medical Technology IT21 F - B.App.Sc. Optometry

Diploma Level Courses JT22F 'Dip.App.Sc. Chiropody

IT23F 'Dip.App.Sc. Nursing

Associate Diploma Level Courses IT25F IT25P rssoc.Dip. Clinical Laboratory

Techniques IT26F - Assoc.Dip. Health Surveying

Min. TE

score

810

810

810

745

810

810

810

745

Minimum Prescribed Semester Subjects Units

Required

Maths* Chemistry _ Physics or o 3 additional ~ Maths units 0

Maths* 8

Chemistry tt Maths* Physics

Maths*

i Chemistry Physics or ,.3 Biology

Chemistry Maths* Physics

Chemistry Maths* Physics

English 00 4 Chemistry 3

Chemistry Maths* Physics

SCHOOL OF THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT (Codes 30 • 39) Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses - n3op ·r· Architecture IT31 F - B.App.Sc. Built Environment 810 English 2 IT32F IT32P B.App.Sc. Building Maths* 2 - IT33P B.App.Sc. Quantity Surveying

Associate Diploma Level Courses IT35F - -,-Assoc.Dip. Built Environment 745 English

Technician Maths*

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES (Codes 40 • 49) Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses JT40F IT40P B.Bus. Accountanc:1 810

English IT41F IT41P B.Bus. Management Maths*

IT42F IT42P B.Bus. Com,....unication IT43P B.Bus. Heall. ·\dm·nistration 810 English IT43E B.Bus. Healtt, ..:fminic;tration

IT44F IT44P B.Bus. Public Admin ration

Associate Diploma Level Couf'l85 English IT45F IT45P IAssoc.Oip. Business 745

Maths*

Minimum No. of Points

Required

32

12 12

16 16

16

13 13

Specified Units

Required

1,2,3

96 Entrance Requirements

COURSE CODE

Full Part COURSE

timr time

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING (Codes 50 - 59) Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses

IT50F IT50P B.Eng. ••

IT53S B.App.Sc. Surveying** .t..

Associate Diploma Level Courses

IT55F IT56F IT57F

IT55P IT56P IT57P

IT59P

Assoc.Dip. Civil Eng. Assoc.Dip, Electrical Eng. Assoc.Dip. Mechanical Eng.

Assoc.Dip. Surveying

SCHOOL OF LAW (Codes 60 - 69) Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses

ITGOF ::::~g~ B. Laws+

* Social Mathematics is not acceptable.

Minimum Min. TE

score

Prescribed Semester Subjects Units

810

810

745

English Pi")ysics Chemistry Maths*

English Maths* Physics One other

English Maths* Physics Chemistry

English 746 Maths*

Physics

830 English

Required

4 8 4 4

3 3 3

4

Minimum No. of Points

Required

14 14 14 28

14 28 14 14

16

Specified Units

Required

1,2,3 t

1,2,3 t

1,2,3

1,2,3tf

For these courses, in addition to meeting the academic requirements set out above, students must have gained a cadetship with a recognised department of radiology or with a specialist radiologist. Students applying for these courses should therefore also apply for a cadetship.

tt For entry in 1982 8pplicants who have studied English rather than Chemistry may apply for special consideration.

• Whilst the academic segnent of this course (IT06Pl does not commence until second semester, applications must be submitted by 14th October 1981, and enrolment forms submitted by the closing date for enrolments in first semester.

+ Quota preference will not normally be given to applicants for part-time or external law, who fall within the special provisions listed in Section 4, unless evidence, nan appropriate form, is received by 11th December, 1981. Students who completed units 1, 2, 3 prior to 1978 must also hale satisfactorily completed units 8 and 11.

A total of 80 points must beobtainedover20 semester units in these courses.

A Applicants should note that this is a sandwich course requiring alternate semesters of full-time study and approved employment. Students may however enter the first semester of full-time study without employment experience. Students who are commencing their studies in this course in second sameSter 1982, must submit an application for quota entry by 14th October 1981.

-ti Students who completed units 1, 2, 3 prior to 1978 must also have satisfactorily completed unit 11.

Applicants who meet the academic requirements for entry to this course will also need to pass a prescribed medical examination and provide evidence of a clear chest X-Ray (within the past 12 months) and a current immunization against tetanus, diphtheria, tuberculosis, poliomyelitis, and rubella.

Entrance Requirements 97

TABLE 3: ENTRY REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDENTS QUALIFYING BY EXTERNAL SENIOR EXAMINATION

POINTS REQUIRED PLUS the following Required Subjects For applicants For applicants with Normal 21 yrs of age

Entry or over COURSE Aggregate Aggregate

CODE COURSE points over points over five 15) Board four (4) Board

1.ubjects unless subjects unless Full Part otherwise otherwise time time stated stated

SCHOOL OF APPLIED SCIENCE (Codes 0 19) Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses IT01F IT01P B.App.Sc. Biology IT02F IT02P B.App,Sc. Applied Chemistry IT03F IT03P B.App,Sc. Chemistry 20 16 IT04F - B.App,Sc. Applied Geology IT05F IT05P B.App.Sc. Physics

• IT06F IT06P a.App.Sc. Computing 20 16 IT07f IT07P 8.App.Sc. Mathematics

Diploma Level Courses IT18S - '!'Dip.App.Sc. Diagnostic

Radiography •** 20 16 IT19S - Dip.App.Sc. Therapeutic Radiography • • •

Associate Diploma Level Courses

IT15F IT15P lAssoc.Dip. Biology 14 IT16F IT16P Assoc.Dip. Applied Chemistry lin 4 Board 12 IT17F IT17P Assoc.Dip. Applied Physics subjects)

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCE (Codes 20 29) Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses IT20F IT20P·1 B.App.Sc. Medical Technology 20 16 IT21 F - B.App.Sc. Optometry

Diploma Level Courses IT22F - Dip.App.Sc. Chiropody 20 16

IT23F - Dip.App.Sc. Nursing 20 16

Associate Diploma Level Courses 14 IT25F IT25P lAssoc.Dip. Clinical Laboratory

Techniques lin 4 Board 12 IT26F Assoc.Dip. Health Surveying subjects)

SCHOOL OF THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT (Codes 30 • 39) Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses - IT30PIB. Architecture IT31 F - B.App.Sc. Built Environment IT32F IT32P B.App.Sc. Building - IT33P B.App.Sc. Quantity Surveying

Associate Diploma Level Courses

IT35F - lAssoc.Oip. Built Environment Technician

20

14 lin 4 Board subiects)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STUDIES (Codes 40 491 Degnie (Bachelor) I.eve! Courses

IT40F IT40P B.Bus. Accountancy 20 IT41F IT41P B.Bus. Management

IT42F IT42P B.Bus. Communication - IT43P B.Bus. Health Administration 20 - IT43E B.Bus. Health Administration IT44F IT44P B.Bus. Public Administration

Assoc;ate o;~r .. Lewi Courses 14

IT45F IT45P Assoc.Dip. Business (in 4 Board subjects I

16

12

16

16

12

SPECIFIC SUBJECTS

Maths I {or equivalent) Chemistry} Physics or one of Maths II

Maths I (or equivalent) Maths 11 (or equivalent>

Chemistry tt Maths I (or equivalent) Physics

Maths I l~r}equivalentl Chemistry Physics one of Biology

Maths I (or equivalent) Chemistry Physics

Maths I (or equivalent) Chemistry Physics

English 00

Chemistry

Maths I (or equivalent) Chemistry Physics

English Maths I or II

English Maths I

English Maths*

English

English Maths*

LEVEL REQUIRED

IN SPECIFIC SUBJECTS

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects•

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subje~ts

Minimum of 3 points in each required subject

Grade of four t (4) in each required subject

Grade of four t (4) in required subject

Grade of three (3) in each required subiect

98 Entrance Requirements

POINTS REQUIRED

For applicants For applicants with Normal 21 yn of age

Entry or over

COURSE Aggregate Aggregate

CODE COURSE points over points over five {5) Board four (4) Board subjects unl8SI subjects unless

Full Part otherwise otherwise ti mo time stated stated

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING (Codes 50 • 59) Degree (Bachelor) Level Courses

20 ITSOF ITSOP B.Eng. 20 (in 5 Board

subjects)

IT53S - B.App.Sc. Surveying A 20 16

Associate Diploma Level Courses

IT55F IT55P Assoc.Dip. Civil Eng. 14 IT56F IT56P Assoc.Dip. Electrical Eng. {in 4 Board IT57F IT57P Assoc.Dip. Mechanical Eng. subjects)

14 - IT59P Assoc.Dip. Surveying !in 4 Board

subjects I

SCHOOL OF LAW (Codes 60 • 69) Degree {Bachelor) Level Courses

IT60F :i~g~ B. Laws+ 22 18

PLUS the following Required Subjects

SPECIFIC SUBJECTS

English Physics Chemistry Maths I Maths II

English Maths I Maths II Physics

English Maths I Physics Chemistry

English Maths I Physics

English

LEVEL REQUIRED

IN SPECIFIC SUBJECTS

Grade of four (4) in each required subject

Grade of four (4) in each required subject

Students must have sat for these subjects

Students must have sat for these subjects

Grade of four (4) in required subject

Adult Entry candidates must have gained a total of 8 points in the subjects Mathematics I and Mathematics II.

For these courses, in addition to meeting the academic requirements set out above, students must have gainsd a cadetship with a recognised department of radiology or with a specialist radiologist. Students applying for these courses should therefore also apply for a cadetship.

* Social Mathematics is not acceptable .

.A. .tipplicants should note that this is a sMdwich course requiring alternate semesters of full-time study and approved emplcyment. Students may however enter the first semester of full-time study without employment experience. Stu<lents who are commencing their studies in this course in second semester 1982, must submit an application for ftuota entry by 14th October 1981.

• Whilst the academic segment of this course {ITQ6P) does not commence until second semester, applications must be submitted by 14th October 1981, and enrolment fonns submitted by the closing dattt for enrolments in first semester.

+ Quota preference will not normally be given to applicants for part-time or external law, who fall within the provisions listed in Section 4, unless evidence, in an appropriate form, is received by 11th December, 1981.

Applicants with a score of three (3) points in one of the prescribed subjects may be allowed to enrol if the total score over all subjects required is sufficiently in excess of the minimum points requirement.

tt For entry in 1982 applicants who have studied English rather than Chemistry may ap~ly for speciel consideration.

Applicants who meet the academic requirements for entry to this course will also need to pass a prescribed medical examination and provide evidence of a clear chest X-Ray (within the past 12 months) and a current immunization against tetanus, diphtheria. tuberculosis, poliomyelitis, and rubella.

Subject and Course Numbering System

100 Subject and Course Numbering System

SUBJECT AND COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM

Subject Numbering -

The subject code is of the format XXX999.

The first two characters indicate the Section, Department or School administering the subject.

AC Accountancy AR Architecture and Industrial Design AS Applied Science BE Biology and Environmental Science BG Building and Quantity Surveying CE Civil Engineering CH Chemistry CM Communication EE Electrical Engineering EN Engineering ES Applied Geology LB Librarianship LP Planning and Landscape Architecture LW Law MA Mathematics and Computer Science ME Mechanical Engineering MN Management MS Medical Laboratory Science NS Nursing Studies OP Optometry PH Physics PN Public Health and Nutrition PO Podiatry SE School of Engineering SV Surveying

The third character indicates the level of the course in which the subject is taught.

N p B A* D A T c s

Masters Degree Graduate Diploma Bachelor's Degree (new) Bachelor's Degree (Technology) and Diploma in Architecture Diploma (other than Diploma in Architecture) Associate Diploma (all schools except Engineering) Associate Diplomas in Engineering School Certificate Unregistered Student

* Note: These courses are being phased out. The symbol 'A' will then only apply to Associate Diploma subjects.

The remaining characters identify the subject within the course.

Course Numbering System -The course code is of the format xxx999. The first two characters indicate the Department administering the course as above for subjects. The third character indicates the level of the course - Bachelor's Degree J, Diploma K, Associate Diploma L, Post Graduate Diploma M, Master's Degree N, Certificate C, Unregistered Student S.

Academic Board and Advisory Committees

102 Academic Board and Advisory Committees

ACADEMIC BOARD AND ADVISORY COMMITTEES

SCHOOL OF THE BUil T ENVIRONMENT ACADEMIC BOARD

Mr T Heath (Chairman)

Mr J Barraclough

Mr C Battersby

Mr D Campbell­Stewart

Mr P Cheney

Mr M Edwards

Mr M Fagence

Mr B Groen

Mr D Harris

Mr P Heywood

Mr J Minnery

Mr D Murphy

Mr A Nimmo

Mr D Nutter

Ms V Popovic

Mr I Sharp

Mr J Stewart

Mr G Thomas

Mr A Underwood

Mr G Williams

Head, School of the Built Environment, QIT.

Representative, Australian Institute of Landscape Architects.

Representative, Student Body.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Building and Quantity Surveying, QIT.

Head, Department of Architecture and Industrial Design, QIT.

Representative, Faculty of Architecture, University of Queensland.

Representative, Department of Regional and Town Planning, University of Queensland.

Representative, Student Body.

Representative, Australian Institute of Quantity Surveyors.

Head, Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture, QIT.

Representative, Royal Australian Planning Institute.

Lecturer, Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture, QIT.

Representative, Student Body.

Representative, Royal Australian Institute of Architects.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Architecture and Industrial Design, QIT.

Representative, Industrial Design Council.

Lecturer, Department of Architecture and Industrial Design, QIT.

Head, Department of Building and Quantity Surveying, QIT.

Representative, Australian Institute of Building.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Planning and

Landscape Architecture, QIT.

Academic Board and Advisory Committees 103

Ex-Officio: Deputy Director, QIT. Head, School of Applied Science, QIT. Head, School of Business Studies, QIT. Head, School of Engineering, QIT. Head, School of Health Science, QIT. Head, School of Law, QIT.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - ARCHITECTURE

Mr P Cheney (Chairman)

Mr R Bailey Mr G Bell

Mr J Donnelly Mr P Forrest

Mr G Holden Mr R Kerrison

Mr D Nutter Mr N Robinson

MrS Trotter

Mr B Walduck

Mr J Woolley

Head, Department of Architecture and Industrial Design, QIT.

Architect, State Department of Works. Partner, Ainsley & Bell, Architects. Senior Lecturer in Architecture, QIT. Partner, Goodsir Baker and Wilde Pty. Ltd.,

Architects.

Senior Lecturer in Architecture, QIT. Architect and Assistant Director, Queensland

Art Gallery.

Senior Lecturer in Architecture, QIT. Director, Noel Robinson Built Environments

Pty. Ltd. Partner, Fulton Collin Boys Gilmour Trotter and

Partners, Architects. Architect, Building and Grounds Section, Uni­

versity of Queensland. Senior Lecturer in Architecture, QIT.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - BUILDING

MrG Thomas (Chairman)

Mr D Barclay

Mr D Campbell-Stewart

Mr L Coyte

Mr T Fussell

Mr J Hutchinson

Mr A Underwood Mr T Wilkinson

Head, Department of Building and Quantity Surveying, QIT.

Barclay Bros. Pty. Ltd.

Senior Lecturer, Department of Building and Quantity Surveying, QIT.

Building Consultant, Mt. Gravatt.

State Works Department.

Australian Institute of Building.

Underwood Constructions Pty. Ltd. Civil and Civic Pty. Ltd.

One (1) Student Representative -

Mr R Martoo State Works Department.

104 Academic Board and Advisory Committees

ADVISORY COMMITTEE -·· INDUSTRIAL DESIGN

Ms V Popovic (Chairman)

Mr M Bryce

Mr P Cheney

Mr R Dawes

Mr M Edwards

Mr D Hardy

Mr S Modderman

Mr I Sharp

Mr K Stewart

Senior Lecturer, Department of Architecture and Industrial Design, QIT.

Designer and Architect, Michael Bryce & Associates.

Head, Department of Architecture and Industrial Design, QIT.

Research and Development Manager, Malleys Ltd.

President, Australian Design Institute of Australia, Queensland Chapter.

Lecturer, Department of Architecture and Industrial Design, QIT.

Staff Designer, Denning Enterprises.

State Director, Industrial Design Council.

Lecturer, Department of Architecture and Industrial Design, QIT.

Two (2) Student Representatives.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE

Mr G Williams (Chairman)

Mr M Bunzli

Mr P Heywood

Mr D S Kells

Mr D Low Choy

Mr H Oakman

Mr J Price

MrT Randall

Mr N Thyer

Mr L Williams

Mrs EA Wilson

Senior Lecturer, Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture, QIT.

Supervising Architect, State Works Department.

Head, Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture, QIT.

Lecturer, Department of Biology and Environmental Science, QIT.

Part-time Lecturer, Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture, QIT.

Former Director, Landscape Section, National Capital Development Committee.

Landscape Consultant, John Price Design.

Lecturer, Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture, QIT.

Landscape Architect, Griffith University.

Landscape Architect, Brisbane City Council.

Landscape Architect, Blair Wilson and Associates Pty. Ltd.

Two (2) Student Representatives -Mr P Wilkinson

Mr P Toon

Academic Board and Advisory Committees 105

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - QUANTITY SURVEYING

Mr D Campbell-Stewart (Chairman}

Mr AK Butler

Mr D Harris

Mr R G Hornby

Mr B McCracken

Mr G Thomas

Senior Lecturer, Department of Building and Quantity Surveying, GIT.

Allan Butler, Wright & Co.

Australian Institute of Quantity Surveyors.

State Works Department.

J Mitchell & Associates.

Head, Department of Building and Quantity Surveying, GIT.

One (1) Student Representative -Mr R Wildermuth Rider Hunt & Partners.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

Mr P Heywood (Chairman}

Mr J Butler

Mr M R Fagence

Mr VG Feros

Mr T Haupt

Mr R W Hewison

Mr D Low Choy

Mr HT Merrin

Mr J Minnery

Mr D G Murphy

Mr T Randall

Head, Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture, GIT.

President, Royal Australian Planning Institute.

Department of Regional and Town Planning, University of Queensland.

Planning Consultant.

Department of Local Government.

Planning Consultant.

Planning Consultant. Representative Part-time Staff.

Director, South Pine Quarries.

Lecturer, Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture, QIT.

Lecturer, Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture, GIT.

Lecturer, Department of Planning and Landscape Architecture, OIT.

Two (2) Student Representatives.

~Staff

108 Staff

STAFF - SCHOOL OF THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT

Head of School: Tom Heath, MArch, MBdgSc, FRAIA, MSAICA, AIDIA.

Graduate Assistant: Therese Pearce, BA(Qld), DipEd.

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE AND INDUSTRIAL DESIGN

Head of Department: Peter Cheney, MArch(Melb), BA(Old), FRAIA.

John Donnelly, BArch(Qld), FRAIA. David Alan Nutter, BArch(Hons), DipRTP. Dan Callaghan, DipArch, GradDipURP, MSc(Lond), ARAIA, RIBA. Juris Greste, BArch(Hons). Dennis Hardy, DipAD(1stHons), BA(Lond), ASIA, AIDIA(ed). Gordon Holden~ DipArch, MA(UrbanDesign), ARAIA, ARISA. Jim Hutchinson, BArch(Qld), MURP(Old), FRAIA. Frank Lambert Peter Lambert, BArch(Old), ARAIA. Vesna Popovic, DiplEngArch, MFA(ID). James Stewart, BArch(Qld), DipT&CP(OIT), CHS Ekistics(Athens),

MArch(Berkeley). Ken Stewart, DipArch(Kin), GradDiplO, ARAIA, ARISA. James Clive Woolley, BArch(Natal), MArch(Wits), MIA(SA).

DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING AND QUANTITY SURVEYING

Head of Department: Gary Thomas, MS(UrbanPlanning), ARICS, AIOS, AAIB.

Don Campbell-Stewart, DipQS, FAIQS. Peter Armstrong, BBuild(NSW)Hons, MBA(Old), AAIB, AAIOS.

DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE

Head of Department: Mr P Heywood, BA(Hons)Oxon, DipTP(Manc), MRTPI.

George Williams, BArch(Old), DipLD(Newcastle,Eng.), ARAIA, AAILA.

John Minnery, BSc(Hons), DipTP, PCE, MRTPI, MITRP, MRAPI. Douglas Murphy, BEcon, GDURP, CREP, MESANZ, MAIUS. Thomas Randall, BA(Psych), MLandArch(LSU).

Support Staff: David Burgess Barry Elmes Damien Uhlmann

Prizes and Awards

110 Prizes and Awards

PRIZES AND AWARDS

Andrew Brock Prize

Awarded to the student with. the best performance in the second year of the Bachelor of Applied Science (Built Environment). Donated by the staff of Utah in memory of Andrew Brock.

Australian Institute of Building, Queensland Chapter Prize

Awarded to the student with the best academic achievement in the third or successive years of the Graduate Diploma or Bachelor of Applied Science in Building course.

Australian Institute of Quantity Surveyors, Queensland Chapter Prize

Awarded to the first year student of the Bachelor of Applied Science -Quantity Surveying with the most outstanding academic achievement.

Board of Architects Prizes

Awarded for outstanding results during the Academic Year. Three awards each of $150.00 will be presented as follows -

Final Year Final Year Final Year

Bachelor of Applied Science Strand A Diploma of Architecture Graduate Diploma in Architecture.

Brian Hugh McKay Memorial Prize

Awarded to a first year student in the Bachelor of Applied Science -Built Environment course who submits the best design project to aid intellectually handicapped children. The award is donated by the Assoc­iation to Aid the Development of the Intellectually Handicapped.

Coma/co Fabricators Prize

Awarded to the student with the best academic performance in the subject 'Technology 6' of the Bachelor of Architecture course.

David McNeil/ Memorial Prize

Awarded to the final year student of the Diploma or Graduate Diploma course in Quantity Surveying, who, in the opinion of the adjudicator, shows the highest standard of proficiency in Quantity Surveying expertise. The award is donated by the Australian Institute of Quantity Surveyors.

E.C. Skewes Focal Medal

Awarded to the student of the Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design for an industrial design project selected by the Friends of Challinor Aid League.

Prizes and Awards 111

Historic Building Prize

Awarded to a student in the second year of the Bachelor of Architecture for a prepared drawing of an historic building. The award is donated by the National Trust of Queensland.

Industrial Design Institute of Australia Award

Awarded to the outstanding student in Product Design in the final year of the Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design.

Institute of Draftsmen Australia (Queensland Branch) Prize

Awarded to a Queensland student in the School of the Built Environment with the best results at the annual examinations.

Institute of Surveyors Australia (Queensland Division) Prize

Awarded to the student with the best performance over the first two years of the Graduate Diploma course in Urban and Regional Planning.

James Hardie Prize for Architecture

Awarded to the student with the best examination results in the fourth year of the Degree course in Architecture.

James Hardie Prize for Building

Awarded to the student of the third year of the Degree course in Building with the best results over five semesters in the subject 'Construction Materials and Methods'.

Karl Langer Award

Awarded to the student in the Graduate Diploma course in Landscape Architecture who, in the opinion of the adjudicators, shows marked potential for the practice of Landscape Architecture.

M.I.M. Holdings Limited Award for Industrial Design

Awarded to the student submitting the best project on an annually assigned topic in the third year of the Graduate Diploma course in Industrial Design.

Queensland Cement and Lime Company Limited Award

Awarded to the fourth year student in the Bachelor of Applied Science course in Building with the best academic performance in building tech-nology subjects over the four years. -

Queensland Institute of Technology Institute Medal

Awarded to a student from any undergraduate degree course in the School who, in the opinion of the Institute, has shown outstanding academic performance throughout his course.

112 Prizes and Awards

Robb & Brown Limited Prize

Awarded to the student showing greatest advancement in the sixth year of the Diploma course in Architecture.

Royal Australian Institute of Architects - QIA Medallion

Awarded to the most outstanding student of the sixth year of the Diploma in Architecture. The student must have shown consistent progress through­out his course.

Royal Australian Planning Institute Prize

Awarded to the final year student with the best performance in course work of the Graduate Diploma course in Urban and Regional Planning.

Society for Growing Australian Plants Prize

Awarded to a student in the Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture course for the best design using Australian native plants. The award is donated by the Society for Growing Australian Plants {Queensland Region).

Courses Offered

114 Courses offered by each Department

COURSES OFFERED BY EACH DEPARTMENT

SCHOOL OF THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT

ARJ137 LPJ138 ) Bachelor of Applied Science - Built Environment* BGJ139 ) BTL 178 Associate Diploma Built Environment Technician

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE AND INDUSTRIAL DESIGN

ARM 145 Graduate Diploma in Architecture ARM142 Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design ARJ192 Bachelor of Architecture ARK149 Diploma in Architecture

DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING AND QUANTITY SURVEYING

BGM 146 Graduate Diploma in Building BGM 147 Graduate Diploma in Quantity Surveying BGJ201 Bachelor of Applied Science - Building BGJ200 Bachelor of Applied Science - Quantity Surveying BGK150 Diploma in Building BGK148 Diploma in Quantity Surveying

DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE

LPM 141 Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture LPM140 Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning

* Course code selected by student: ARJ137 'Strand A' (Architecture and Industrial Design) LPJ138 'Strand B' (Planning and Landscape Architecture) BGJ 139 'Strand C' (Building and Quantity Surveying)

Courses offered by each Department 115

QUEENSLAND INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY SCHOOL OF THE BUil T ENVIRONMENT COURSES OFFERED

DURATION IN YEARS

2 3 4 5 6

* BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE (UG1) PART-TIME

t ._ __________________________________ __

ARCHITECTURE

\ BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE (BUil T ENVIRON­

MENT) (UG1) ~

INDUSTRIAL FULL-TIME STRAND A DESIGN ~

GRAD. DIP. ARCHITECTURE (PG1)

PART-TIME *

GRAD. DIP. INDUSTRIAL DESIGN (PG1) PART­TIME

BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE - BUILDING (UG1)

BUILDING

f FULL-TIME PART-TIME

BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE (BUILT ENVIRON­MENT (UG1) ~

GRAD. DIP. BUILDING (PG1) PART-TIME

FULL-TIME STRAND C GRAD. DIP. QUANTITY f ~ SURVEYING (PG1 I

*

QUANTITY PART-TIME SURVEYING '------------'

\ BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE - QUANTITY * SURVEYING (UG1) PART-TIME

LANDSCAPE

ARCHITECTURE BACHELOR OF APPLIED \ SCIENCE (BUil T ENVIRON-

MENT) (UG1) ~

URBAN AND

GRAD. DIP. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (PG1) * FULL-TIME AND PART-TIME

REGIONAL ~ FULL-TIME STRAND B GRAD. DIP. URBAN AND PLANNING ~ REGIONAL PLANNING

(PG1) FULL-TIME AND* PART-TIME

TECHNICIAN ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA BUILT ~ ENVIRONMENT TECHNICIAN

(UG3) FULL-TIME PART-TIME

* DAY RELEASE

Graduate Diploma in Architecture

118 Graduate Diploma in Architecture

ARM145 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ARCHITECTURE

This course is a three year part-time course which follows on from Strand A of the B.App.Sc. course. Although primarily designed as the professional sequel to the B.App.Sc. course it is available to graduates from other disciplines subject to the fulfillment of the requirements set out below.

The course is oriented to the practice of architecture and provides instruct­ion in the preparation of project briefs, design, technology and the legal and managerial matters associated with the profession. In addition the course provides for individual study or joint study groups in elected areas.

Concurrent professional experience is considered an essential part of the course.

Eligibility:

An applicant must:

(a) be the holder of a degree or diploma from a rec9gnised University, College of Advanced Education or approved equivalent tertiary institution, or

(b) have gained professional recognition by an equivalent course of study or examination. Where an equivalent course of study or examination cannot be readily established an applicant, at the discretion of the Head of School, may be permitted to undertake a qualifying examination, the satisfactory completion of which will entitle him to the status of a graduate or diplomate for the purpose of admission.

Before taking the course proper, each student must enrol for and complete introductory or bridging subjects as required by the Head of School.

Course Rules:

1. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be determined in accordance with the General Examination Rules.

2. Students gain credits for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

3. Students who pass all units in a semester as set out in Rule 11 will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

4. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of units from the next semester of the programme provided that -

(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and, where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and

(ii) the hours associated with the selected programme fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules 5 and 6; and

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently.

Graduate Diploma in Architecture 119

5. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with units selected for study should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme in Rule 11 and from which the majority of units have been selected.

6. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with the units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme from which the majority of the units have been selected.

7. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the Semester Examinations; however, a student may be awarded a with­held result in accordance with the provisions of the General Examin­ation Rules.

8. Pre-requisite and co-requisite subjects are shown in a Schedule attached to these rules.

9. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27).

10. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve essential field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of Depart­ment, failure to attend these field trips in the relevant subjects will adversely effect assessment.

11. For a registered student in the Graduate Diploma in Architecture the subjects and other work of the three years part-time study are as follows -

ARM145 Graduate Diploma in Architecture Course Structure -

FIRST YEAR-

ARP511 ARP512

Design I (integrating services and structures) Specification

SECOND YEAR -

ARP521 ARP522 ARP523 ARP524

Design II OR Elective Study I Management and Law I Building Economics

THIRD YEAR-

ARP531 ARP532

Elective Study 11 (Thesis) Management and Law 11

* includes half-day release.

Hrs/wk.

8* 2

10

6*

2 2

10

5* 3 8

Graduate Diploma in Building

122 Graduate Diploma in Building

BGM146 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUILDING

The course is designed to give a solid grounding in building technology and management. The coursework together with the necessary practical experience will prepare the motivated student to take a meaningful role in the construction industry.

The management aspects of the course will be practically-oriented and will cover such things as project management, administration including cost and time control, the building development process, research and other areas related to the building industry.

Eligibility:

An applicant must:

(a) be the holder of a degree or diploma from a recognised University, College of Advanced Education or approved equivalent tertiary institution; or

(b) have gained professional recognition by an equivalent course of study or examination. Where an equivalent course of study or examination cannot be readily established an applicant, at the discretion of the Head of School, may be permitted to undertake a qualifying examination, the satisfactory completion of which will entitle him to the status of a graduate or diplomate for the purpose of admission.

Before taking the course proper, each student must enrol for and complete introductory or bridging subjects as required by the Head of School.

Course Rules:

1. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be determined in accordance with the General Examination Rules.

2. Students gain credits for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

3. Students who pass all units in a semester as set out in Rule 11 will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

4. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of units from the next semester of the programme provided that -

(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and, where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and

(ii) the hours associated with the selected programme fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules 5 and 6; and

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently.

Graduate Diploma in Building 123

In certain circumstances, students who fail one unit which is pre­requisite or co-requisite for a second unit may nevertheless be deemed eligible to enrol in the second unit, such eligibility being determined by the Head of the Department administering the subject.

5. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with units selected for study should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme in Rule 11 and from which the majority of units have been selected.

6. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with the units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme from which the majority of the units have been selected.

7. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the Semester Examinations; however, a student may be awarded a with· held result in accordance with the provisions of the General Exam­ination Rules.

8. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page27 ).

9. Except with the special approval of the Head of School, it is required that a student shall be in approved employment, as defined by the Head of School, for at least two years of the course.

10. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve essential field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of Depart­ment, failure to attend these field trips will adversely effect assess­ment in the relevant subjects.

11. For a registered student in the Graduate Diploma in Building, the subjects and other work of the three years part-time study are as follows -

BEM146 Graduate Diploma in Building Course Structure -

FIRST YEAR-

Semester 1 - Autumn BGP111 Building Contract Law I BGP116 Formwork Design and Construction BGP005 Building Services 111 - Lifts BGP115 Building and Civil Engineering Construction I BGP119 Building Services I - HVAC BGP003 Building Acts and Regulations I BGP131 Construction, Materials and Methods V

Approx. Hrs/wk.

1 2 2 2 2 1 2

12

124 Graduate Diploma in Building

Semester 2 - Spring BGP112 BG~130 BGP,134 BGP006 ACP698 BGP132 BGP120 BGP004

Building Contract Law II , Estimating'l. ,;:

· Building Economics and Cost Phmning . · Building.Services IV - Acoustics Introduction to Computing Building and Civil Engineering Construction 11 Building Services 11 - Electrical Building Acts and Regulations If

SECOND YEAR -

Semester 3 - Autumn BGP219 Principles of Law I BGP213 Estimating 11 BGP001 Valuations ACP581 Building Financial Management I BGP217 C_onstruction Planning Techniques BGP313 Building Management I SVP201 Project Survey I

Semester 4 - Spring BGP010 Principles of Law 11 BGP230 Estimating 111 BGP110 Law of Dilapidations BGP114 Building Financial Management 11 BGP232 Construction Operations Analysis BGP314 Building Management 11 SVP202 Project Survey 11

THIRD YEAR-

Semester 5 - Autumn BGP315 Building Research I BGP323 BGP129 BGPOOB BGP325 BGP215 OEP301

Commercial Law Mechanical Estimating Building Development Techniques I Applied Computer Techniques Project Equipment and Safety I Civil Engineering Quantities I

Semester 6 - Spring BGP316 Building Research II MNP018 Industrial Relations BGP229 Electrical Estimating MNP028 Industrial Psychology BGP318 Land Development Studies BGP216 Project Equipment and SafetY 11

~-"' ;,..

··,

Approx. Hrs/wk.

1 'i 2 1 2 2 2 1

13

2 2 2 2 2 1

12

2 1 2 3 2

1!

2 1 1 2 2 2 2

12

2 2 1

2 2

10

Schedule of Subjects and Pre-requisites 125

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS AND PRE-REQUISITES

Subjects . ..:.

... Pre-r:epuisites

BGP112 Building Contract Law 11 BGP111 Building' Contract Law f BGP230 Estimating 111 BGP213 Estimating 11

BGP213 Estimating 11 BGP130 Estimating 11

BGP216 Project Equipment & Safety 11 BGP215 Project Equipment & Safety I

BGP325 Applied Computer Techniques ACP698 Introduction to Computing

BGP316 Building Research 11 BGP315 Building Research I

BGP110 Law of Dilapidations BGP001 Valuations

BGP319 Civil Engineering Quantities I BGP115 Building and Civil Engineering

Construction I

BGP132 Building and Civil Engineering

Construction 11

BGP314 Building Management 11 BGP313 Building Management I

BGP232 Construction Operation Analysis BGP217 Construction Planning

Techniques

BGP129 Mechanical Estimating BGP119 Building Services I

BGP229 Electrical Estimating BGP120 Building Services 11

Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design

128 Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design

ARM142 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL DESIGN

The course in Industrial Design is seen as a problem identification and problem solving experience in which innovation in design is brought about by an understanding of problems in relation to man, society, the environment and the manufacturing industries, commensurate with technological development.

· It is intended to give the student a multivarious exposure to the broad background of three dimensional design but at the same time maintain a balance between industry and the community needs. In this respect project work may consist of the research and design of industrialised bathrooms, domestic appliances, capital equipment, or aids for the physically and mentally handicapped.

It is also intended to train students to a professional standard of Industrial Design recognition.

Eligibility

An applicant must -

(a) be the holder of a degree or diploma from a recognised University, College of Advanced Education, or approved equivalent tertiary institution; or

(b) have gained professional recognition by an equivalent course of study or examination. Where an equivalent course of study or examination cannot be readily established an applicant, at the discretion of the Head of School, may be permitted to undertake a qualifying examination, the satisfactory completion of which will entitle him to the status of a graduate or diplomate for the purpose of admission.

Before taking the course proper, each student must enrol for and complete introductory or bridging subjects as required by the Head of School.

Course Rules

1. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be determined in accordance with the General Examination Rules.

2. Students gain credits for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

3. Students who pass all units in a semester as set out in Rule 11 will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

4. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of units from the next semester of the programme provided that -

(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and, where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and

(ii) the hours associated with the selected programme fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules 5 and 6; and

Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design 129

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently.

5. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with units selected for study should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme in Rule 11 and from which the majority of units have been selected.

6. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with the units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme from which the majority of the units have been selected.

7. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the Semester Examinations; however, a student may be awarded a withheld result in accordance with the provisions of the General Examination Rules.

8. Pre-requisite and co-requisite subjects are shown in a Schedule attached to these rules.

9. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27).

10. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve essential field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of Depart­ment, failure to attend these field trips in the relevant subjects will adversely effect assessment.

11. For a registered student in the Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design, the subjects and other work of the three years part-time study are as follows -

ARM142 Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design - Course Structure Approx. Hrs.tW~ek/St1Jdio Lecture Workshop Total

FIRST YEAR - Semester 1 -Autumn ARP611 Industrial Design IA ARP612 Industrial Design I B ARP613 Ergonomics I ARP614t History of Industrial Design ARP615t Materials and Processes ARP616tt Engineering Mechanisms ARP617 Design Presentation I

FIRST YEAR -Semester 2 -Spring

ARP621 Industrial Design llA ARP622 Industrial Design II B ARP623 Ergonomics 11 ARP624t Economics of Industrial Production ARP625 Design Presentation 11

1 1 2 2

6

1 2

3

3* 2

2

7

3* 2

2

7

13

10

130 Graduate Diploma in Industrial Design

Approx. Hrs.tWeek/Swdio

Lecwre Workshop Total SECOND YEAR - Semester 3 - Auwmn

ARP631 Industrial Design lllA 3* ARP632 Industrial Design 1118 2 ARP633 tt Industrial Production Techniques 1* ARP634 tt Marketing 2 ARP635 Elective I 1

4 5 9

SECOND YEAR - Semester 4 - Spring

ARP641 Industrial Design IVA 5* ARP642 Case Studies 2* ARP643 Elective II 1

3 5 8

THIRD YEAR - Semester 5-Autumn

ARP651 Industrial Design VA 6* ARP652 Design Management and Decision

Theory ARP653 Professional Practice

2 6 8

THIRD YEAR - Semester6-Spring

ARP661 Industrial Design VIA 6* 6

* Part day release.

t Available only in odd numbered years. tt Available only in even numbered years.

Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture

132 Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture

LPM141 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE

Landscape architecture is a design discipline concerned with the quality of the environment and its design for function and aesthetic satisfaction. It is concerned with the ordered design of open space of all scales, and deals with the appearance, atmosphere, and suitability of environment to assure the health and welfare of man in the environment.

This course concentrates on assessing both man's and nature's needs and fitting them into an already functioning system. Students are educated to identify the potential of landscapes, to develop an understanding of social and community needs, awareness of problems and conflicts, reasoned allocation to priorities, and considered design solutions which will take into account not only function but also conservation and management factors.

This is a course in which students, with differing background specialist qualifications, are encouraged to take an active part in seminar, tutorial, discussion, field, and workshop situations. Through these, students gain a working understanding of the needs of people, of society, and of the landscape itself, and a sound knowledge of design, natural sciences, and the use of materials, all tempered by a sympathetic understanding of ecological principles.

Eligibility: Normal Entry An applicant must be the holder of a degree or diploma from a recognised University, College of Advanced Education, or approved equivalent tertiary institution.

OR have gained professional recognition by examination which is equated with an academic qualification in that profession for purposes of practice and/or membership of the professional organisation.

Special Entry An applicant who does not meet the requirements for normal entry may apply for Special Consideration in accordance with OIT rules and procedures. On the recommendation of the Head of School and with the approval of the Admissions Committee, such applicant may be required to undertake a bridging examination and/or bridging subjects, satisfactory completion of which will entitle the applicant to the status of a graduate or diplomate for purposes of admission.

Introductory Work Following admission to the course, each student who has not completed Strand B (Landscape Architecture and Urban and Regional Planning) of the Bachelor of Applied Science - Built Environment course at the Queensland Institute of Technology may be required by the Head of Department to undertake introductory work as pre-requisite to certain subjects within the Graduate Diploma course.

Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture 133

Course Rules: 1. A student may enrol for this course either as a full-time student

or as a part-time student.

2. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total contact time associated with the units selected for full-time study should not exceed 20 hours per week, or for part-time study should not exceed 12 hours per week.

3. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be determined in accordance with the General Examination Rules.

4. Students gain credits for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

5. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of further units of the programme provided that -

(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and;

(ii) the hours associated with the selected programmes are in accordance with Rule 2.

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently.

In certain circumstances, students who fail one unit which is pre­requisite or co-requisite for a second unit may nevertheless be deemed eligible to enrol in the second unit, such eligibility being determined by the Head of the Department administering the subject.

6. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the Semester Examinations. However, a student may be awarded a withheld result in accordance with the provisions of the General Examination Rules.

7. Pre-requisite and co-requisite subjects are shown in a Schedule attached to these rules.

8. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27 ).

9. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve essential field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of Depart­ment, failure to attend these field trips will adversely effect assess­ment in the relevant subjects.

10. For a registered student in the Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture the subjects and other work of the three years part-time or two years full-time study are as follows -

LPM141 Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture Course

Please note that there are minor changes to the structure and subject synopses of this course which will be implemented in 1982 but which are unavailable at the time of printing. Interested persons are advised to contact the department for details.

134 Graduate Diploma in Landscape Architecture

All students are required to present a programme of study to the department for approval prior to completing an enrolment form.

Note that this course contains subjects (marked *) which are done under day release depending on student numbers and school resources. Field Work and Workshops will be undertaken outside normal OIT hours.

Semester Approx. Normally

Area of Study A - Design Hrs/wk. Offered.

LPP711 Landscape Design I 3 Autumn LPP712 Landscape Design 11 3 Spring LPP713 Landscape Design 111 3 Autumn LPP714 Landscape Design IV 3 Spring LPP715* Landscape Design V 3 Autumn LPP716 Landscape Design VI 2 Both LPP719 History of Landscape Architecture 1Y:. Spring LPP763 Research Study (Landscape) 3 Both Area of Study 8 - Sciences

LPP781 Ecological Studies I 2 Autumn LPP782 Ecological Studies 11 2 Spring LPP731 Geomorphology 1Y:. Autumn LPP732 Horticulture I 1Y:. Spring LPP733 Horticulture 11 1 y, Autumn LPP734 Landscape Geography 1Y:. Spring LPP735* Land Use Studies 3 Autumn LPP736 Land Management Studies 1Y:. Spring LPP737 Plants 1Y:. Autumn LPP738 Soil Science 1Y:. Autumn

Area of Study C - Construction

LPP741 Landscape Construction 1Y:. Autumn LPP742 Landscape Engineering 1Y:. Spring LPP743 Landscape Materials 2 Spring LPP744 Measurement 1Y:. Autumn

Area of Study D - Practice

LPP750 Introduction to Professions 1Y:. Autumn•

LPP751 Documentat.ion (Landscape) 1 y, Spring

LPP752 Professional Practice (Landscape) I 1Y:. Autumn

LPP753* Professional Practice (Landscape) 11 3 Spring

Field Work and Workshops

LPP771* Field Work and Workshops I 1.6 Autumn LPP772* Field Work and Workshops 11 1.6 Spring LPP773* Field Work and Workshops 111 1.6 Autumn LPP774* Field Work and Workshop IV 1.6 Spring LPP775* Field Work and Workshop V 1.6 Autumn LPP776* Field Work and Workshop VI 1.6 Spring

* Denotes subject times done as day release. Field work and workshops will be undertaken outside normal QIT and work· ing hours and may be multiple day affairs.

Minimum of 2 field trips and 1 workshop per unit (24 hours per semester}.

Schedule of Subjects and Pre-requisites 135

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS AND PRE-REQUISITES

Subject Pre-requisite

LPP712 Landscape Design 11 LPP711 Landscape Design I

LPP713 Landscape Design 111 LPP711 Landscape Design I LPP712 Landscape Design 11

LPP714 Landscape Design IV LPP711 Landscape Design I LPP712 Landscape Design 11

LPP715 Landscape Design V LPP711 Landscape Design I LPP712 Landscape Design 11 LPP743 Landscape Materials

LPP763 Research Study (Landscape) LPP713 Landscape Design 111

LPP782 Ecological Studies 11 LPP781 Ecological Studies I LPP732 Horticultur~ I LPP737 Plants

LPP733 Horticulture 11 LPP732 Horticulture I LPP738 Soil Science

LPP752 Professional Practice I LPP750 Introduction to Professions LPP751 Documentation

LPP753 Professional Practice LPP751 Documentation (Landscape) (Landscape) 11

Graduate Diploma in Quantity Surveying

138 Graduate Diploma in Quantity Surveying

BGM147 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN QUANTITY SURVEYING

The professional Quantity Surveyor is concerned today with the economic and sensible use of our resources when all costs are taken into consider­ation. These must include an evaluation of costs in terms of community needs as well as the actual costs of materials and labour. Consideration should also be given to the planned use of our building resources.

The course will attempt to give graduates an understanding of the national economy and its effect on the Building Industry.

This course as a whole will stimulate enquiry and will produce professional Quantity Surveyors who are more than technically proficient to execute the normal day to day role expected of a professional.

The student will receive an education of sufficient depth in selected areas to enable him to adapt and contribute to the rapidly changing demands of the modern world.

Eligibility:

An applicant must:

(a) be the holder of a degree or diploma from a recognised University, College of Advanced Education or approved equivalent tertiary institution; or

(b) have gained professional recognition by an equivalent course of study or examination. Where an equivalent course of study or exam­ination cannot be readily established an applicant, at the discretion of the Head of School, may be permitted to undertake a qualifying examination, the satisfactory completion of which will entitle him to the status of a graduate or diplomate for the purpose of admission.

Before taking the course proper, each student must enrol for and complete introductory or bridging subjects as required by the Head of School.

Course Rules:

1. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be determined in accordance with the General Examination Rules.

2. Students gain credits for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

3. Students who pass all units in a semester as set out in Rule 12 will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

4. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of units from the next semester of the programme provided that -

(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and, where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and

(ii) the hours associated with the selected programme fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules 5 and 6; and

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently.

Graduate Diploma in Quantity Surveying 139

In certain circumstances, students who fail one unit which is pre­requisite or co-requisite for a second unit may nevertheless be deemed eligible to enrol in the second unit, such eligibility being determined by the Head of the Department administering the subject.

5. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with units selected for study should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme in Rule 12 and from which the majority of units have been selected.

6. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with the units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme from which the majority of the units have' been selected.

7. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the Semester Examinations; however, a student may be awarded a with­held result in accordance with the provisions of the General Exam­ination Rules.

8. Pre-requisite and co-requisite subjects are shown in a Schedule attached to these rules.

9. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page27 ).

10. Except with the special approval of the Head of School, it is required that a student shall be in approved employment in a building or quantity surveying office under the direction of a qualified Quantity Surveyor, for at least two years of the course.

11. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve essential field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of Depart­ment, failure to attend these field trips will adversely effect assess­ment in the relevant subjects.

12. For a registered student in the Graduate Diploma in Quantity Surveying the subjects and other work of the three years part-time study are as follows -

BGM147 Graduate Diploma in Quantity Surveying Course Structure

FIRST YEAR

Semester 1 - Autumn BGP005 Building Services 111 - Lifts BGP131 Construction, Materials and Methods V BGP119 Building Services I - HVAC BGP115 Building and Civil Engineering Construction I BGP003 Building Acts and Regulations I BGP001 Valuations

Approx. Hrs/wk.

2 2 2 2

2

140 Graduate Diploma in Quantity Surveying

Semester 2 - Spring BGP130 Estimating I BGP006 Building Services IV - Acoustics BGP138 Specification BGP120 Building Services 11 - Electrical BGP132 Building and Civil Engineering Construction II BGP110 Law of Dilapidations BGP004 Building Acts and Regulations 11

SECOND YEAR -

Semester 3 - Autumn BGP213 Estimating II ACP581 Building Financial Management I BGP125 Post Contract Services I BGP217 Construction Planning Techniques BGP219 Principles of Law I CEP301 Civil Engineering Quantities I BGP326 Office Management

Semester 4 - Spring BGP230 Estimating 111

BGP121 BGP114 BGP126 CEP401 BGP010

Measurement of Construction V 11 Building Financial Management 11 Post Contract Services 11 Civil Engineering Quantities II Principles of Law II

THIRD YEAR-

Semester 5 -Autumn BGP111 Building Contract Law I BGP315 Building Research I BGP323 Commercial Law BGP129 Mechanical Estimating BGPOOS Building Development Techniques I BGP331 Advanced Measurement I BGP333 Cost Planning and Cost Control I

Semester 6 - Spring BGP112 Building Contract Law II BGP316 Building Research 11 MNP018 Industrial Relations BGP229 Electrical Estimating BGP009 Building Development Techniques 11 BGP332 Advanced Measurement 11 BGP334 Cost Planning and Cost Control 11

Approx. Hrs/wk

2 1 2 2 2 1

2 2 2 2 1 2 1

2 2 2 3 2 1

2

2 2 2

1 2 2 1 1 2 3

Schedule of Subjects and Pre-requisites 141

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS AND PRE-REQUISITES

Subject

BGP121 Measurement of Construction VII

BGP319 Civil Engineering Quantities I

BGP222 Civil Engineering Quantities 11

BGP213 Estimating 11

BGP230 Estimating 111

BGP333 Cost Planning and Cost Control I

BGP334 Cost Planning and Cost Control II

BGP331 Advanced Measurement I

BGP332 Advanced Measurement 11

BGP316 Building Research II

BGP229 Electrical Estimating

BGP129 Mechanical Estimating

BGP110 Law of Dilapidations

Pre-requisite

BGP005 Building Services Ill - Lifts BGP119 Building Services I - HVAC

BGP115 Building and Civil Engineering Construction I

BGP132 Building and Civil Engineering Construction 11

BGP115 Building and Civil Engineering Construction I

BGP132 Building and Civil Engineering Construction 11

BGP130 Estimating I

BGP213 Estimating 11

BGP121 Measurement of Construction VII

BGP130 Estimating I BGP213 Estimating II BGP230 Estimating II I

BGP121 Measurement of Construction VII

BGP130 Estimating I BGP213 Estimating II BGP230 Estimating 111

BGP121 Measurement of Construction VII

BGP120 Building Services II - Elec.

BGP121 Measurement of Construction VII

BGP120 Building Services I - Elec.

BGP315 Building Research I

BGP120 Building Services 11

BGP119 Building Services I

BGP001 Valuations

Graduate Diploma in Urban & Regional Planning

144 Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning

LPM140 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

Urban and Regional Planners need to have a sense of the opportunities our developed landscapes can provide, as well as a deep understanding of the many social, political, physical, and economic problems development can create. The growth of both Government and community concern with cities and their regions over the last decade or so emphasises the need for people with the necessary skills and understanding to make the most of urban life and land use decisions. It has also widened the scope of work that Planners may be involved in: they are now employed by Governments at all levels (Local, State, and Federal), by and for community groups, in academic institutes, and in private organisations, on a wide variety of projects.

The professional training of a Planner thus needs to be broad enough to enable him to make a positive contribution in a fairly wide range of situations, but it must also give a solid grounding in a core of essential expertise. The Graduate Diploma course in Urban and Regional Planning aims to provide such a professional training for graduates of the B.App.Sc. (Built Environment) degree as well as for graduates from academic dis­ciplines related to Planning.

The course is structured so that first it introduces Planning philosophy and methodology. It then develops over a number of years the practical expertise and conceptual background necessary for a Planner, through field studies, workshops, seminars, lectures, and individual research. Throughout the course the emphasis remains on developing a central core of skill common to all students whilst encouraging, as far as possible, development of individual interests of each student.

Eligibility: Normal Entry An applicant must be the holder of a degree or diploma from a recognised University, College of Advanced Education, or approved equivalent tertiary institution.

OR have gained professional recognition by examination which is equated with an academic qualification in that profession for purposes of practice and/or membership of the professional organisation.

Special Entry An applicant who does not meet the requirements for normal entry may apply for Special Consideration in accordance with QIT rules and procedures. On the recommendation of the Head of School and with the approval of the Admissions Committee, such applicant may be required to undertake a bridging examination and/or bridging subjects, satisfactory completion of which will entitle the applicant to the status of a graduate or diplomate for purposes of admission.

Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning 145

Introductory Work Following admission to the course, each student who has not completed Strand B (Landscape Architecture and Urban and Regional Planning) of the Bachelor of Applied Science - Built Environment course at the Queensland Institute of Technology may be required by the Head of Department to undertake introductory work as pre-requisite to certain subjects within the Graduate Diploma course.

Course Rules:

1. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be determined in accordance with the General Examination Rules.

2. ·students gain credit for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only. However, if the student does not enrol for two consec­utive years, the student may be required to undertake additional work, at the discretion of the Head of Department upon re-enrol­ment.

3. Students who pass all units in a semester as set out in Rule 11 will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

4. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of units from the next semester of the programme provided that -

(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and, where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and

(ii) the hours associated with the selected programme fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules 5 and 6; and

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently.

5. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total of hours associated with units selected for study should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme in Rule 11 and from which the majority of units have been selected.

6. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the pro­gramme from which the majority of the units have been selected.

7. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the Semester Examinations; however, a student may be awarded a with­held result in accordance with the provisions of the General Exam­ination Rules.

8. Pre-requisite and co-requisite subjects are shown in a Schedule attached to these rules.

9. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page ).

146 Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning

10. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve e.ssential field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of Depart­ment, failure to attend these field trips will adversely effect assess­ment in the relevant subjects.

11. For a registered student in the Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning the subjects and other work of the three years part-time study are as follows -

LPM140 Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning Course Structure -

Introductory Subject (Autumn Semester)

LPP801 Graphics and Professional Presentation I

Introductory Subject (Spring Semester)

LPP802 Graphics and Professional Presentation II

Approx. Hrs/wk.

1

All candidates are required to enrol for the introductory subjects listed above. Students who subsequently demonstrate proficiency in the subject will be exempted.

FIRST YEAR Approx. Hrs/wk.

Semester 1 -Autumn LPP811 Planning Theory IA - Planning Concepts 1% LPP812 Planning Theory I B - Land Use Act.ivities 1 % LPP813 Planning Practice I (day release) 3 LPP814 Development Processes IA - Physical Factors 1% LPP815 Development Processes I B - Socio-economic and

Political Factors 1% LPP871 Field Studies and Workshops I (15 hours/semester)

Semester 2 - Spring LPP821 Planning Theory I IA - Planning Concepts 1% LPP822 Planning Theory 11 B - Land Use Activities 1 % LPP823 Planning Practice 11 (day release) 3 LPP824 Development Processes llA - Physical Factors 1% LPP825 Development Processes 11 B - Socio-economic and

Political Factors 1% LPP872 Field Studies and Workshops 11 (15 hours/semester)

SECOND YEAR

Semester 3 - Autumn

Approx. Hrs/wk.

LPP831 LPP832

LPP833 LPP834 LPP835 LPP873

Planning Practice 111 (day release) 3 Development Processes 11 IA -

Planning Law and Administration 1 Y. Development Processes 1118 - Urban Government 1Y. Transport Studies 1Y. Planning Techniques I 1 Y. Field Studies and Workshops 111 ( 15 hours/semester)

Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning 147

Semester 4 - Spring

LPP841 Planning Practice IV (day release) LPP842 Development Processes IVA -

LPP843 LPP844 LPP845

. LPP874

Planning Law and Administration Development Processes IV8 - Urban Government Resource Conservation and Management Planning Techniques II Field Studies and Workshops IV

THIRD YEAR

Semester 5 - Autumn

Approx. Hrs/wk.

3

1% 1% 1% 1%

( 15 hours/semester)

LPP851 Planning Theory Ill 1% LPP852 Community Studies I 1% LPP856 Planning Option IA - Physical Environmental Design OR 3 LPP857 Planning Option 18 - Regional Development Planning 3 LPP854 Planning Workshops I (4 per semester, 15 hours/semester)

Semester 6 - Spring

LPP861 Planning Theory IV 1% LPP862 Community Studies II 1% LPP856 Planning Option IA - Physical Environmental Design OR 3 LPP857 Planning Option 18 - Regional Development Planning 3 LPP864 Planning Workshops l 1 (4 per semester, 15 hours/semester) LPP880 Special Planning Study 1

As from the beginning of the 1982 academic year approval has been granted for this course to be offered on a full-time basis. This involves four semesters of full-time study.

12. For a registered student in the Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning the subjects and other work of the two years full-time study are as follows -

L.PM140

Full-Time

Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning Course

Introductory subject (Autumn Semester)

LPP801 Graphics and Professional Presentation I

Introductory Subject (Spring Semester)

LPP802 Graphics and Professional Presentation 11

Approx. Hrs/wk.

All candidates are required to enrol for the introductory subjects listed above. Students who subsequently demonstrate proficiency will be exempted.

FIRST YEAR

Semester 1 - Autumn

LPP811 Planning Theory IA - Planning Concepts LPP812 Planning Theory 18 - Land Use Activities LPP813 Planning Practice I LPP814 Development Processes IA - Physical Factors

Approx. Hrs/wk.

1% 1% 3 1%

(cont'd.)

148 Graduate Diploma in Urban and Regional Planning

Semester 1 -Autumn (cont'd.)

LPP815 Development Processes IB -

LPP832

LPP834 LPP852 LPP871

Socio Economic and Political Factors Development Processes lllA -

Planning Law and Administration Transport Studies Community Studies I Field Studies and Workshops I

Semester 2 - Spring

LPP821 Planning Theory I IA - Planning Concepts LPP822 Planning Theory 118 - Land Use Activities LPP823 Planning Practice II LPP824 Development Processes llA - Physical Factors LPP825 Development Processes 11 B ;__

LPP842

LPP844 LPP862 LPP872

Socio Economic and Political Factors Development Processes IV A -

Planning Law and Administration Resource Conservation and Management Community Studies II Field Studies and Workshops II

Semester 3 - Autumn

Approx. Hrs/wk.

1% 1% 1%

( 15 hours/semester)

1% 1% 3 1Ya

1 Ya

1% 1Ya 1Ya

( 15 hours/semester)

LPP831 Planning Practice 111 3 LPP833 Development Processes 111 B - Urban Government 1 Ya LPP835 Planning Techniques I 1% LPP851 Planning Theory Ill 1% LPP854 Planning Workshops I (15 hours/semester) LPP856 Planning Option IA - Physical Environmental Design OR 3 LPP857 Planning Option IB - Regional Development Planning 3 LPP873 Field Studies and Workshops 111 ( 15 hours/semester)

Semester 4 - Spring

LPP841 Planning Practice IV 3 LPP843 Development Processes IVB - Urban Government 1% LPP845 Planning Techniques II 1% LPP864 Planning Workshops 11 (15 hours/.semester) LPP856 Planning Option I IA - Physical Environmental Design OR 3 LPP857 Planning Option 11 B - Regional Development Planning 3 LPP874 Field Studies and Workshops IV (15 hours/semester) LPP880 Special Planning Study 1

Bachelor of Applied Science

150 Bachelor of Applied Science

BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE

ARJ137 ARJ137 LPJ138 LPJ138 BGJ139 BGJ139

Architecture Industrial Design Urban and Regional Planning Landscape Architecture Building Quantity Surveying

The Bachelor of Applied Science is a three year full-time degree course with two general aims: it is intended to give the student a broad educational background on which to build and at the same time to lead naturally to post-graduate studies in his chosen professional field. In a world of rapid change and increasing complexity the student needs to focus on the problem and on the process rather than on current practices; to this end he needs a creative approach to problems of the built environment. In addition the course is so arranged that the student will acquire a knowledge and understanding of the work of professionals in related fields.

The course has undergone considerable revision in conjunction with the 1979 re-accreditation. The revised version of the course, which will be referred to as the 'revised course', will commence in 1980 and will be introduced progressively on a year by year basis during 1980 to 1982. As each year of the revised course is introduced, the corresoonding year of the old course will be phased out.

Entrance Requirements - see page 87.

Special Course Rules:

1. A registered student in this course will be required to attend full-time for every day in the week in accordance with the set timetable.

2. At the end of the first year the student must elect to follow one of three strands. The strands are:-

Strand A - Architecture and Industrial Design; Strand B - Urban and Regional Planning and Landscape

Architecture; Strand C - Building and Quantity Surveying.

3. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be determined in accordance with the General Examination Rules and may comprise one or more of -

Oral presentation - seminar, debates; Written submissions - essays, reports, assignments, theses; Graphic submissions - drawings, photography, models; Three dimensional submissions - models, construction work-

shop and laboratory exercises.

4. Students gain credits for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

Bachelor of Applied Science 151

5. Students who pass all units in a semester as set out in Rule 13 will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

6. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of units from the next semester of the programme provided that -(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and

where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and

(ii) the hours associated with the selected progr!lmme fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules 7 and 8; and

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently.

7. Except with the approval of the Head of School, the total of hours associated with units selected for study should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme in Rule 13 and from which the majority of units have been selected.

8. Except with the approval of the Head of School, the total hours associated with the units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the pro­gramme from which the majority of the units have been selected.

9. No formal. supplementary examinations will be offered following the Semester Examinations; however, a student may be awarded a withheld result in accordance with the provisions of the General Examination Rules.

10. Pre-requisite and co-requisite subjects are shown in a Schedule attached to these rules.

11. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27).

12. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve fie.Id trips. The Academic Board is required to approve essential field trips in each semester and students are expP.cted to attend all such fteld trips. Except with the approval of the Head of School, failure to attend these field trips will adversely effect assessment in

the relevant subjects. 13. For a registered student in the Bachelor of Applied Science -

Built Environment course, the subjects and other work of the three years full-time study are as follows -

Bachelor of Applied Science - Course Structure

Normal Course Programme - Revised Course FIRST YEAR -

Semester 1 -Autumn

LPB101 BGB130 ARB701 ARB702

Man and Environment I Technology I Problem Solving I Communication I

Approx. Hrs/wk.

7 All subjects 7 required for 5 all strands. 6

Bachelor of Applied Science 153

Approx. St.A St.B St.C Hrs/wk

Major Subjects

ARB712 Building Construction I 5

l: •

BGB530 Building Management and Research I 3 • LPB502 Design 3 7 • MEB010 Dynamics I 2

BEB571 Ecological Principles I 2 • ARB713 Industrial Construction I 5

LPB503 Land Development I 2 • BGB531 Measurement of Construction Work 3 4 • LPB504 Quantities 1 • CEB553 Structural Mechanics 2 2 • • LPB505 Urban Studies 2 •

( [ indicates alternatives)

St.A St.B St.C

Semester 6 - Spring

Core Subjects

LPB601 Environmental Studies 2 2 • • • ARB714 Professional Studies 4 • • • ARB715 Services 3 3 • • • Major Subjects

ARB716 Building Construction 2 5

[~ •

BGB630 Building Management & Research 2 3 • ARB717 Design 4 7 • MEB012 Dynamics2 2

BEB671 Ecological Principles 2 2 • ARB718 Industrial Construction 2 5

LPB602 Land Development 2 3 • BGB631 Measurement of Construction Work 4 4 • LPB603 Social Analysis 2 • CEB653 Structural Mechanics 3 2 • •

( [ indicates alternatives)

Bachelor of Applied Science - Building

156 Bachelor of Applied Science - Building

BGJ201 BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE - BUILDING

The increasing complexity of modern construction requires tertiary level trained personnel to fill the higher technological and managerial positions within building organisations.

The aim of the course is to fill this need. The students are therefore pro­vided in the course with a thorough understanding of building technology and management skills.

Due to the practical nature of the course much of the teaching is con­ducted by part-time professionals drawn from the building industry and related professions. The course is a six year part-time course with a re­quirement for some day release.

Entrance Requirements - see page 87.

Course Rules:

1. A registered student in the full programme for this course will be required to attend on one afternoon each week, with the remainder of the class work made up during the evenings. In some years, there will be a requirement for some attendance on Saturdays.

2. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be determined in accordance with the General Examination Rules.

3. Students gain credits for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

4. Students who pass all units in a semester as set out in Rule 13 will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

5. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of l!nits from the next semester of the programme provided that -

(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and, where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and

(ii) the hours associated with the selected programme fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules 6 and 7; and

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently.

In certain circumstances, students who fail one unit which is pre­requisite or co-requisite for a second unit may nevertheless be deemed eligible to enrol in the second unit, such eligibility being determined by the Head of the Department administering the subject.

6. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total number of hours associated with units selected for study should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme in Rule 13 and from which the majority of units have been selected.

Bachelor of Applied Science - Building 157

7. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with the units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme from which the majority of the units have been selected.

8. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the semester examinations, however, a student may be awarded a withheld result in accordance with the provisions of the General Examination Rules.

9. Pre-requisite and co-requisite subjects are shown in a Schedule attached to these rules.

10. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27 ).

11. A student must be employed full-time by ah approved Building organisation or other approved body, for three of the final four years of the course.

12. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve essential field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of Depart­ment, failure to attend these field trips will adversely effect assess­ment in the relevant subjects.

13. For a registered student in the Bachelor Course in Building, the subjects and other work of the six years part-time study programme are as follows -

Approx. Semester 1 - Autumn Hrs/wk.

BGB101 Construction, Materials & Methods I 3 BGB103 Material Science I 2 BGB105 Draughtsmanship 2 BGB106 Environmental Science 1 BGB107 Structural Mechanics I 2 MAB297 Mathematics for Construction 2

Semester 2 - Spring

BGB102 Construction, Materials & Methods 11 3 BGB104 Material Science 11 2 SVB101 Surveying and Measuring 2 ACB698 Introduction to Computing 2 BGB108 Structural Mechanics II 2 BGB109 Evolution of Building

Semester 3 - Autumn

BGB201 Construction, Materials & Methods Ill 3 BGB203 Material Science 111 BGB005 Measurement of Construction I 3 CMB134 Communications 2 BGB011 Building Acts and Regulations I BGB205 Structural Meehan ics 111 2

158 Bachelor of Applied Science - Building

Semester 4 - Spring BGB202 Construction, Materials and Methods IV BGB204 Material Science IV BGB006 Measurement of Construction 11 BGB012 Building Acts and Regulations 11 BGB206 Structural Mechanics IV

Semester 5 - Autumn BGB013 Building Services I - HVAC BGB303 BGB009 BGB017 BGB301 BGB007 SVB201

Building & Civil Engineering Construction I Measurement of Construction 111 Principles of Law I Construction, Materials and Methods V Hygiene and Sanitation I Project Survey I

Semester 6 - Spring BGB014 Building Services II - Elec. BGB304 BGB010 BGB018 BGB008 SVB202

Building and Civil Engineering Construction 11 Measurement of Construction IV Principles of Law 11 Hygiene and Sanitation 11 Project Survey 11

Semester 7 - Autumn BGB019 Building Services Ill - Lifts BGB021 Building Contract Law I CEB701 BGB403 MNB116 BGB601

Civil Engineering Quantities I Building Management I Behavioural Science I Formwork Design and Construction

Semester 8 - Spring BGB020 Building Services IV - Acoustics BGB022 Building Contract Law II BGB408 Estimating I BGB401 Building Economics and Cost Planning BGB404 Building Management II MNB117 Behavioural Science 11

Semester 9 - Autumn BGB501 Estimating 11 BGB003 Economics of Construction Industry I BGB507 ACB581 BGB513 BGB509

Valuations Building Financial Management I Construction Planning Techniques Building Management 111

Semester 10 - Spring BGB502 Estimating 111 BGB004 Economics of Construction Industry II BGB508 BGB406 BGB522 BGB510

Law of Dilapidations Building Financial Management 11 Construction Operations Analysis Building Management IV

Approx. Hrs/wk

4 1 3 1 2

2 2 2 1 2

2 2 2

2

2 1 2 2 2 2

1 2 2 2 2

2

2 2 2 2

2

2 3 2

Bachelor of Applied Science - Building 159

Semester 11 - Autumn BGB609 Building Research I BGB024 BGB410 BGB605 BGB607 BGB621

Commercial Law Mechanical Estimating Building Development Techniques I Project Equipment and Safety I Applied Computer Techniques

Semester 12 - Spring BGB610 Building Research II MNB018 Industrial Relations BGB514 MNB028 BGB606 BGB608

Electrical Estimating Industrial Psychology Land Development Studies Project Equipment and Safety 11

Approx. Hrs/wk

2 1

2 2 2

Hrs/wk. 2 2

2 2

160 Bachelor of Applied Science-:- Building

14. For a registered student in the Bachelor of Applied Science course in Building, the subjects and other work of the two years full-time/ two years part-time study programme are as follows:

Full-Time Option

BGJ201 Bachelor of Applied Science - Building Course Structure

Full-Time Approx. Formal

Semester 1 - Autumn Hrs/wk.

BGB101 Construction, Materials & Methods I 3 BGB103 Material Science I 2 BGB105 Draughtsmanship 2 BGB106 Environmental Science 1 BGB107 Structural Mechanics I 2 BG BOOS Measurement of Construction I 3 CMB134 Communications 2 BGB017 Principles of Law I BGB007 Hygiene and Sanitation I MNB116 Behavioural Science I 2 BGB003 Economics of Construction Industry I MAB297 Mathematics for Construction 2

Semester 2 - Spring

BGB102 Construction, Materials & Methods II 3 BGB104 Material Science 11 2 SVB101 Surveying and Measuring 2 ACB698 Introduction to Computing 2 BGB108 Structural Meehan ics II 2 BGB109 Evolution of Building BGB006 Measurement of Construction 11 3 BGB018 Principles of Law 11 1 BG BOOB Hygiene and Sanitation 11 2 MNB117 Behavioural Science 11 2 BGB004 Economics of Construction Industry II

Semester 3 -Autumn

BGB201 Construction, Materials & Methods 111 3 BGB203 Material Science 111 1 BGB011 Building Acts and Regulations I 1 BGB205 Structural Mechanics 111 2 BGB013 Building Services I - HVAC 2 BGB009 Measurement of Construction 111 2 SVB201 Project Survey I 1 BGB019 Bu ii ding Services 111 - Lifts 2 BGB021 Building Contract Law I BGB403 Building Management I 2 BGB601 Formwork Design and Construction 2 BGB507 Valuations 2

Bachelor of Applied Science - Building 161

Semester 4 - Spring

BGB202 BGB204 BGB012 BGB206 BGB014 BGB010 SVB202 BGB020 BGB022 BGB408 BGB401 BGB404 BGB508

Part-Time

Construction, Materials and Methods IV Material Science IV Building Acts and Regulations 11 Structural Mechanics IV Building Services 11 - Elec. Measurement of Construction IV Project Survey I I Building Services IV - Acoustics Building Contract Law 11 Estimating I Building Economics and Cost Planning Building Management I I Law of Dilapidations

Semester 5 - Autumn

BGB303 BGB301 BGB501 AC8581 BGB513 BGB509

Building and Civil Engineering Construction I Construction, Materials and Methods V Estimating 11 Building Financial Management I Construction Planning Techniques Building Management 111

Semester 6 - Spring

BGB304 BGB502 BGB406 BGB522 BGB510

Building and Civil Engineering Construction 11 Estimating 111 Building Financial Management 11 Construction Operations Analysis Building Management IV

Semester 7 - Autumn

CEB701 BGB609 BGB024 BGB410 BGB605 BGB607 BGB621

Civil Engineering Quantities I Building Research I Commercial Law Mechanical Estimating Building Development Techniques I Project Equipment and Safety I Applied Computer Techniques

Semester 8 - Spring

BGB610 MNB018 BGB514 BGB606 MNB028 .BGB608

Building Research 11 Industrial Relations Electrical Estimating Land Development Studies Industrial Psychology Project Equipment and Safety 11

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

4

2 2 2

1 2 2 2 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 3 2

2 2

1 2 2 2

2 2

2 1 2

162 Schedule of Subjects and Pre-requisites

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS AND PRE-REQUISITES

Subject Pre-requisite

BGB201 Construction, Materials BGB102 Construction, Materials and and Methods 111 Methods II

BGB101 Construction, Materials and Methods I

BGB301 Construction, Materials BGB201 Construction, Materials and and Methods V Methods Ill

BGB202 Construction, Materials and Methods IV

BGB108 Structural Mechanics II BGB107 Structural Mechanics I MAB297 Mathematics for Construction

BGB205 Structural Mechanics 111 BGB107 Structural Mechanics I BGB108 Structural Mechanics II

BGB621 Applied Computer Techniques ACB698 Introduction to Computing

SVB201 Project Survey I SVB101 Surveying and Measuring

BGB415 Civil Engineering Quantities I BGB303 Building and Civil Engineering Construction I

BGB304 Building and Civil Engineering Construction II

BGB404 Building Management II BGB403 Building Management I

BGB509 Building Management Ill BGB403 Building Management I BGB404. Building Management 11

BGB510 Building Management IV BGB509 Building Management 111

BGB601 Formwork Design and BGB108 Structural Mechanics 11 Construction

BGB522 Construction Operations BGBfi03 .Construction Planning Analysis Techniques

BGB508 Law of Dilapidations BGB507 ,Valuations

BGB610 Building Research 11 BGB609 Building Research I

BGB502 Estimating 111 BGB501 Estimating II

BGB501 Estimating II BGB408 Estimating I

BGB410 Mechanical Estimating BGB013 Building Services I

BGB514 Electrical Estimating BGB104 Building Services 11 - Elec.

BGB608 Project Equipment & Safety II BGB607 Project Equipment & Safety I

BGB009 Measurement of Construction BGB006 Measurement of Construction 111 II

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS AND CO-REQUISITES

Subject

BGB205 Structural Mechanics Ill

BGB107 Structural Mechanics I

Co-requisite

BGB201 Construction, Materials and Methods Ill

MAB297 Mathematics for Construction

Bachelor of Applied Science - Quantity Surveying

164 Bachelor of Applied Science - Quantity Surveying

BGJ200 BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE

QUANTITY SURVEYING

The professional Quantity Surveyor is concerned today with the economic and sensible use of our resources when all costs are taken into consideration. These must include an evaluation of costs in terms of community needs as well as the actual costs of materials and labour. Consideration should also be given to the planned use of our building resources.

The course will attempt to give graduates an understanding of the national economy and its effect on the Building Industry.

This course as a whole will stimulate enquiry and will produce professional Quantity Surveyors who are more than technically proficient to exercise the normal day to day role expected of a professional.

The student will receive an education of sufficient depth in selected areas to enable him to adapt and contribute to the rapidly changing demands of the modern world.

Entrance Requirements - see page 87.

Course Rules:

·1. A registered student in the full programme for this course will be required to attend day release and evening study.

2. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be determined in accordance with the General Examination Rules.

3. Students gain credits for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

4. Students who pass all units in a semester as set out in Rule 13 will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

5. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of units from the next semester of the programme provided that -

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and, where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and

the hours associated with the selected programme fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules 6 and 7; and

the established timetable permits Jhe selected units to be studied concurrently.

In certain circumstances, students who fail cine unit which is pre­requisite or co-requisite for a second unit may nevertheless be deemed eligible to enrol in the second unit, such eligibility being determined by the Head of the Department administering the subject.

Bachelor of Applied Science - Quantity Surveying 165

6. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total number of hours associated with units selected for study should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme in Rule 13 and from which the majority of units have been selected.

7. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total hours associated with the units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme from which the majority of the units have been selected.

8. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the Semester Examinations, however, a student may be awarded a withheld result in accordance with the provisions of the General Examination Rules.

9. Pre-requisite and co-requisite subjects are shown in a Schedule attached to these rules.

10. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27).

11. A student must be employed in a Building or Quantity Surveying Office under the direction of a qualified Quantity Surveyor for three of the final four years of the course.

12. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve essential field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of Depart­ment, failure to attend these field trips will adversely effect assess­ment in the relevant subjects.

13. For a registered student in the Bachelor course in Quantity Surveying, the subjects and other work of the six years part-time programme are as follows -

BGJ200 Bachelor of Applied Science - Quantity Surveying Course Structure

Approx.

Semester 1 - Autumn

BGB101 BGB103 BGB105 BGB106 BGB107 MAB297

Construction, Materials & Methods I Material Science I Draughtsmanship Environmental Science Structural Mechanics I Mathematics for Construction

Semester 2 - Spring

BGB102 Construction, Materials & Methods II BGB104 Material Science II SVB101 Surveying and Measuring BGB108 Structural Mechanics II BGB110 BGB109

Principles of Measurement Evolution of Building

Formal Hrs/wk.

3 2 2

2 2

3 2 2 2

166 Bachelor of Applied Science - Quantity Surveying

Semester 3 - Autumn BGB201 Construction, Materials & Methods Ill BGB203 Material Science 111 BGB005 CMB134 BGB011 MNB031

Measurement of Construction I Communications Building Acts and Regulations I Government

Semester 4 - Spring

BGB202 BGB204 BGB006 BGB012 ACB698

Construction, Materials and Methods IV Material Science IV Measurement of Construction 11 Building Acts and Regulations II Introduction to Computing

Semester 5 - Autumn

Building Services I - H.V.A.C. BGB013 BGB303 BGB009 BGB017 BGB301 BGB007

Building and Civil Engineering Construction I Measurement of Construction 111 Principles of Law I Construction, Materials and Methods V Hygiene and Sanitation I

Semester 6 - Spring

Building Services II - Elec. BGB014 BGB304 BGB010 BGB018 BG BOOB BGB520

Building and Civil Engineering Construction II Measurement of Construction IV Principles of Law 11 Hygiene and Sanitation 11 Specification

Semester 7 - Autumn

BGB019 BGB021 CEB701 BGB307 BGB509 BGB618

Building Servic8' ill ""! ~!ft• Building Contract Law I Civil Engineering Quantities I Measurement of Construction V Buildi·ng Management Ill Office Management

Semester 8 - Spring

BGB020 BGB022 BGB408 CEB801 BGB308 BGB404

Building Services IV - Ac;guSlics Building Contract Law l! . Estimating I ''"-·· Civil Engineering Ouantitil!S II Measurement of Construction VI Building Management II

·--..... ·

Approx. Formal

Hrs/wk.

3 1 3 2

4 1 3 1 2

2 2 2 1 2

2 2 2 1 2 2

2 1 2 2 2

1 1· 2 2 2 2

Bachelor of Applied Science - Quantity Surveying 167

Approx. Hrs/wk

Semester 9 - Autumn

BGB501 Estimating 11 2 BGB003 Economics of Construction Industry I 1 BGB507 Valuations 2 ACB581 Building Financial Management I 2 BGB513 Construction Planning Techniques 2 BGB515 Post Contract Services I 2

Semester 10- Spring

BGB502 Estimating 111 2 BGB004 Economics of Construction Industry II 1 BGB508 Law of Dilapidations 1 BGB406 Building Financial Management II 2 BGB524 Measurement of Construction VII 2 BGB516 Post Contract Services 11 3

Semester 11 - Autumn

BGB609 Building Research I 2 BGB024 Commercial Law 1 BGB410 Mechanical Estimating 1 BGB605 Building Development Techniques I 2 BGB613 Advanced Measurement of Construction I 2. BGB511 Cost Planning and Cost Control 1 2

Semester 12- Spring

BGB610 Building Research II 2 MNB018 Industrial. Relations 2 BGB514 Electrical Estimating BGB614 Advanced .Measurement of Construction II 2 BGB616 Building Development Techniques II 1 BGB512 Cost Planning and Cost Contro1 II 3

168 Schedule of Subjects and Pre-requisites

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS AND PRE-REQUISITES

Subject

BGB201 Construction, Materials and Methods Ill

BGB610 Building Research II

BGB410 Mechanical Estimating

Pre-requisite

BGB101 Construction, Materials and Methods I

BGB102 Construction, Materials and Methods II

BGB107 Structural Mechanics I BGB108 Structural Mechanics II

BGB609 Building Research I

BGB013 Building Services I

BGB514 Electrical Estimating BGB014 Building Services 11

BGB009 Measurement of Construction 111 BGB006 Measurement of Construction II

BGB301 Construction, Materials and Methods V

BGB201 Construction, Materials and Methods Ill

BGB202 Construction, Materials and Methods IV

BGB308 Measurement of Construction IV BGB007 Hygiene and Sanitation I BGBOOS Hygiene and Sanitation 11

BGB542 Measurement of Construction VII BGB013 Building Services I - HVAC BGB014 Building Services II · Elec. BGB019 Building Services 111 - Lifts

BGB307 Measurement of Construction V BGB301 Construction, Materials and Methods V

BGB415 Civil Engineering Quantities I

BG8416 Civil Engineering Quantities II

BGB303 Building and Civil Engineering Construction I

BGB304 Building and Civil Engineering Construction II

BGB303 Building and Civil Engineering Construction I

BGB304 Building and Civil Engineering Construction 11

BGB501 Estimating II BGB408 Estimating I

BGB502 Estimating 111 BGB501 Estimating 11

BGB613 Advanced Measurement of BGB524 Measurement of Construction Construction I VII

BGB511 Cost Planning & Cost Control I BGB524 Measurement of Construction VII

BGB308 Measurement of Construction V.1

BGB307 Measurement of Construction v

BGB010 Measurement of Construction IV

BGB009 Measurement of Construction 111

Schedule of Subjects and Pre-requisites 169

BGB511 Cost Planning & Cost Control I BGB408 Estimating I (cont.) BGB501 Estimating 11

BGB502 Estimating 111

BGB512 Cost Planning & Cost Control II BGB511 Cost Planning and Cost Control I

BGB614 Advanced Measurement of BGB524 Measurement of Construction Construction 11 VII

BGB021 Building Contract Law I BGB017 Principles of Law I BGB018 Principles of Law 11

BGB022 Building Contract Law 11 BGB019 Building Services 111 - Lifts BGB018 Principles of Law 11

BGB108 Structural Mechanics II BGB107 Structural Mechanics I

MAB297 Mathematiics for Construction

BGB508 Law of Dilapidations BGB507 Valuations

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS AND CO-REQUISITES

Subject

BGB205 Structural Mechanics 111

BGB107 Structural Mechanics I

Co-requisite

BGB201 Construction Materials and Methods Ill

MAB297 Mathematics for Construction

Bachelor of Architecture

172 Bachelor of Architecture

ARJ192 BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE

The essence of this course is the development of design skills based on a broad foundation of general and design studies.

One of the characteristics - and one of the difficulties - in the profession of architecture is the broad range of activities encompassed.

Rimmer, the eminent legal authority. has said that "it is probable that the services of an architect in modern times are more comprehensive in their scope and more detailed in their application than those performed by any other profession".

This provides some special problems in education. Some of the graduates will specialise in fairly limited areas quite early in their professional careers while many will find it necessary to perform competently over a very wide spectrum.

To provide for such diversity this course is designed to provide a central core of design studies complemented by studies in related areas of know­ledge and in electives in fields of the student's own choice.

The general arrangement of the program provides areas of cultural study in the earlier years leading to more specific professional direction in the later years. The course considers the changing role of the architect in society and incorporates a wide range of studies in management, law and financial affairs.

The course recognises and defines the important complementary role to be played by office and field experience in the education of the student and adopts this as a significant element in the program. The studies draw extensively on the expert knowledge of the employing architects and on the expertise of the many part-time practitioners who participate in the teaching.

In summary, the course aims to prepare students to be capable practising architects who, subject to practice requirements, are eligible for member­ship of the Royal Australian Institute of Architects and eligible for regis­tration by the Board of Architects of Queensland.

Because the program is substantially different in structure from most other tertiary courses, intending students are invited to discuss their prospective careers with the Head of Department or the course co-ordin­ator.

Entrance Requirements - see page 87.

Course Rules:

1. The normal course program requires a student to attend for the equivalent of one full day and two evenings each week.

2. A student must be engaged in approved employment for four of the six years of the course, including one of the two final years. Approved employment is defined as working under the direction of an Architect.

Bachelor of Architecture 173

3. Students gain credits for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

4. Students who pass all units in a semester will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

5. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of units from the next semester of the programme provided that -

(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and

(ii) the hours associated with the selected programme fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules 6 and 7; and

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently. '

6. Except with the approval of the Head of School, the total of hours associated with units selected for study should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme.

7. Except with the approval of the Head of School, the total hours associated with the units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the pro­gramme from which the majority of the units have been selected.

8. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the Semester Examinations; however, a student may be awarded a with­held result in accordance with the provisions of the General Exam­ination Rules.

9. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27).

10 Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve essential field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of Depart­ment, failure to attend these field trips in the relevant subjects will adversely effect assessment.

11. For a registered student in this course, the subjects and other work of the six years part-time program is as follows -

ARJ192 Bachelor of Architecture Course Structure -

174 Bachelor of Architecture

YEAR 1 -

Semester 1 - Autumn

ARB191 Liberal Studies I

ARB193

ARB195

ARB197

Contemporary Civilization Language Freehand Drawing

Design Studies I Lectures and Studio Sessions

Technology I Lecture/Workshop/Studio Sessions

Field Studies 1A Flexible Program of Fieldwork

Semester 2 - Spring

ARB192 Liberal Studies 2

ARB194

ARB196

ARB198

YEAR 2-

Natural Environment Written Communication Applied Art

Design Studies 2 Lectures and Studio Sessions

Technology 2 Lecture/Workshop/Studio Sessions

Field Studies IB Flexible Program of Fieldwork

Semester 3 - Autumn

ARB291

ARB293

ARB295

ARB297

Liberal Studies 3 Recent History Modern Literature

Design Studies 3 Design Presentation I Design Studio I

Technology 3 Structural Mechanics I Materials Method and Structure I

Field Studies 2A Flexible work program

Semester 4 - Spring

ARB292 Liberal Studies 4

ARB294

ARB296

ARB298

European Cultural History Fine Art

Design Studies 4 Design Presentation 2 Design Studio 2

Technology 4 Structural Mechanics 2 Materials Method and Structure 2

Field Studies 2B Flexible Field Work Program

Hrs/wk.

2 2 2

3

3

2 2 2

3

3

2 2

2 2

1 3

2 1

2 3

3

Bachelor of Architecture 175

YEAR3-Semester 5 - Autumn

ARB391 Liberal Studies 5

ARB393

ARB395

ARB397

Elements of Law Government I

Design Studies 5 Design Theory I Design Studio 3

Technology 5 Structural Mechanics 3 Construction I Basic Engineering Services I Environmental Science I

Field Studies 3A Flexible Program of Fieldwork

Semester 6 - Spring

ARB392 Liberal Studies 6

ARB394

ARB396

ARB398

YEAR4-

Legislation Government 2

Design Studies 6 Design Theory 2 Design Studio 4

Technology 6 Structural Mechanics 4 Construction 2 Basic Engineering Services 2 Environmental Science 2

Field Studies 38 Flexible Program of Fieldwork

Semester 7 - Autumn ARB491

ARB493

ARB495

ARB497

Specifications Lecture and Seminar Sessions

Design 1 Lecture, Studio and Critique Sessions

Professional Studies I Lecture and Seminar Sessions

Field Studies 4 Flexible program of Fieldwork supplemented with Seminars

Semester 8 - Spring

ARB491 Specifications

ARB493

ARB495

ARB497

Lecture and Seminar Sessions Design I

Lecture, Studio and Critique Sessions Professional Studies I

Lecture and Seminar Sessions Field Studies 4

Flexible program of Fieldwork supplemented with Seminars

Hrs/wk.

1 4

2 1 1

4

2

2

8

2

2

8

2

176 Bachelor of Architecture

YEAR 5-

Semester 9 - Autumn ARB591 Elective I

Subject of the Student's Choice. May be taken at another Tertiary Institution.

ARB593 Design 2 Lecture, Studio & Critique Sessions

ARB595 Professional Studies 2

ARB597 Lecture and Seminar Sessions

Field Studies 5 Flexible program of Fieldwork supplemented with Seminars.

Semester 10 - Spring ARB591 Elective I

Subject of the Student's Choice. May be taken

Hrs/wk.

3

6

2

2

at another Tertiary Institution. 3 ARB593 Design 2

Lecture, Studio & Critique Sessions 6 ARB595 Professional Studies 2

Lecture and Seminar Sessions 2 ARB597 Field Studies 5

Flexible program of Fieldwork supplemented with Seminars. 2

YEAR 6-

Semester 11 - Autumn ARB691 Elective 2 (Thesis)

Major Individual Study Program with Individual Tutorials 6 ARB693 Design 3

Primarily Studio Sessions and Critiques 3 ARB695 Professional Studies 3

ARB697 Lecture and Seminar Series

Field Studies 6 Fieldwork Program with Discussion Groups from time to time.

Semester 12 - Spring ARB691 Elective 2 (Thesis)

3

Major Individual Study Program with Individual Tutorials 6 ARB693 Design 3

Primarily Studio Sessions and Critiques 3 ARB695 Professional Studies 3

ARB697 Lecture and Seminar Series

Field Studies 6 Fieldwork Program with Discussion Groups from time to time

3

Diploma in Architecture

178 Diploma in Architecture

DIPLOMA IN ARCHITECTURE

(For Recovery Students Only)

Students who require to complete units in this course to qualify for the award of the Diploma in Architecture should consult with the Head of Department prior to enrolment.

Diploma in Building

180 Diploma in Building

DIPLOMA IN BUILDING

(For Recovery Students Only)

Students who require to complete units in this course to qualify for the award of the Diploma in Building should consult with the Head of Department prior to enrolment.

Diploma in Quantity Surveying

182 Diploma in Quantity Surveying

DIPLOMA IN QUANTITY SURVEYING

(For Recovery Students Only)

Students who requite to complete units in this course to qualify for the award of the Diploma in Quantity Surveying should consult with the Head of Department prior to enrolment.

Associate Diploma Built Environment Technician

184 Associate Diploma Built Environment Technician

BTL 178 ASSOCIATE DIPLOMA BUil T ENVIRONMENT TECHNICIAN

This course is offered with entry at Grade 12 level to provide for the training of technicians for the Architecture, Planning and Landscape Architecture professions.

Entrance Requirements - See page 87.

Course Rules:

1. A registered student may only enrol as a full-time/part-time student.

2. The method of assessment to be used in the case of each subject will be determined in accordance with the General Examination Rules.

3. Students gain credit for passed units and are required to repeat failed units only.

4. Students who pass all units in a semester as set out in Rule 13 will be expected to enrol in the units set out for the following semester. Timetables are organised on the basis of this normal progression.

5. Students who fail units shall be allowed to proceed with the study of units from the next semester of the programme provided that -(i) they have successfully completed all pre-requisite units and,

where applicable, have also enrolled in the co-requisite units; and,

(ii) the hours associated with the selected programme fall between the maximum and minimum hours defined in Rules 6 and 7; and,

(iii) the established timetable permits the selected units to be studied concurrently.

In certain circumstances, students who fail one unit which is pre­requisite or co-requisite for a second unit may nevertheless be deemed eligible to enrol in the second unit, such eligibility being determined by the Head of the Department administering the subject.

6. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total of hours associated with units selected for study should not exceed the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme in Rule 13 and from which the majority of units have been selected.

7. Except with the approval of the Head of Department, the total of hours associated with the units selected for study shall not be less than 50% of the number of hours allocated to the semester of the programme from which the majority of the units have been selected.

Associate Diploma Built Environment Technician 185

8. No formal supplementary examinations will be offered following the Semester Examinations, however, a student may be awarded a withheld result in accordance with the provisions of the General Examination Rules.

9. Pre-requisite and co-requisite subjects are shown in a Schedule attached to these rules.

10. After the end of second semester and before graduation, students must be engaged in work allied to the architectural, planning or landscape professions as approved by the Head of School for a period of not Jess than twelve months.

11. Exemptions. Rules concerning the granting of exemptions are detailed under 'Rules Relating to Student Matters'. (See page 27).

12. Some essential teaching activities conducted off campus involve field trips. The Academic Board is required to approve essential field trips in each semester and students are expected to attend all such field trips. Except with the approval of the Head of School, failure to attend these field trips will adversely effect assessment in the relevant subjects.

13. For a registered student in the Associate Diploma Built Environment Technician the subjects and other work of the one year full-time and two years part-time are as follows -

BTL 178 Associate Diploma Built Environment Technician Course Structure

YEAR 1-

Semester 1 -Autumn (full-time all students) ARA 131 Perspective Presentation ARA 122 Art Graphics (a) ARA132 ARA133 CMA135 ARA125 ARA126 LPA127

ARA128

Freehand Drawing Draftsmanship Technical Communications I Design Appreciation I (a) Building Construction I (a) Natural Sciences I (a) Workshop and Modelmaking I (a)

Semester 2 - Spring (full-time all students) ARA 131 Perspective Presentation ARA222 Art Graphics (b) ARA132 ARA133 CMA235 ARA225 ARA226 LPA227 ARA228

Freehand Drawing Draftsmanship Technical Communications 11 Design Appreciation I (b) Building Construction I (b) Natural Sciences I (b) Workshop and Modelmaking I (bl

Approx. Hrs/wk.

2 2 2 3 2 2 8 2

2 2 2 3 2 2 8 2

186 Associate Diploma Built Environment Technician

YEAR2- Approx. Hrs/wk. Strand A Strand B

Semester 3 - Autumn (part-time all students) Option 1 Option 2

ARA323 Presentation Media 111 2 2 2

SVT300 Measurement I 1 1

ARA326 Building Construction 11 (a) 4

ARA325 Design Appreciation II (a) 3

ARA324 History of Built Environment I (a)

ARA321 Specifications I (a)

LPA335 Landscape Techniques & Materials I 2

LPA130 Cultural History of the Built Environment 1

LPA333 Landscape Construction I 3

LPA332 Introductory Planning Theory and Techniques I 2

LPA334 Survey and Analysis I 3 3

LPA327 Planning Legislation I 2

CET305 Introduction to Civil and Transport Engineering

Semester 4 - Spring (Part-time all students) ARA423 Presentation Media IV 2 2 2

ARA426 Building Construction 11 (b) 3 ARA440 Structural Mechanics 1

ARA425 Design Appreciation 11 (b) 3 ARA424 History of the Built Environment I (b) ARA421 Specifications I (b) ARA330 Building Services I

LPA435 Landscape Techniques and Materials 11 2

LPA434 Survey and Analysis 11 3 3

LPA433 Landscape Construction 11 2

LPA432 Introductory Planning Theory and Techniques 11 2

LPA427 Planning Legislation 11 1 SVT400 Measurement 11 3 3 CET305 Introduction to Civil and Transport

Engineering

YEAR3-

Semester 5 - Autumn (Part-time all students) ARA521 Drawing Office Practice ARA522 Building Construction 111 (a) 3 ARA525 Building Services 11 ARA527 Design Appreciation 111 3 ARA528 Legislation of Built Environment

LPA530 Introduction to Urban Studies I 2 2 LPA531 Introductory Resource Conservation

and Management I

CMA335 Technical Communications Ill 1% 1% LPA532 Practice and Procedures I 1 Y:z 1 Y:z

LPA533 Electives I 3 3 Field Work

Associate Diploma Built Environment Technician 187

Semester 6 - Spring (Part-time all students) ARA521 Drawing Office Practice ARA622 Building Construction 111 (b} ARA626 Building Services Ill ARA527 Design Appreciation 111 ARA528 Legislation of the Built Environment LPA630 Introduction to Urban Studies II LPA631 Introductory Resource Conservation and

CMA435 LPA632 LPA633

Management 11 Technical Communications IV Practice and Procedures 11 Elective II Field Work

Approx. Hrs/wk. Strand A Strand 8

Option 1 Option 2

1 3 1 3

2 2

1Y:. 1Y:. 1Y:. 1% 3 3

Synopses

190 Synopses

BGP331 BGP332 BGB613 BGB614

Aim:

SYNOPSES

Advanced Measurement of Construction I Advanced Measurement of Construction II Advanced Measurement of Construction I Advanced Measurement of Construction II

1. An in-depth study of those problems which arise due to a difference in interpretations of ASMM to make students aware of the various interpretations. 2. To resolve the many unsolved problems in the more difficult sections of ASMM. 3. To discuss and analyse the concepts of Measurement in the more complex and unusual construction solutions encountered by Senior members of the profession for current projects.

Synopsis: The series of lectures in this subject is to be used to study in depth, those problems which arise due to a difference in interpretation of ASMM. Students at this stage of their education normally have many unsolved problems and the opportuniity to discuss these in a lecture-seminar type situation is advantageous. It will also be used to give students an appreciation of the problems of interpretation.

The first lecture in the Autumn Semester will set forth the general approach and there will be a general discussion on the method of handling Trade Preambles and the framing of Item descriptions. The following trades will then be examined in detail - Excavator, Concretor, underpinning, Piling, Asphalter, Complex ground work and tunnelling, Bricklayer and Blocklayer, Drainer and Sanitary Engineer, special types of insitu concrete construction and all types of precast constructions, preparation of Preliminaries and Preambles for various types of contracts and the methods of pricing and paying for these items.

In the spring Semester, the following trades will be examined in detail - Structural Steel, Plasterer, Pavior, Tiler, Terrazzo Worker, Mason, Carpets and Curtains, Metalworker and Joinery Fittings, Roofer and roof plumber including steel tray roof, Glazier, Painter, Mechanical Engineer, External works including diversion of services, landscaping, roads, kerbing and channelling. Alterations and Demo­lition, forms of contract and builders selection, and team leadership and project control.

BGP325 BGB621

Aim:

Applied Computer Techniques Applied Computer Techniques

To evaluate a range of commercial and non-commercial computer programs designed for the construction industry.

Synopsis: The PERT package and products. The Line of Balance. PROSPER. Cash flows and plots.

Textbooks: QIT Computer Centre User Guide Halpin, D.W., and Woodhead, R.W., 'Design of Construction and Process Operations', Wiley 1976.

Synopses 191

LPB401 Applied Economic Studies Aim:

1. To encourage understanding of the state of the macro economic environ­ment especially as it is/will be affected by government stabilisation measures.

2. To show application of economics to the industries making up the built environment.

3. In the case of some students, to provide a basic input which will be developed in subsequent subjects.

Synopsis: Definitions, Objectives. and Methodology. The Structure of the Economy. Branches of Economics. Scarcity and alternatives. Economic cost. Demand, Supply, Prices, and Stocks. Aspects of Markets. Analysis of the Firm. (Professional Practice or Company.) Controls on Land Use and Operation of Enterprises. The Role and use of Finance. The Roles of Governments. Inflation and Unemployment. Stabilisation Policies.

CEB353 Applied Mechanics Aim: To provide sufficient theoretical basis for future studies in Structural Mechanics.

Synopsis: Loans on Structures. Equilibrium of Forces. Moments and Reactions. Bending Moment and Shear Forces. Stress and Strain. Bending stresses. Shear stresses. Fixed and Continuous Beams (qualitative). Theory of Columns. Truss analysis.

ARA122 ARA222

Aim:

Art Graphics (a) Art Graphics (b)

To develop skills in colour presentation using water colours and poster colours.

Synopsis: Water colour and poster colour sketching and rendering. Colour mixing. Character of pigments. Theory of colour, hue, tone value, chroma, Rood's Law, colour circle, colour harmony, tonal and colour discord. Application of colour theory to presentation. Techniques of water colour and mixed media.

MNB116 MNB117

Aim:

Behavioural Science I Behavioural Science II

To provide students with a better understanding of how people behave in business organizations and to improve competency in understanding and dealing with the human problems arising in such organizations.

Synopsis: Behavioural Science I - An introduction to perception, motivation, individual personality, social attitudes, group interaction and dynamics; social motives and the sources and resolution of conflict. Students will be introduced to the practical application and limitations of behavioural studies through the use of readings and case studies drawn from the building industry.

Behavioural Science II - An introduction to the job and responsibilities of management; the functions and role of the manager including planning, organ­ization, control, budgetings and decision making; styles of leadership. Students will discuss and assess the various leadership styles and their application in the building industry, together with an assessment of the decision making roles of the contractor, architect, unions, government and owner on the building site.

Textbooks: lvancevich et. al., 'Organizational Behaviour and Performance', Goodyear Santa Monica, 1977. or Reitz, 'Behaviour in Organizations', Irwin, Illinois, 1977.

192 Synopses

BGP003 BGP004

Building Acts and Regulations I Building Acts and Regulations II

Aim: To make the students aware of the importance of the relevant Building Acts and Regulations affecting Building and Civil Engineering Work.

Synopsis: Building Acts and Regulations I - Study of the Building Regulations and Acts, divisions, responsibilities. Procedure in passing and resolving Acts, Regulations, By-laws and Ordinances. Procedure in collecting information on Regulations and By-laws. Knowledgeable site representatives on practice. Questioning attitude and change. Special Acts; town planning procedure and preparation, land resumption, subdivision.

Building Acts and Regulations II - A detailed study of the 1975 Building Act and Standard Building By-laws, which control the design and construction of building works in Queensland, with particular emphasis on Building Codes referred to in the By-laws.

Textbooks: 'Building Act 1975', Government Printer 'Construction Safety Act', Government Printer 'Fire Safety Act', Government Printer 'Machinery Act 1971-1975', Government Printer 'Factories and Shops Act', Government Printer 'Health Act 1937-1967' 'Liquor Act 1912-1973' 'Acts Interpretation Act 1954-1971' Various other relevant Acts and Regulations

BGB011 BGB012

Building Acts and Regulations I Building Acts and Regulations II

Aim: To make the students aware of the importance of the relevant Building Acts and Regulations affecting Building and Civil Engineering Work.

Synopsis: Building Acts and Regulations I - A study of the following Acts which are closely associated with the 1975 Building Act:

Health Act 1937-1967 Factories and Shops Act 1960-1964 Construction Safety Act, 1971 Liquor Act 1912-1973 Acts Interpretation Act 1954-1971 Fire Safety Act 1974-1967.

Procedure in passing and resolving Acts, Regulations and By-laws. Procedure in collecting information on Regulations and By-laws. Knowledgeable site representatives.

Building Acts and Regulations II - A detailed study of the 1975 Building Act and Standard Building By-laws, which control the design and construction of building works in Queensland, with particular emphasis on Building Codes referred to in the By-laws.

Textbooks: 'Building Act 1975', Government Printer 'Construction Safety Act', Government Printer 'Fire Safety Act', Government Printer 'M&chinery act 1971-1975', Government Printer 'Factories and Shop Act', Government Printer 'Health Act 1937-1973' 'Liquor Act 1912-1973' 'Acts lnterpertation Act 1954-1971' Various other relevant Acts and Regulations

BGP115 BGP132 BG8303 BGB304

Aim:

Building & Civil Engineering Construction I Building & Civil Engineering Construction II Building & Civil Engineering Construction I Building & Civil Engineering Construction II

Synopses 193

To provide students with a sufficiently detailed knowledge of the methods employed in the execution of civil engineering construction so that an under­standing of the likely problems may be developed. The emphasis is directed towards the physical aspects of the work rather than towards the design and planning requirements.

Synopsis: Building and Civil Engineering Construction I - The subject is developed through the consideration of a range of techniques commonly used for the investigation and subsequent excavation of a large building site. The effectiveness and cost of competing methods is scrutinized as a basis for decision making.

The range of topics covers investigation methods, interpretation of results, shallow excavation, deep excavation, bulk excavation both at the surface and below ground, earth and rock retaining systems, underpinning methods, rock excavation and explosives handling. Where appropriate, dewatering methods are discussed in detail together with the behaviour of soils under varying moisture conditions.

The first part concludes with discussions on the techniques of pile driving, bored pier construction and special foundation problems.

Building and Civil Engineering Construction II -The second part of the course is directed towards a study of civil engineering structures and the problems associated with their construction. Particular attention is given to the need for fakework and temporary works and their effect on cost.

The range of topics covers bridges, wharves, dams, reservoirs and pump stations. The construction of these structures in reinforced concrete, steel and prestressed concrete is discussed with the particular problems of each form identified and a choice of corrective techniques offered.

The course concludes with a discussion of the problems faced in the demolition of structures, particularly those associated with prestressed concrete construction.

ARB712 Building Construction I

Aim: To encourage understanding of materials, how they behave and are used in the manufacturing and construction processes, and how these considerations relate to the form and structure of low rise industrial and medium rise residential and commercial buildings.

Synopsis: Study of the uses of materials and construction of a range of structures progressing in scale from single to multi storey buildings under the elements outlined below. Such structures will be examined with regard to the environmental, structural, and aesthetic requirements and taking account of constraints such as cost, dimensional requirements, statutory regulations, life, adaptability, manu­facturing, and erection requirements.

Sub-structure: single storey or partly submerged basement foundations, exca­vations, waterproofing.

Columns and Upper Floors: reinforced concrete-formwork, steel and concrete in simple one and two way slabs. Structural Steel - hot rolled and cold formed members. Composite construction. Load bearing walls.

Staircases: steel, insitu and precast concrete. Ramps. Balustrading and handrails.

(cont'd.)

194 Synopses

ARB712 Building Construction I (cont'd.)

Roofs: beam and slab, lattice girders, trusses, portal frames, space frames, shell roofs, folded plates, arches, tension structures and cable stayed roofs. Roof lights, patent glazing. Coverings -lightweight decking, sheet roofing. Rainwater goods - gutters and downpipes.

External Walls: masonry and low bearing and penal construction. Sheet cladding, steel, aluminium and asbestos cement. Tilt-up construction.

Windows: Aluminium, steel, stainless steel windows.

External Doors: Industrial horizontal and vertical sliding, folding and roller shutter doors.

Internal Walls: Wire screens and industrial partitions. Toilet partitions etc.

ARB716 Building Construction II

Aim: To encourage understanding of materials, how they behave and are used in the manufacturing and construction processes, and how these considerations relate to the form and structure of high rise commercial buildings.

Synopsis: Study of the uses of materials and construction of high rise commercial structures under the elements outlined below. Such structures to be examined with regard to the environmental, structural, and aesthetic requirements and taking account of constraints such as cost, dimensional requirements, statutory regulations, life, adaptability, manufacturing, and erection requirements.

Sub-structure: basement foundations excavation, waterproofing. Raft, pier and pile foundations. Excavation equipment.

Columns and Upper Floors: reinforced concrete-formwork, steel and concrete in one and two way systems. Composite construction, metaldecking. Precast concrete frames, load bearing walls, standardised components, screeds etc. Prestressed construction.

External walls: precast concrete cladding. Curtain walling, shop fronts and suspended glass assemblies.

Windows: aluminium, steel, stainless steel windows for high rise construction. Remote control operated windows. Sun protection and shading devices. Double glazing.

External Doors: Aluminium glazed side hung and sliding manual and automatic control doors. Toughened glass etc.

Internal walls: Moveable walls, tract, portable panels. Metal and timber stud partitions. Demountable.

Internal Doors: Side hung, sliding, fire and sound resistant doors and frames. Roller grilles. Ironmongery.

Wall Finishes: Rendered, tiled and sprayed finishes. Stone lining.

Floor Finishes: Precast concrete, brick and stone pavings. Exposed aggregate. Conductive and anti-static floors. Cavity, spring and sound proof flooring. Floor ducts.

Ceiling Finishes: Rendered and sprayed finish. Fire ceilings. Flat, profile, integrated and decorative suspended ceilings. Suspension and framing systems.

Fire Protection: grading, load and resistance. Combustible materials. Fire resistant construction and equipment. Means of escape and fire fighting.

Fittings and Furniture: Desk, bench, cupboard and wardrobe construction, display cabinets, seats, mirrors, crush barriers, flag poles.

Special Equipment:

External Works: Roads, footpaths, fence.

ARA126 ARA226

Aim:

Building Construction I (a) Building Construction I (b)

Synopses 195

To develop in the student a sound knowledge of building materials, their use in construction, and techniques of building simple structures.

Synopsis: Introduction to building and architecture; Trades involved. Explanation of plans, sections, elevations; Construction Drawing practice; Lettering. The building site, outline of site data. Elementary mechanics of building construction, sufficient to understand principles of construction.

Techniques of construction for simple structures with special reference to domestic work; carpentry, brick and concrete block, concrete, internal and external finishes, windows, special construction such as cyclone construction.

ARA326 ARA426

Aim:

Building Construction II (a) Building Construction II (b)

To further students' knowledge and understanding of materials and their uses in building construction.

Synopsis: Building Construction II (a) - Building Plant, Fire resisting Construction,. Elementary Steel and Concrete Construction, Retaining walls, Steel frame design and details.

Building Construction II (b)- Detailed study of special items of construction such as chimneys, staircases, joinery, fittings, furniture and wall finishes.

ARA522 ARA622

Aim:

Building Construction lll(a) Building Construction lll(b)

1. - To familiarise students with all aspects of plumbing and drainage of buildings. 2. - To give students a sound groundwork in advanced building construction.

Synopsis: Building Construction IV - Water Supply to buildings; source of supply, storage and distribution; Hot water installations; Sanitation, septic tanks, absorption and transpiration beds; Drainage systems; sanitary fittings; Stormwater and Sewerage disposal; Garbage and refuse disposal.

Building Construction V- D.etailed study of advanced building methods related to structural mechanics, details of cladding, and finishing of framed structures. Methods and approximate estimating in particular the role of the Quantity Surveyor in relation to the Architect.

BGD616 Building Contract Law

Aim: To provide students with sufficient background knowledge of contract law closely related to the practice of building.

Synopsis: The nature, formation and construction of the various standard forms of building and engineering contracts and sub-contracts. A specific study of the Lump Sum Contract standard form issued under the sanction of the RAIA and the M BFA and of the standard forms issued by Commonwealth and State Department of Works.

196 Synopses

BGP111 BGP112 BGB021 BGB022

Aim:

Building Contract Law I Building Contract Law II Building Contract Law I Building Contract Law II

To provide the students with a greater understanding of the law relating to building and engineering agreements and of the practices relating in the building industry.

Synopsis: Building Contract Law I - Nature, formation and types of contract. Offer and acceptance. Consideration. The nature of mistake, fraud and misrepresentation. Agency, duties, liabilities and determination. Discharge and assignment of contracts. Remedies for breach of contract.

The parties to building contracts and the persons connected therewith. The rights of builders, building owners, adjoining owners and third parties. The admin­istration of a building contract. The principal statutes and case law affecting building contracts.

Building Contract Law II - The nature, formation and construction of the various standard forms of building and engineering contracts and sub-contracts. A specific study of the Lump Sum Contract standard form issued under the sanction of the RAIA and the M BFA and of the standard forms issued by the Commonwealth Department of Construction and State Department of Works. This study is to follow the heading set out in Building Contracts I, as they relate particularly to these standard forms of Contract.

Textbooks: R. Brooking, 'Building Contracts', Butterworth, 1979. Various standard forms of Building Contracts.

BGP008 BGB605

Building Development Techniques I Building Development Techniques I

Aim: To provide students with a knowledge of the steps and the basic techniques used in the building development process.

Synopsis: Preliminary investigation - surveys, demand and rental studies, authorities, development restrictions, services, profitability, commercial assessment, land values, options. Purchase -terms, legal documentation, consolidation, surveys. Commissioning design team -building use, facilities, quality, staging, financing, tenants. Instruct Consultants, analyse alternatives, value engineering, market­ability, income and outgoings, commercial assessment from sk.etch through to working drawings.

Cost control through cost planning, from sketch design to completion. Time control through umbrella, design, and construction progri:imming. Tender procedures and negotiations, contract documentation: Leasing, brochures, publicity, letting agents, targets. Authorisation of construction payments, monthly reports, co-ordination meetings, refinancing negotiations. Finalisation of project, certificates, finalise building contract variations. Financing projects and Cash Flow.

Textbooks: 'Real Estate Practice in Australia', The Real estate and Stock Institute of Australia · 0. Marriot, 'The Property Boom', Hamish Hamilton Wendt, P.F. and Cork, Alan R., 'Real Estate Investment Analysis and Taxation', McGraw-Hill Book Co.

BGP009 BGB616

Aim:

Building Development Techniques II Building Development Techniques II

Synopses 197

To provide students with a knowledge of the steps and the basic techniques used in the building development process.

Building Development Techniques I is a pre-requisite subject for Building Development Techniques II, which examines feasibility aspects of construction projects. Economics of the Construction Industries and Finance for Projects and Practices are pre-requisite subjects.

Synopsis: Aims of feasibility studies. Market studies. Location surveys. Cost analysis. Evaluation techniques, both conventional and discounting. Cash flows analysis and including Sensitivity analysis.

ARP524 Building Economics

(a) Estimating - square cost preliminary estimates through to detailed elemental estimates, definition of elements. Cost Planning- from inception to tender. Types of contract. Post Contract Control. Built-up Rates - simplified price analysis. Building Services Cost Control. Elemental Analyses. Feasibility Studies (example). Detailed elemental analysis - practical by students based on drawing and specification.

(b) Real Property Markets. Structure and Operation of the Construction Industries. Stability and Instability. The Finance Industries. Cost and Revenues Analysis. Project Evaluation. Project Control. Economics of Design. Viability of Practices.

BGP134 BGB401

Aim:

Building Economics and Cost Planning Building Economics and Cost Planning

To examine the concept of cost control systems and to develop and reinforce the basic skills in Quantity Surveying.

Synopsis: The concept of Cost Control - building outputs and costs; comparison of cost planning and approximate estimating. · ·

Cost implication of design Variables - perimeter/floor area ratio; size of building circulation space; storey height; implication of Buildiing height variations; column spacings, floor spans and loading. · ·

Effect of site conditions on building costs; cost implication of prefabrication and standardisation.

Approximate Estimating - types and uses.

Measurement of variations; adjustment of prime cost and provisional sums.

Cost analyses, Indices and Data, application and use of cost analyses; cost data; worked examples covering the preparation and adjustment of cost plans.

Bulk checking techniques and checking for Bill of quantity discrepancies.

Textbook: Seeley, l.M. 'Building Economics'.

198 Synopses

ACP581 ACB581

Aim:

Building Financial Management I Building Financial Management I

(a) - To develop an awareness of the accounting process and accounting systems in the Building Industry. · (b) - An introduction to Financial Management.

Synopsis: The development, influences and products of Accounting. The nature of Assets, Liabilities and Proprietorship. The Accounting Equation and the Balance Sheet. Ledger Accounts and the Double Entry System. The Accounting Period and Profit Determination. Accounting for Cash. Budgeting. Accounting for Fixed Assets. Different forms of Ownership and Capital Structure formation. Introduction to the Analysis and Interpretation of Accounting Reports.

Textbook: Gole, V.L., 'Fundamentals of Financial Management in Australia', 2nd Edition, Butterworths, 1976.

BGP114 BGB406

Building and Flnanclal Management II Building and Financial Management II

Aim: To develop an advanced skill in Engineering Economy and Financial Management.

Synopsis: Search and Selection of Construction Projects. The Discount Rate - The Cost of Capital, and Return on Investment, and to Opportunity Cost. Cash Flows and Contract Mark-Up. Risk, Uncertainty and Inflation in Capital Investment Decis­ions. Analysis and Interpretation of Financial Statements. lnterfirm Comparison in the Building Industry. Sources of Funds & Classifications in the Structure of Funds.

Textbooks: Pilcher, R., 'Principles of Construction Management', 2nd Edition, McGraw 1976. Harris, F. and McCaffer, R., 'Modern Construction Management', CLS 1977.

BGP313 Building Management I

Aim: An introduction to the application of quantitative techniques in the Building Industry.

Synopsis: Data recording and presentation techniques. The weighted index. Probability and expected value. Frequency and probability distributions. The normal distribution and control charts. Chi square, regression and multiple regression. Input-Output models. Work study techniques with' particular attention to the Method Productivity Delay Model. Value analysis in building design and production.

Textbooks: Woodward, J.F., 'Quantitative Methods in Construction Management and Design'. Adrian, J.J., 'Quantitative Methods in Construction Management'.

Synopses 199

BGB403 Building Management I Aim: To introduce students to management principles, to provide an overview of the construction industry and an introduction to management practice within the building industry.

Synopsis: Management in Principle - Authoritarian v. Democratic approach. Fundamentals of management. Roles of policy maker and executive. Accountability. Commun­ication. Problem Solving. Organization structures and relationships, formal and informal structures, latest trends in organization.

Management in Practice - Building industry participants -client to builder, and their possible relationship and operational sequence. Systems in the building industry. Contract management and head office - small and large contracts. Management job description-Contracts, Plant, Estimating, Purchasing, Planning and Accounting Heads. Contract Terminology. Types of tenders and contracts. Controlling incoming work - securing contract, bidding theory and strategy, influence on cash flow. Estimating and tendering practice -problems, sequence, preparation. Building Trades Awards -definition, pay and conditions. Builder's Registration Act, Queensland.

Textbook: E.F.L. Brech, 'Construction Management in Principle and Practice.'

BGP314 Building Management II Aim: To develop skills in the financial planning and control of the construction project.

Synopsis: The Capital Expenditure Process. Project Control Concepts. The Theory of Three. Preconstruction Budget. Budget Management. Materials Control. Per­formance Analysis. Trend evaluation. Forecasting Techniques. Progress Reports. Cost Reports. Financial Status Reports. Computer Applications in Expenditure, Control and Forecasting. Equipment Policy. Equipment Economics. Equipment Financing. Maintenance Management. Computer Models for Equipment Life.

Textbooks: Douglas, J. 'Construction Equipment Policy', McGraw, 1975. Antill, J.M., 'Civil Engineering Management', Angus and Robertson, 1976.

BGB404 Building Management II Aim: A study of the more advanced management principles and their application to site administration and management.

Synopsis: Directing, delegation and co-ordination; administration from the standpoint of the most effective use of resources (people, equipment, materials and money); the optimization problem and the use of simulation. Administration - pre­commencement stage, insurance. Site layout and organization - circulation, equipment, plant and storage location. Site offices and facilities. Contract period administration - personnel, responsibilities. Purchasing and ordering procedures, records and returns. Communications. Unit costing, quality control, site time control. Subcontractor specialist - policy. Planning, co-ordination and pro­gramming. Site management and supervision, payment and records, commun­ications, failure. Plant Management-purchasev. hire, working costs, depreciation, overhead, residual value. Plant yard. Records, administration. training. Schedules and economic analysis. Contract Supervision -responsibilities. Progress pay­ments, variations, final accounts. Textbooks:

E.F.L. Brech, 'Construction Management in Principles and Practice'. R. Oxley, J. Poskitt, 'Management Techniques Applied to the Construction Industry'.

200 Synopses

BG8509 Building Management Ill

Same synopsis as 'BGP313 Building Management I'.

BG8510 Building Management IV

Same synopsis as 'BGP314 Building Management II'.

BGB530 Building Management and Research I

Aim: 1. To introduce students to building management principles, to provide an

overview of the construction industry and an introduction to management practice within the building industry.

2. To provide an opportunity for students to undertake personal research into a directed area of study.

Synopsis: Building industry participants, client to builder, and their possible relationship and operational sequency. Systems in the building industry. Contract manage­ment and head office - small and large contracts. Management job description -Contracts, Plant, Estimating, Purchasing, Planning and Accounting Heads. Contract Terminology. Types of tenders and contracts. Controlling incoming work - securing contract, bidding theory and strategy, influence on cash flow. Estimating and tendering practice - problems, sequence, preparation. Building Trades Awards - definition, pay and conditions. Builder's Registration Act, Queensland.

Detailed investigation and presentation of research in a topic selected from a given range. The work is to be presented in a professional manner.

BGB630 Building Management and Research II

Aim: 1. A study of the more advanced management principles and their application

to site administration and management.

2. To provide an opportunity for students to undertake personal research into a directed area of study.

Synopsis: Directing, delegation and co-ordination; administration from the standpoint of the most effective use of resources (people, equipment, materials and money); the optimization problem and the use of stimulation. Administration - pre­commencement stage, insurance. Site layout and organization - circulation, equipment, plant and storage location, site offices and facilities. Contract period administration - personnel, responsibilities. Purchasing and ordering procedures, records and returns. Communications. Unit costing. quality control, site time control. Subcontractor specialist - policy. Planning, co-ordination and pro­gramming. Site management and supervision, payment and records, commun­ications, failure. Plant Management -purchase versus hire, working costs, depreciation, overhead, residual value. Plant yard. Records, administration. Training. Schedules and economic analysis. Contract Supervision - respons­ibilities. Progress payments, variations, final accounts.

Details investigation and presentation of research in a topic selected from a given rai:ige; The work is to be presented in a professional manner.

BGP315 BGP316 BGB609 BGB610

Aim:

Building Research I Building Research II Bulldlng Research I Bulldlng Research II

Synopses 201

(a) - To develop an understanding of the nature and management of research in the building industry. (b) - To develop a skill in bibliographic surveys.

Synopsis: ... Building Research I - History of Building Research. The Defm1t1on of Research. Australian and International Building Research Organizations. The Nature of the Building Industry and Implications for Research. Financing Research. Future Developments in Building Research. Research Management. The Research Process.

Building Research II - The development and presentation of a bibliographic review commenced in Building Research I. ARA330 Building Services I Aim· To give an understanding of the principles of electrical and telephone services and illumination.

Synopsis: A study of the theory aild installation in buildings of engineering services associated with electrical services and illumination. ARA525 Building Services II ARA626 Building Services Ill Aim: To generate an understanding of the principles of various building services. Synopsis: Building Services II - Study of theory and installation in buildings of engineering services associated with lifts, escalators, and fire protection.

Building Services Ill - Study of theory and installation in buildings of engineering services associated with noise transmission, vibration, and acoustical treatment. BGP119 Building Services I - HVAC

Mechanical Ventilation, Heating and Air Conditioning Aim: The main th rust is to develop an understanding of the components of each system and the problems associated with their construction and installation. How they affect the design and cost of various building elements and types and designs. The student should have sufficient theoretical knowledge to appreciate the application of a particular system. Synopsis: Minimum standards of ventilation required by the Regulatory Authorities - Fans, centrifugal and axial flow and their applications. Ductwork, details of layout construction and installation; ductwork accessories - dampers, grilles, methods of support, fire protection, insulation, construction and installation. Requirements for human comfort in air conditioning. The AHSRAE Comfort Chart; the principles of refrigeration by vapour compression and absorption. Types of air conditioning systems and their composition; application, construction and installation of packaged units, central systems, chilled water, fan coil systems and high pressure systems etc. Cost of air conditioning. ·

Heating - space and water heating by electricity, gas, fuel, oil, solid fuel, solar energy, calorific values, efficiency, cost of fuels, capital and annual cost, construction and installation. Textbooks:

Carrier, Cherne, Grant, 'Modern Air Conditioning, Heating irnd Ventilating'. Faber and Kell, 'Heating and Air Conditioning of Buildings.'

202 Synopses

BGB013 Building Services I - HVAC

Aim: The main thrust is to develop an understanding of the components of each system and the problems associated with their construction and installation. How they affect the design and cost of various buildinng elements and types and designs. The student should have sufficient theoretical knowledge to appreciate the application of a particular system.

Synopsis: Minimum standards of ventilation required by the Regulatory Authorities - Fans, centrifugal and axial flow and their applications. Ductwork, details of layout construction and installation: ductwork accessories - dampers, grilles, methods of support, fire protection, insulation, construction and installation.

Requirements for human comfort in air conditioning. The ASHRAE Comfort Chart; the principles of refrigeration by vapour compression and absorption. Types of air conditioning systems and their composition; application, construction and installation of packaged units, central systems, chilled water, fan coil systems and high pressure systems etc. Cost of air conditioning.

Heating - space and water heating by electricity, gas, fuel oil, solid fuel, solar energy, calorific values, efficiency, cost of fuels, capital and annual cost, construction and installation.

Effect of Building Ordinances on design and installation of air conditioning and ventilation systems. Space requirements and plant room location.

BGP120 BGB014

Building Services II - Electrical Building Services II - Electrical

Electrical Services In Buildings

Aim: The main thrust is to develop an understanding of the components of each system and the problems associated with their construction and installation. How they affect the design and cost of various building elements and types and designs. The student should have sufficient theoretical knowledge to appreciate the application of a particular system.

Synopsis: Electricity supply and distribution.High and low tension supply. Standardization of voltage and tariff arrangement. Measuring current, cut-outs, intake and distribution. Internal distribution. Large supply installation, sub-station. Fuse gear and switch gear.

Wiring systems and circuits. Conduit and cables - types, sizes, rating, covering. Arrangement of circuits, layout, number of points, fuse positions. Loading of cables, looping-in wiring system, joint boxes, multi-box switching. Heading circuits. Earth connections.

Protection of conduit, conductor and accessories against mechanical damage, weather, dampness, fire, electric shock.

Assessment of maximum demand and voltage drop. Earth tests.

Tools and tool equipment - pulleys, winches, cutters, bending tools, handling equipmment. Fastenings and supports and installation methods of conduit, steel ducting, junctions, jointing, feeding.

Measurement and control equipment - meters, switches, switch gear, circuit breakers, starters, thermostats. Accessibility and protection.

Lighting equipment- lamps, tubes, reflectors, spacing and mounting. SAA Code.

Artificial Lighting.

(cont'd.)

BGP120 BGB014

Building Services II - Electrical (cont'd.) Building Services II - Electrical (cont'd.I

Synopses 203

Domestic and Industrial and Commercial Appliances - heaters, stoves, fans, boilers, transformers, motors, welding, charging, cranes, hoists, refrigeration, lifts, etc.

Bus bar systems, raceways and fittings.

Testing and fault locating - continuity, earthing, connection and acceptance tests.

Special situations - electrical installation.

Textbook: 'S.A.A. Wiring Rules', Standards Association of Australia.

BGPOOS BGB019

Aim:

Building Services Ill - Lifts Building Services Ill - Lifts

The main thrust is to develop an understanding of the components of each system and the problems associated with their construction and installation. How they affect the design and cost of various building elements and types and designs. The student should have sufficient theoretical knowledge to appreciate the application of a particular system.

Synopsis: Transportation of People and Goods - Passenger, goods and service lifts -planning disposition, electric and electro-hydraulic, control systems, power door, indication, alarm and intercommunication systems, bodywork, guides and shoes, safety gears, regulatory requirements, approximate traffic calculations. Escalators and moving walks - use, widths and ratings, regulatory requirements, angles, balustrading, supports.

Selective vertical conveyors. Mechanical car parking. Planning and scheduling of lift contracts, requirements, reducing installation time, ancillary building work, lift wells. Use of lift by Builders. Australian standard Lift Code and special provisions required in a building housing a lift. Cost of lifts and their effect on the cost of buildings.

Fire Protection - Sprinklers, detectors, alarms, extinguishers.

Telephone and Sound Systems - PMG systems, intercommunication, record player, tape recording, microphones, loudspeaker systems, PABX, Room requirements.

Intrusion Alarm Systems -Audio, ultrasonic, capacitance, photoelectric systems, perimeter protection.

Clocks and Time Systems - Master clock, minute impulse, central dual motor clock and electronic controlled clock systems.

Swimming Pool - Water filtration and heating. Textbook:

G. Strakosel, 'Vertical Transportation'.

BGP006 BGB020

Aim:

Building Services IV - Acoustics Building Services IV - Acoustics

The main thrust is to develop an understanding of the components of each system and the problems associated with their construction and installation. How they affect the design and cost of various building elements and types and designs. The student should have sufficient theoretical knowledge to appreciate the application of a particular system.

(cont'd.)

204 Synopses

BGP006 BGB020

Building Services IV - Acoustics (cont'd.) Building Services IV - Acoustics (cont'd.)

Synopsis: Study of acoustics with particular reference to building noise transmission and abatement. Insulators and absorbents -construction properties and application. Sources of noise, paths of noise transmission, transmission loss of partition walls. Mass law -coincidence effects, cavity walls, doors, windows, small openings. Impact sound transmission, fan and air distribution noises, noise criteria curves, attenuation in duct systems, fan absorption plenums, associated equipment noises. Case studies relating to room acoustics and noise abatement in domestic, commercial, industrial, school, theatre and church buildings, and concert halls, opera houses and city zones.

Textbook: Parkin and Humphrey, 'Acoustics of Building'.

ARP642 Case Studies

Aim: To allow students to review current work/projects involving practising designers. To encapsulate a professional Industrial design area by means of single design examples from professionals in that area.

Synopsis: A range of manufactured products to be assessed in terms of consumer response. Anthropometrics, Ergonomics, Structure, Appearance, Safety economics, Aesthetics, need for the product in human terms in relation to the designers philosophy.

An evaluation of artifacts and designs which have remained design achievements by contemporary standards from Leonardo's flying machines. Arkwright's 'spinning jenny' to Reni Maclntoch's clock, chairs, and wrought iron work.

A close examination of twentieth century Industrial design contributions to the state of the Art. A history of the development of a particular design and an analysis of the end result in terms of:

(a) - Brief. (b) - Conceptual design stage. (c) - Prototype. (d) - Marketing. (f) - Evaluation.

CEP301 Civil Engineering Quantities I CEB701 Civil Engineering Quantities I

Aim: To develop and reinforce the basic skills in the measurement of Civil Engineering Quantities.

Synopsis: Civil Engineering Quantities I - Introduction to the measurement of Civil Engineering works based on the study of SMM of Civil Engineering Quantities. Detailed study of construction methods, plant, specification and measurement of:

Earthworks - clearing, levelling, borrow, compaction, control tests, quarries and dredging etc. Roadworks - survey, clearing, bulk excavation and filling, pavement construction, kerbing, culverts, stormwater. Bridges - types of structures, foundations, prestressed concrete.

Brief introduction to computer applications such as earthwork calculations, bridge reinforcement etc.

Textbook: Australian Standard A 1181, 1971, 'Methods of Measurement of Civil Engineering Quantities'.

CEP401 CEB801

Aim:

Clvll Engineering Quantities II Civil Engineering Quantities II

Synopses 205

To develop and reinforce the basic skills in the measurement of Civil Engineering Quantities.

Synopsis: Further study of S.M.M.M. of Civil Engineering Quantities leading to measurement of:

Foundations - pad footings, piles and piers. Bridges - further study, including abutments, superstructure, approach embank­ments, safety structures etc. Wharves - over water work, deck structures etc. Specialised Earthworks -tunnelling, dredging, quarrying; open cuts, earthworks, earth dams.

Textbook: Australian Standard A1181, 1971, 'Methods of Measurement of Civil Engineering Quantities'.

BGP323 BGB024

Aim:

Commercial Law Commercial Law

To provide the students with a broad general knowledge of the law as it affects the ccnstruction industry.

Synopsis: Sale of goods, Hire Purchase. Negotiable Instruments. Insurance Law. Partnership Law and General Principles of Company Law. Bankruptcy and Liquidation.

Textbook: Australian Mercantile Law, 15th ed., Yorston and Fortescue.

ARB702 Communication I

Visual Communication I Aim: To introduce students to the skills and techniques of representation in drawn and modelled form.

Synopsis: An introduction to various presentation media. During this semester, the course will concentrate on providing an overview of and practical experience in the principle aspects of freehand drawing and three-dimensional modelling as a basis for further, more specific skills development

Oral Communication

Aim: 1. - To give students the opportunity to apply communication theory and develop practical speech communication skills. 2. - To introduce students to an understanding of the techniques of interviewing. 3. - To introduce students to the organisation and practice of conferences. 4. - To introduce students to verbal and non-verbal aspects of the interpersonal communication process.

Synopsis: Students will be instructed in the principles of effective oral communication in individual and group settings and will develop skill and confidence through appropriate graduated exercises.

206 Synopses

ARB703 Communication II

Visual Communication II

Aim: To expand on the range of skills and techniques introduced in Visual Commun­ication I and to encourage the development of individual abilities and preferences in particular aspects of presentation media.

Synopsis: An expansion on the basics introduced in Semester 1 with increased attention being paid to the range of available technical aids, the use of reproduction equipment and development of greater workshop skills.

Written Communication

Status: Aim: This subject is designed to enhance the student's grasp of the principles and skills of written communication by encouraging:

1. - An improved ability to use written communication logically and clearly; 2. - A level of competence in writing in special forms; 3. - An awareness of the nature of literature both creative and utilitarian.

Synopsis: The elements of the subject are the writing process (planning and outlining: topic and development; logic and evidence; transition and parallelism; diction and tone), the editing process (conciseness; avoidance cliches, faulty parallelism, faulty pronoun reference and comma splice), forms of writing (research essay, reports, memoranda and correspondence), and the literary process (study and analysis of selected fiction and non-fiction).

CMB134 Communications

Aim: To train students to communicate effectively with the public and with their peers by developing the skills of reading and writing and spoken communication with special reference to professional and administrative contexts.

Synopsis: Theory of Communication: processes, variables, effects. The Library Paper: preparation and presentation of research papers. Instructions and Process: explaining how to do something. Description of Mechanism: explaining how something works. Description: practical applications. Definition: explaining what something is. Analysis: putting things in sequence. Analysis: answering why. Business Correspondence: objectives, format. Business Correspondence: com­position. report Writing: planning, preparation. Report Writing: presentation, edlting. Writing Summaries. Visuals in format writing. Applications and Revision. Speech Preparation: choosing a subject; Speech content; Interviewing; Oral style; Vocal communication; Visual communication; Speech assessment; Listen­ing skills; Speaking to inform; Speech assessment; Speaking to persuade; Audience analysis; feedback; Discussion techniques; Revision; Speech assessment.

LPP852 LPP862 Aim:

Community Studies I Community Studies II

To consolidate and develop the students awareness and understanding of the social context in which Planning takes place.

Scope and Content: Society - change and development: through case studies in industrialised and developing countries, in urban and rural situations in ethnic and racial groups. Politics of Community: through case studies of community interest groups. Social Policy and administration: origin and theory; case studies of available programs.

Synopses 207

BGB330 Construction I

Aims: 1. To foster an awareness of the peculiarities of building as a non-repetitive

industry and the effects of policies in the housing industry.

2. To introduce students to basic concepts of construction related to the School's professional areas through an element approach.

3. To encourage construction development through associated workshop and practical exercises.

Synopsis: Section A -An illustrated review of small scale building throughout Australia. The Australian housing industry. Building standards and regulations - historic perspective and current dilemma. Analysis of foundation soils. Interaction of soils and structure. Drainage systems. Gap spanning systems and details. Canopy support systems. Non stressed, element stressed, and total stressed skin structures. '

Section B-A fundamental approach to theory and workshop practice, engineering drawing, modelling, and product construction and manufacture.

Section C - Studio and Workshop projects relating directly to A and B.

BGB430 Construction 2

Aims: 1. To continue basic concepts of construction related to the School's

professional areas through an element approach.

2. To examine applications related to product and associated construction.

3. To continue construction development through associated workshop and practical exercises.

Synopsis: Section A - Wall systems- performance, design and manufacture. Floorsystems­performance, design and manufacture. Interaction of site works and structure. Surface coating systems. A formalised approach to performance specification. Site Management problems and solutions.

Section B - Applications of mass production, modular systems, workshop layout and management, economics and the effective use of intermediate and appro­priate technologies.

Section C - Studio and Workshop projects relating directly to A and B.

BGB101 BGB102

Aim:

Conatructlon, Materials and Methods I Construction, Materials and Methods II

1. - To develop an understanding of the properties of materials, and how they behave in the manufacturing and construction process and how these consider­ations relate to form and structure. 2. - To provide a studio and practical back-up to the lecture-program. Students will be required to prepare working details of building components, coordination of building elements for specific building use.

Synopsis: Study of the uses of materials and construction in single and two storey domestic structures under the elements outlined.

Such structures to be examined with regard to the environmental, structural and aesthetic requirements and taking account of the constraints such as costs, dimensional requirements, statutory regulations, life and adaptability and manu­facturing and erection requirements.

(cont'd.)

208 Synopses

BGB101 Construction, Materials and Methods I (cont'd.) BGB102 Construction, Materials and Methods II (cont'd.)

Site Information: Land tenure and terminology, site maps and scales. contours and contour plans, drainage and water supply.

Work Below Lowest Floor Finish: Foundation materials, site investigation and foundation movement, foundation types - piers, pier and beam, strip, planking and strutting, "placement of ·reinforcement -foundation walls and rat walls including damp proof courses, concrete slab on ground construction, filling and sub-soil drainage, moisture barrier arid damp-proof membranes, termite treat­ment, timber framed ground floors, simple reinforced concrete suspended floors.

Columns: S.teel and reinforced concrete.

Staircases: Timber framed- open and closed strings, simple reinforced concrete, balustrading and handrailing.

Upper Floors: Timber framed first floors including timber movement and timber fasteners.

Roof: Roof construction -traditional or pitched, flat and low pitched, and trussed roofs - including .ceiling construction, fascias, barges and soffit treatments, rainwater goods. Roof coverings - tiled, shingle, flat G.I., tray roof sheeting, asbestos cement.

External Walls: Timber and steel framed, load bearing brickwork and blockwork, external claddings including brick and block veneer, lintols and flashings, fireplaces, flues and hearths, wind d.amage.

Windows: Timber windows, frames and sills, steel and aluminium windows.

External Doors: Timber doors and frames, linings and architraves, garage doors and frames - overhead and roll up.

Internal walls: Timber and steel stud framed and load bearing brick arid blockwork, lintols and damp courses.

Wall Finishes: Finishes to clay brick and concrete blocks, off form finish to concrete, applied render finish, sheet linings -Asbestos cement, hardboard, plywood, fibrous plaster, timber boarding, papering, tiling and painting.

Floor Finishes: Vinyl sheet and tiles, lino, cork, rubber, carpet, quarry and ceramic tiles, terrazzo - precast and cast in situ, wood block.

Ceiling Finishes: Sheet linings and manholes.

Textbooks: Glossary of Building and Planning Terms CEBS, 'Notes on the Science of Building' 'The Building Act 1975', Government Printer Technical Study, Department of Works, Commonwealth Experimental Building Station Cement and Concrete Association of Australia - Technical Memorandum Timber Research and Development Advisory Council - Technical Memorandum.

BGB201 BGB202

Construction, Materials and Methods Ill Construction, Materials and Methods IV

Aim: 1. - To develop an understanding of the properties of materials, and how they behave in the manufacturing and construction process and how these consider­ations relate to form and structure. 2. - To provide a studio and practical back up to the lecture program. Students will be required to prepare working details of building components, coordination of building elements for specific building use.

(cont'd.)

BGB201 BGB202

Synopsis:

Construction, Materials and Methods Ill Construction, Materials and Methods IV

(cont'd.) (cont'd.)

Synopses 209

Study of the uses of materials and construction of a range of structures not covered in year 1 which will progress in scale from single to multi storey buildings under the elements outlined below. ·

Such structures to be examined with regard to the environmental, structural and aesthetic requirements and taking account of constraints such as costs, dimen­sional requirements, statutory regulations, life, adaptability, manufacturing and erection requirements.

Substructure: Single storey or partly submerged basement foundations, exca­vations, waterproofing. Raft, pier and pile foundations. Excavation equipment.

Columns and Upper Floors: Reinforced Concrete - Formwork, steel and concrete in one and two way systems. Structural Steel - Hot rolled and cold formed members. Composite construction, metal decking. Precast Concrete - Frames, load bearing wall, standardized components, screeds. Prestressed construction.

Staircases: Steel, insitu and precast concrete. Ramps. Balustrading and handrails.

Roof: Beams and slab, lattice girders, trusses, portal frames, space frames, shell roofs, folded plates, arches, tension structure and cable stayed roofs. Roof lights, patent glazing. Parapet and balustrades. Coverings - Lightweight decking, sheet roof, built up membranes, asphalte, finishes. Rainwater goods - gutters .and downpipes.

External walls: Masonry and load bearing and panel construction. Sheet cladding, steel, aluminium and asbestos cement. Precast concrete cladding, tilt up construction. Curtain walling, shop fronts and suspended glass assemblies.

Windows: Aluminium, steel, stainless steel windows. Remote control operated windows. Flyscreens, grilles etc. Sun Protection and shading. Double glazing.

External Doors: Industrial horizontal and vertical sliding, folding and roller shutter doors. Toughened glass, aluminium glazed side hung and sliding, manual and automatic controls.

Internal Walls: Moveable walls, tracked, portable panels. Wire screens. Toilet partitions. Metal and timber stud partitions. Demountable.

Internal Doors: Side hung, sliding, fire and sound resistant doors and frames. Roller grilles. Ironmongery.

Wall Finishes: Stone lining. Tiled and sprayed finishes.

Floor Finishes: Precast concrete, brick and stone paving. Exposed aggregate. Conductive and anti-static flooring. Cavity, spring and sound proof flooring. Open metal grid, floor ducts.

Ceiling Finishes: Fire ceilings, spray finish. Flat. profiled, integrated and decorative suspended ceilings. Suspension and framing systems.

Fire Protection: Grading, load and resistance. Combustible material. Fire resistant construction and equipment. Means of escape.

Fittings and Furniture: Desk, bench, cupboard and wardrobe construction, display cabinets, seats, mirrors, crush barrier, stages and procession arches, flagpoles.

Special Equipment etc.

External Works: Roads, footpaths, fences etc. Textbooks:

Glossary of Building and Planning Terms CEBS, 'Notes on the Science of Building' 'The Building Act 1975', Government Printer Technical Study, Department of W-0rks, Commonwealth Experimental Station Cement and Concrete Assn. of Australia - Technical Memorandum.

210 Synopses

BGP131 BGB301

Construction, Materials and Methods V Construction, Materials and Methods V

Aim: To broaden the students knowledge of advanced construction and management problems, and the solutions and techniques in dealing with them, and to develop within the students an enquiring and innovative approach to such problems.

Synopsis: The main thrust of the subject will be to broaden the education and experience of students by setting them construction and site management problems which are typically encountered by a project manager.

Alternatively or in conjunction with the above, case studies will be carried out by the students on projects which have unusual construction problems ortechniques.

Problems and case studies would cover areas such as:

City basement excavations. Site planning organisations for small, medium and large projects. Material handling and site equipment selection. Site safety. Structural framing cycles. Etc.

The studies should deal with all technical and management aspects and responsibilities related to a particular problem.

BGP232 BGB522

Construction Operations Analysis Construction Operations Analysis

Aim: The advanced application of quantitative techniques to construction planning and control.

Synopsis: Application of computer based resource planning and scheduling systems applicable to the construction industry with an emphasis on discrete and continuous simulation of the construction process.

BGP217 BGB513

Construction Planning Techniques Construction Planning Techniques

Aim: To develop basic skills in the application of planning and control techniques. Synopsis: The Critical Path Method - arrow diagrams and precedence diagrams. Bar charts with the continuous update format. Least-cost optimisation. Resource scheduling and levelling. Project Evaluation and Review Techniques. Graphical Evaluation and Review Techniques. Decision C.P.M. The Line-of-Balance. Flow Line, Sequence and Parallel Production. Multiple-Activity Charts. Inventory Control. Textbooks:

Harris, F., and McCaffer, R., 'Modern Construction Management', CLS, 1977. Harris, F., and McCaffer, R., 'Worked Examples in Construction Management'. Pilcher, R., 'Principles of Construction Management', McGraw, 1976. Ahuja, H.N., 'Construction Performance Control Networks', Wiley, 1976.

BGP333 BGB511

Aim:

Cost Plannlng and Cost Control I Cost Planning and Cost Control I

Synopses 211

To examine the concept of cost-control during the design process.

Synopsis: The significance of construction economics for the client, the professions, the industry and society.

The Concept of Cost Control - Historical development of cost control processes: need for cost control; main aims of cost control; the importance of building; building output and cost; tendering arrangements; comparison of cost planning and approximate estimating; cost control terminology.

Cost Implications of Design Variables - Plan shape; size of building; perimeter/ floor area ratios; circulation space; storey heights; total height of buildings; relative costs of flats and houses; implications of variations in the number of storeys of costs of flats and houses; implications of variations in the number of storeys of buildings, column spacings; floor spans; floor loadings.

Functional Requirements and Cost Implications of Construction Methods - Low and high rise buildings; substructures; structural components; walling; roofs; flooring; doors and windows; finishings; service installations; external works; Influence of Site and Market Conditions and Economics of Prefabrication and Industrialisation - Effect of site conditions on building costs; use of plant; market considerations; cost implications of pre fabrication and standardisation; indus­trialised building methods; problems with industrialised buildings; economics of industria1ised building; the future in industrialised building.

Textbook: Seeley, l.H., 'Building Economics'.

BGP334 BGB512

Aim:

Cost Planning and Cost Control II ~ost Plannlng and Cost Control II

A study of cost control systems developed to assist during the design process.

Synopsis: Approximate Estimating - Purpose and form of approximate estimating tech­niques; unit method; cube method; superficial or floor area method; storey­enclosure method; approximate quantities; elemental cost analyses; comparative estimates; interpolation method.

Cost Planning Theories and Techniques - Plan of work; cost control procedure; information required by architect and building client; role of the quantity surveyor during the design stage; cost planning techniques; cost planning of mechanical and electrical services; the application of computers to cost control work; cost control during execution of job.

Cost Analyses, Indices and Data- Cost analyses; standard form of cost analysis; cost yardsticks; building cost indices; application and use of cost analyses; cost data; cost research.

Practical Application of Cost Control Techniques - Worked examples covering the preparation of a preliminary estimate, first cost plan, and cost checks and cost reconciliation during the design process; conclusions; cost control of engineering services.

Costs in Use- Concepts of cost in use; cost in use terminology; current and future payments; maintenance and running costs; the life of buildings and components; cost in use examples; prediction errors; effect of taxation and insurance; maintenance cost records.

Textbook: Seeley, l.H., 'Building Economics'.

212 Synopses

LPA130 Cultural History of the Built Environment

Aim: To allow students to appreciate that built environment design reflects a society's values and goals and is influenced by the level of technological Knowledge, climatic considerations, and ideologies (with special reference to Australia).

Synopsis: The lessons to be learnt from history (from the stone age to the present day) of the effects of the need for shelter, religion, communication, social values, ideology, and climate and materials, on the way man shapes and uses the built environment. Australia will be used as the main source of illustrative examples.

ARP511 ARB493

Aim:

Design I Design I

To guide students through built environment problems which become pro­gressively more complex.

To study the preparation of accurate and concise briefs and apply the knowledge to current design projects.

To assist students to develop a rational approach to design methodology through lectures, case studies and application to current problems.

To demonstrate the importance of the carefully considered integration of structures and services into the total design process. Lectures will be orientated around the current design problem.

To assist student appreciation of the integration of interior considerations in the building design and its integration into the landscape.

Finally, but most importantly, to stimulate student aesthetic awareness of design implications. Design as a means of life enrichmentforthe individual and society at large.

Synopsis: Services, structure and construction are considered an essential part of the design process and the express aim of the course is to integrate these areas into the various design projects undertaken by students.

Lectures, seminars and tutorials will be provided during the initial stages of the project programme to give students 'knowledge parcels': Upon which they may basetheirconceptualisation. Specialists in the required areas will periodically be available to assist and advise in studio work and will assist in the final assessment of the project.

Design programmes will require detail drawings of the various special areas.

The instruction in services, structure and construction will include the following:

Electrical Services - Electricity supply and distribution; consumer mains and rising mains; distribution boards and large supply installations including sub­stations. Equipment including circuit breakers and switch apparatus. Wiring systems and circuits including assessment of maximum demand. Appraisal of lighting fittings and various domestic, industrial and commercial appliances.

Mechanical Services - A study of the types of equipment available for mechanical ventilation, heating and air-conditioning. The layout and space requirements of plant rooms and ductwork. Ancillary equipment. ·

Acoustics and Lighting - Basic concepts, the calculation and design of artificial illumination installations and the uses of daylighting standards. Acoustical measurement, noise control, transmission of airborne and structure borne sound, absorption and acoustic materials, calculation of transmission loss and control of sound. Geometric acoustics, reverberation, echoes, the design of auditoria.

(cont'd.)

ARP511 ARB493

Design I (cont'd.) Design I (cont'd.}

Synopses 213

Structure - Principles of structural design. Loads on buildings and load transfer. Structural behaviour and an appraisal of structural types. SAA codes.

Construction - Construction requirements for buildings of various types including a study of building regulations. Methods of construction and erection. A study of construction details including footings, assembly methods, movement joints, construction joints, frame and cladding details, roofing details, curtain walling, lift installations, fire protection, fire escape etc.

ARB706 Design I

Aim: 1. To introduce students to the design process in order to facilitate the

capacity for application of technologies and philosophies, consistent with encouragement of individual freedom in the forging of intrinsic and innovatory approaches in seeking design solutions;.

2. To develop a systematic methodology in the sciences and arts that constitute the design process.

3. To concentrate attention on problems within specific boundaries so that students are exposed to and involved in design ratherthan the broader area of problem solving.

4. To instil an appreciation of design as a capability of man.

Synopsis: Studies will follow a program combining lectures and seminars in theory related to practical studio exercises.

The theoretical base will encompass theories of and developments in art, design and perception. Studies of design philosophies will be used as a basis for encouraging the emergence of individual attitudes towards design and creativity.

The studio exercises, to which most of the in time will be devoted, will be aimed at a range of problems within specific boundaries to focus on the systematic processes of design ratherthan on questioning the environmental implications of these processes.

Emphasis will be placed on the development of graphic and illustrative skills thus providing a means of recording and explaining ideas by which individual capacity for thought can be developed.

ARB593 Design 2

Aim: The general aims stated for Design I will continue in Design II. Particularly the objective of integrating structures, services, landscaping and interiors into the total design fabric.

Problems will be more complex and certain elements of Building Economics will be considered in the design process.

Design philosophy will be reinforced by visiting Lecturers.

Specialist lectures and tutorials will be given in Acoustics, Lighting and Interiors including psychological perception of space, work layout and interior landscaping.

214 Synopses

ARB709 Design 2

Aim: 1. To develop the design process in order to facilitate the capacity for

application of available technologies and philosophies, consistent with encouragement of individual freedom in the forging of intrinsic and innovatory approaches in seeking design solutions.

2. To develop a rigorous and systematic methodology in the sciences and arts that constitute the design process.

3. To concentrate attention on problems within specific parameters so that students are exposed to and involved in design rather than the broader area of problem solving.

4. To instil an appreciation of the design as a capability of man.

5. To provide the student with an understanding of the principles of audio­visual presentation and a grasp of the techniques of effective audio-visual technique.

Synopsis: This series will be undertaken in two parts:

A. Design - Studies will follow according to the synopsis of Design I.

B. Communication - Analysis of problems in audio-visual terms; media selection and audience analysis; practical instruction in slide-tape presentation, filmmaking, and portapak video.

ARP521 Design II

Aim: The general aims stated for DESIGN I will continue in DESIGN II. Particularly the objective of integrating structures, services, landscaping, and interiors into the total design fabric.

Problems will be more complex and certain elements of Building Economics will be considered in the design process.

Design philogophy will be reinforced by visiting lecturers.

ARB693 Deslgn3

Aim: The detailed study of a small but complex community of buildings.

Synopsis: The design of a major institutional complex, for example a hospital, tertiary college or civil centre. Consideration of selected elements within the project including:

LPB502

Aim:

planning and landscaping environmental elements design of furniture and fittings interior design

Design 3

1. To continue the development of individual design capabilities.

2. To concentrate attention on design applications in the professional areas of Architecture, Industrial Design, Urban and Regional Planning, and Landscape Architecture.

3. Consistent with 2 above, to pursue study programmes that encourage interaction between these disciplines whilst clearly delineating the specific roles, work expectations, and potentialities of the professions involved.

(cont'd.)

Synopses 215

LPB502 Design 3 (cont'd.) 4. To develop a synoptic view of the processes of problem definition,

derivation of alternative solutions and their evaluation with particular attention being paid to the design component of these processes.

5. To encourage students to examine the roles of various professions in society preferably by way of case studies involving field work.

6. To extend students' understanding of the verbal and non-verbal aspects of interpersonal communication and to refine interviewing techniques.

Synopsis: This s'eries will be undertaken in two parts:

A. Design -As the growth of design abilities is largely dependent upon practice and experience the program will continue to maintain the major time allocation to studio and workshop exercises. Studies in theory will form an integral part but will be cross-referenced with other subject areas that give emphasis to the methodologies inherent in the roles of the professions represented by the School.

Associated subject areas are Dynamics II, Environmental studies I, Services, Industrial Processes, Building Construction I, Industrial Con­struction I, Ecological Studies I and Land Development I.

The study program will allow for the exploration of optional design topics by students.

B. Communication -Verbal and non-verbal aspects of interpersonal communication through role-play and simulated situations closely related to their future professional requirements. Interviewing skills will be refined and used to gather information from which the role-plays will develop. Analysis of the role­play situations will be conducted and recorded by the students.

ARB717 Design 4

Aims: 1. To continue the development of individual design capabilities.

2. To concentrate attention on design applications in the professional areas of Architecture, Industrial Design, Urban & Regional Planning, and Landscape Architecture.

3. Consistent with 2 above, to pursue study programmes that encourage interaction between these disciplines whilst clearly delineating the specific roles, work expectations, and potentialities of the professions involved.

4. To develop a synoptic view of the processes of problem definition, derivation of alternative solutions and their evaluation with particular attention being paid to the design component of these processes.

5. To draw together the strands of the various communication inputs: written and spoken communication, group process and audio-visual techniques in a major design presentation.

Synopsis: This series will be undertaken in two parts:

A. Design - The major time allocation will again be given to studio and workshop exercises. Studies in theory again form an integral part of Design and will be cross-referenced to other subjects such as Dynamics II, Environmental Studies II, Building Construction II, Industrial Construction 11, Services, Ecological Studies 11, Land Development 11, and Social Survey.

(corzt'd.)

216 Synopses

ARB717 Design 4 (cont'd.)

All students will pursue the same program providing specific inputs but with a limited range of specialisation through research studies and field exercises associated with the studio projects.

B. Communication - Recapitulation of principles of written communication in the writing tasks associated with the major project, planning and pre­paration of professional presentations (including suitable audio-visual support).

ARA125 ARA225

Aim:

Design Appreciation I (a) Design Appreciation I (b)

To build up in the student a sensitive appreciation of aesthetic design in the Built Environment.

Synopsis: The nature of Architectural and Landscape Design. Principles of Aesthetic Composition. Theories of problem solving by Research, Analysis and Synthesis. The design brief, plan design, application of principles of design to Building, Landscape and the general Built Environment.

Projects for library and other research, and a variety of design problems will be done during the series.

ARA325 ARA425

Aim:

Design Appreciation II (a) Design Appreciation II (b)

To promote a sound basis for the practical approach to design of the Built Environment.

Synopsis: Anthropometrics and Ergonomics as applied to Design in the Built Environment. The effect of Structure and Materials in overall design. Plant forms and their relationship to Building and Landscape Design. Design of Town Furniture.

ARA527 Design Appreciation Ill

Aim: To ensure that students have an appreciation of the total elements affecting design of modern buildings.

Synopsis: Application of Design Principles to solution of modern building forms, including use of traditional and newer materials.

Involvement of subjects treated under Building Services and Building Con­struction in Design exercises.

ARP652 Design Management and Decision Theory

Aim: 1. - To investigate the structure of management in defining a design problem. 2. - To enable students to appreciate the need for co-ordination at every level of the design process, from the brief to the prototype and production stages. 3. - To enable the student to use design theory in relation to management by using an evaluative design methodology.

Synopsis: Finding the most suitable designer for a particular job. Solving a problem in a specified time within an agreed budget.

(cont'd.)

ARP652 Design Management and Decision Theory (cont'd.)

The nature of design decisions. (a) what is a design decision. (b) the need for objective decision procedures. (c) bounding the problem strategies.

The elements of decision theory. 1. Decision making processes.

Synopses 217

2. Synectics - Problem Stating and Solving in Decision Theory. 3. Certainty in management. 4. Analytical resolution. 5. Linear programming. 6. The decision rule.

Practical decision making tools. (a) Design matrix. (b) Qualitative decision methods. (c) Simulation methods.

ARP617 Design Presentation I

Aim: To develop the basic skills and techniques used in 2 and 3 dimensional presentation.

Synopsis: Drawings and Presentation - the conversant use of media to express three dimensional forms in two dimensions.

Photography-the use of the camera and photographic skills in presenting images to aid the design process.

The Use of Media - montage, college, water colour, inks, line drawing and sketches, air brush, silk screen, letraset and tone, texture, form, pattern and colour theory.

Technical Drawing - 1st angle and orthographic projection. International stan­dards and conventions. Sheet metal work drawing and develoment.

Model Making Techniques - block model development. The use of materials in simulation.

ARP625 Design Presentation II

Aim: To develop a complete understanding of the skills and techniques used in design presentation with particular reference to methodology.

Synopsis: Design Theory and Analysis - the organisation of media in relation to the presentation of a product. The effective use of graphic skills in visual analysis. Exploded freehand and technical renderings. The use of computer-aided graphics in design. Measured perspective drawing.

Design Presentation - the structure and layout of a proposed design solution. Mock-up prototype development.

218 Synopses

ARB704 Design Science

Aim: Is that students should:

1. develop a scientific approach to problem solving;

2. understand the principles and phenomena covered by Design Science and be equipped to determine their implications on the form and fabric of enclosures;

3. include these issues when designing.

Synopsis: A study of the physical phenomena of light, sound, heat, and moisture and their effect on human comfort and health. Macro and micro climates and their assessment. Thermal performance under steady state and periodic heat flow. Heat storage. Heat insulation. Control and utilisation of solar radiation and air flow through and around enclosures. Passive and active controls. Daylighting, quantity and quality of light. Noise, hearing and quality of sound. Barriers, reflection, reverberation, and shape of enclosures.

ARB193 ARB194

Aim:

Design Studies I Design Studies 2

To introduce students to an awareness of design across a wide spectrum.

Synopsis: Perception, development of awareness, a broad-based approach to design including graphics, film, fabrics, industrial design, perception and design of spaces.

The abstract tools of design, colour, design in nature, the design processes, symbolism. An introduction to ergonomics and anthropometrics.

ARB293 ARB294

Design Studies 3 Design Studies 4

Design and Studio I and 2

Aim: To introduce students to methods of approach to problems in the built environment and to the nature of some of the general parameters, such as social values, and their influence on problem solution and evaluation.

Synopsis: Lectures, discussions and background reading on methods of research, vertical and lateral thinking, the nature and essentials of design, primary and secondary creativity. Design studio exercises incorporating these themes. Practice written, spoken and graphic assignments to develop fluency of ideas and presentation.

Design Presentation 1 and 2

Aim: To introduce students to various techniques for presenting work and their applications. To introduce students to the use of clay as an aid to three­dimensional design.

Synopsis: Design Presentation I - Various mmedia for presentation of projects: application of techniques and skills already gained, model-making, photography, visual aids.

Design Presentation 2 - Clay modelling. Form studies with a plastic material. Making of moulds and reproduction of forms. Introduction to work in fibre-glass and other model!ing materials.

Synopses 219

ARB393 Design Studies 5 ARB394 Design Studies 6

Design Studio 3 and 4 Aim: To develop design abilities in a program of architectural (and related) design problems.

Synopsis: A program of architectural problems and small group projects which combine practical constraints in design; in particular environmental considerations and the need for ergonomic studies in detailed planning. The orderly development of solutions which embrace all aspects of the problem.

Design Theory I and 2 Aim: To develop a personal process of assimilation, evaluation and problem analysis.

Synopsis: Briefing as the basis of problem identification and analysis. Examination of various methods. Analysis of case studies. Computer-aided design.

LPP814 LPP824 LPP815 LPP825

Development Processes IA Development Processes llA Development Processes IB Development Processes 118

Aim: To examine the development processes which impinge on the development of Urban and Rural areas as a basis for assessing the precise role of the Urban and Regional Planning function. It will deal with the agencies that carry out these processes, the expertise they command and the scope of their activities. It is divided into two sections:

1. - Development Processes IA and I IA deals with physical factors and will consider the natural and man-made constraints and potentialities wh'ich act on the development of land for urban and rural use.

2. - Development Processes IB and 118 deals with Social, Economic and Political Factors and will examine the informal and formal controls and influences which affect Urban and Regional development proposals.

Scope and Content: 1. - Development Processes IA and /IA

(a) - Topographical, climatic and ecological determinants in development. (b) - Development works and agencies - Drainage, water supply, utility services, transport and structures. (c) - Development Teams-the role of associated disciplines-Landscape Architects, Environmental Scientists, Civil Engineers etc. (d) - Design and Control Systems: Threshold Theory, Land suitability Methods, Administrative structures.

2. - Development Processes IB and l/B (a) - Values, interests and politics- Public need and private want, role of law authority and fairness in land development, concepts of the private interest, appeal systems and public enquiries. (b) - Economics of Land Use- Land as an econommic concept, finance, public and private costs, basis of valuation, rent. (c) - Land Tenure - the basic arguments. (d) - Development Control - Zoning principles, local government problems, statutory processes - concepts of development plans, policy plans, strategic plans and regional administration.

220 Synopses

LPP832 LPP842 LPP833 LPP843

Aim:

Development Processes lllA Development Processes IVA Development Processes 1118 Development Processes IVB

1. - To build on Development Processes I and II and examine in depth the legal, political and social processes specifically related to planning action. 2. - To fully brief students on the prevailing local legal controls and broaden to comparative studies in other states and countries. 3. - To develop the students understanding of the decision-making process and its relation to Urban governance -

It will consist of two parts: (a) - Planning Law and Administration (b) - Urban Government.

Scope and Content: (a) - Development Processes II/A and /VA deals with Planning Law and Administration - 1.5 hrs/wk. The local statutory framework, its evolution and its current problems. The Australian State, Regional and Local administrative framework for planning comparative systems: U.K. - Regional policy, Local Government reorganisation, the Public Enquiry and New Town Development Corporations. Canada, the USA and France. Environmental Control Legislation.

(b) - Development Processes 11/B and /VB deals with Urban Government -1.5hrs/wk. Planning as decision-making -rationality in planning, social develop­ment and change, models of decision making and means available. Urban Governance - centralisation and decentralisation, state vs. local authorities, metropolitan management, the city administrator. Case studies. Public involve­ment -interest groups and advocacy; public participation; public enquiries. Case studies.

LPP751 Documentation (Landscape)

Aim: 1. - To enable students to understand the requirements of documentation. 2. - To give students technical information about documentation.

Synopsis: Preparation of reports, working drawings, specifications writing estimates and contractural forms - preparation of drawings, specification writing, techniques and standards; measuring and estimates of costs for landscape works.

ARA133 Draftsmanship (a) and (b)

Aim: To develop skills in various types of drafting and presentation required in offices.

Synopsis: Instruction in various types of drawings and mapping used in offices. Methods of setting out office drawings for sketch presentation, working drawings, and details. Place of lettering, types of linework, and indications of materials. Use of instruments, scales, and various types of drawing material. Setting up of working drawings and details in line with progress in other subjects such as Construction. Setting up of contours, and mapping as required for landscape and town planning presentation. · ··

Synopses 221

BGB105 Draughtsmanship

Aim: To provide the student with the necessary training and practice to develop their drawing skills to enable them to communicate effectively.

Synopsis: The various drawing instruments and appliances. The scales generally used in the preparation of drawings of land and building. Types and sizes of drawing and tracing paper in common use. Freehand sketches and drawings to scale. Orthographic and isometric projection. Finishing of drawings, inking, hatching, lettering and colouring in accordance with standard architectural practices. Description of typical working drawings. Wherever possible drawing exercises are to be linked with the current Construction assignments. Methods of enlarging, reducing, photocopying and reproducing.

Textbook: Frazer Reekie, 'Draughtsmanship'.

ARA521 Drawing Office Practice

Aim: To give to the Technician a knowledge of how the business of an architect is carried on.

Synopsis: An introduction to the business side of architecture and the responsibilities of staff. Methods of filing and storing office data, drawings, specifications and quantities. Site supervision and reports. Collaboration with specialist consultants.

MEB010 Dynamics I

Aim: To develop a technique for determining the behaviour of a system or structure, and obtaining quantitative information about it, by using simplified analysis and modelling methods where sophisticated analysis would normally be used.

Synopsis: A blending of simplified analysis with modelling methods for the more complex cases, thereby avoiding sophisticated mathematical methods, while still enabling the student to obtain quantitative answers. Motion, particularly as found in architecturally relevant machines and mechanisms. Forces due to inertia, impacts, and collisions; damage and vibration arising from them. Fluids, transmission in pipes and channels, mechanisms of erosion, forces exerted on structures. Methods of measurement. Making and testing of models and deriving the required data from them. Techniques of modelling with readily available materials and easily constructed models.

MEB012 Dynamics 2

Aim: A further development of Dynamics I in which the emphasis is changed from understanding to proficiency in modelling technique and extending the variety of problems dealt with.

(cont'd.)

222 Synopses

MEB012 Dynamics 2 (cont'd.) Synopsis: Continuation of the work of Dynamics I in which both the methods of analysis and modelling are developed further. but the emphasis changes from understanding in Dynamics I to application and the development of competent performance in Dynamics II. Further treatment of machines and mechanisms. Unbalanced forces in rotating bodies and gyroscopic effects. Vibrations due to unbalance; how they may be determined and eliminated. Earthquakes and their effects. Interaction of fluids and structures under gusty conditions, ocean waves, and natural phenomena. Further work on measurements. Students will undertake model studies of more realistic cases.

BEB571 Ecological Principles I

Synopsis: Basic ecology and the application of ecology to the understanding of some of the general environmental programs.

Introduction to general concepts of ecology; organisms, species, ecosystems, niches, adaptation; bio-geochemical cycles; energy, trophic levels and structure, productivity; limiting factors; populations; ecosystem evolution.

Field work forms an integral part of this subject.

BEB671 Ecological Principles 2

Synopsis: The application of ecological principles (the ecological approach) to design of the environment.

Study of environments (freshwater, marine, and terrestrial); applied ecology, stewardship of resources: conflicts among social, political, economical and ecological approaches; habitat manipulation.

Field work forms an integral part of this subject.

LPP781 LPP782

Aim:

Ecological Studies I Ecological Studies II

1. - To give students a working understanding of ecology. 2. - To use this understanding as an essential input into problem solving techniques.

Synopsis: Organisms, ecosystems, niches, and adaptation. Bio-geochemical cycles. Energy, trophic levels and structure, productivity. Limiting factors. Population at different levels. Study of Environments, fresh-water, marine, and terrestrial. Applied ecology, natural resources, habitat manipulation, pollution etc. This subject includes field work off-campus.

ARP624 Economics of Industrial Production

Aim: To understand the relationship between companies and the economic system in relation to logistics and company control in decision making. To investigate structure, budgeting and cost calculation in relation to manufacture and production of products.

Synopsis: The Changing Face of Production -

(a) The growth of business organisations. (b) The factors of production. (c) The firm and the profit motive. (cont 'd.J

Synopses 223

ARP624 Economics of Industrial Production (cont'd.)

Production and Costs - The process of production, the short run and the long run. Cost in the short run and long run. Diminished marginal returns and the shape of the total cost curve. The continuous production function. Decisions between processes. Diminishing returns.

Pricing and Output Decisions - Produce life cycle in relation to cost calculation. Total revenue. Pricing policy in practice. Breaking into a new market and pricing policy for new products.

Competition - Invention and innovation. Barriers to new competition. Mergers and the growth of companies. The law of supply and demand.

Capital Budgeting in the Manufacture and Production Process -A budget is a plan and requires a long term commitment. It involves -

(a) A time perspective. (b) The elements of uncertainty. (c) The problem of inflation.

BGB003 BGB004

Economics of the Construction Industry I Economics of the Construction Industry II

Aim: To explore economic and financial aspects of the Construction and associated Industries. This will cover the environment in which these industries operate, their structure, operation and control and the financial aspects of development projects.

Synopsis: Economics of the Construction Industry I -

Introduction - Definitions, Objectives and Methodology. Branches of Economics. Applied Economics.

Operation of the Whole Economy- Features of the macro economy and the way it operates. Application to the Australian and other political economics.

Demand, Supply, Prices and Stocks - Types of demand (effective and ineffective). Determinants of demand and supply. Equilibrium. The role of stocks. Advantages and problems of the price mechanism. Alternative mechanisms.

Market Structures- Categories of industries, markets and market structures. Competition, collusion, integration and concentration.

Real Property Markets - Tenure. Types of markets, sub-markets and segmentation. Characteristics of land. Features and problems of real property markets. Aspects of town planning and effects of land use controls.

Structure of the Construction Industries. Size, composition, and particular characteristics. Associated industries. Business structures. Trading relat­ionships. Causes of failure in the construction industries.

The Housing Industries. Spatial markets. Characteristics of housing. The demand for dwellings. Determinants of demands. The first home buyer. Rental markets. Government initiatives. The public housing authorities.

Economics of the Construction Industry II -

Pricing Mechanisms- Types, advantages, problems and effects. Application is to land, contract and 'speculative' building projects.

Cost Analysis - Cost concepts. Cost components in housing. Problems of rising costs. Effects of time delays. Break even and incremental analysis. Indexes. Published statistical series. Seasoned adjustment.

(cont'd.)

224 Synopses

BGB003 Economics of the Construction Industry I (cont'd.) BGB004 Economics of the Construction Industry II (cont'd.)

The Finance Industries - Types and uses of finance. Loans and deposit considerations. The use of gearing. Risk considerations. Cash Flows. Delays and the multiplier process, the effects of various controls. Lease or buy decisions. Mortgages, including insurance. The deposit gap. Avail­ability, costs, conditions and terms of end finance.

Fluctuations in the Property Development and Finance Industries -Causes, types and effects of fluctuations.

Stabilisation Policies - Fiscal policy. Budgets and National d.ebt. Monetary policy. Controls over financial institutions. International Trade Policies, Wages Policies.

Elective

Major for Building/Quantity Surveying.

Students will be required to enrol in a subject or subjects, preferably from within other courses conducted in the School of the Built Environment, approved by the Head of School. A student enrolled in any subject must satisfy all requirements of that subject.

ARB591

Aim:

Elective I

To permit the student to achieve extra breadth of outlook.

Synopsis: Each student will be required to take a subject of his own choice at the University of Queensland, Griffith University or at another QIT School.

Alternatively, with the approval of the Head of School, a student may elect a research study on an individual project within the School of the Built Environment. Students wishing to take an elective at another Campus should consult the Head of Department concerning the administrative arrangements to be made. Students will not normally be permitted to take a subject at another Campus if a comparable subject is available at QIT.

ARB691 Elective 2 (Thesis)

Aim: An in-depth study of an approved subject of the student's choice. The subject may be in the form of a design or written submission, but its scope must be such as to demonstrate the candidate's ability to cope with a difficult and complex problem that requires observation, analysis and critical creative thinking.

Candidates will be required to make regular submissions to the subject supervisor to satisfy him that the thesis is proceeding in an orderly manner.

LPA533 LPA633

Aim:

Elective I Elective II

To enable the students to pursue in depth some topic of interest which would enable them to demonstrate their understanding of the skills and knowledge they have accumulated during the course.

Synopsis: An approved topic of study in one of the areas covered during the course. The student may be directed into a certain area of study. The study shall be carried out on a semester timetable to allow study in two areas if approved.

ARP635 ARP643

Aim:

Elective I Elective II

Synopses 225

To give students an individual and personal study in a subject directly related to Industrial Design thereby creating a broader base for further study in the course.

Synopsis: An approved course of study in an area directly related to Industrial Design allowing specific research and development pertaining to that subejct area. It is important that the study relates to the academmic programme of each student. It is envisaged that the electives be undertaken by students with backgrounds different to those in Industrial Design.

ARP522 Elective Study I

To provide an opportunity for students to undertake in-depth studies in areas of personal interest that have been approved by the Head of Department.

Students may nominate any subject associated with architecture as an elective proposal or select a subject from an allied course such as Building, Urban Planning, Landscape Architecture. Industrial Design etc. It is particularly pointed out that choice can assist towards a qualification in the special field. Students are advised to discuss the matter of possible electives with the Design Year Master.

ARP531 Elective Study II (Thesis)

Aim: An in-depth study of an approved subject of the student's choice. The subject may be in the form of a design or written submission, but its scope must be such as to demonstrate the candidate's ability to cope with a difficult and complex problem that requires observation, analysis and critical, creative thinking. If the thesis is a continuation of a previous elective study it must clearly demonstrate the additional thesis work area. Candidates will be required to make regular submissions to the subject supervisor to satisfy him that the thesis is proceeding in an orderly manner.

BGP229 BGB514

Aim:

Electrical Estimating Electrical Estimating

To provide the student with an understanding of estimating techniques and procedures related to a variety of situations and conditions.

Synopsis: Outline of the various electrical systems and their common application. Types of tenders. Breakdown of preliminaries for various contracts and project types. Trade Awards and Wage Rates. Take off Procedures under major sections of lighting, branch wiring, distribution, equipment feeders, power branch wiring, motor installations, lightning conductors and special systems. Costing. Analysis of electrical systems costs in relation to: Total building, floor area, operating and maintenance. Builders allowances for electrical installations.

ARP616 Engineering Mechanisms

Aim: To introduce the student to the principles of mechanisms i.e. how things work mechanically, electrically, hydraulically or otherwise, with regard to obtaining a broad background in Fundamental Engineering Systems at work and as a guide to modern technology.

Synopsis: An exploration of how devices function from ballpoint pens through to lightning conductors and gun powder, to gearbox transmissions and the nuclear bomb -From aerosols to computers. Exercises in engineering contrivances - a manipu­lation of basic engineering principles to suit design problem. Fundamental knowledae to aid oroblem solvina in the desian process.

226 Synopses

BGP106 Environmental Science

Aim: To make students aware of the factors and technology that are involved in creating comfort situations for man in varying climatic zones, and their effect on building construction.

Synopsis: General introduction to the subject and the area of study that is going to be covered during the semester. General discussion of reference material. General considerations of temperature precipitation, humidity and air movements on shelter needs. Climate classification. Historical and contemporary utilisation and control of the physical environment. Elements of meteorology and bio climatology.

Data collection, analysis and evaluation to meet the designers needs. Physiological and behavioural responses to the thermal environment. Assessment of comfort and comfort indices. Geometry of shade; Solar drafts; Shadow angle calculation; Solar protection and control; Microclimate influence of erosive factors; the particular case of the tropics. Heat exchange; Steady and unsteady state; Solar radiation; Transfer of moisture: Condensation; Thermal properties of materials; Theory of insulation; Functional efficiency of the building system. Thermal loss and gain in buildings; Computation; Constructional methods and alternatives; the effect of materials choice; basic arrangements of building spaces and mass.

The principles of heating, cooling and ventilation; the conditioning of air; generation and distribution of conditioned air; influence of technology on the design concept; future development. The problems of climatic control in Australia; Survey of extreme conditions and design alternatives; Constraints of ordinances, regulations and codes. Climatic amelioration by natural features -water, vegetation, topography.

Textbook: Phillip, A.O., 'Sunshine and Shade in Australasia', Commonwealth Experimental Building Service.

LPB501 Environmental Studies I

Aim: To provide a framework in which design decisions and results may be analysed in relation to final quality on human life.

Synopsis: Language Agreement - definition of environment, amenity, ecosystem, development-ethic, etc. Outline of the broad field of built environment professions by specific reference to the areas of work-regions, towns, buildings, artifacts, etc. Methods and techniques for analysis of design decisions and the final designed product, from the economic, legal, political, environmental, technological, and social bases, with emphasis on human needs, on global, national and smaller scales.

LPB601 Environmental Studies 2 Aim: To apply analysis techniques developed in Environmental Studies I to various situations with emphasis on local areas and supported by local case studies.

Synopsis: Case studies of various scales. Field studies and analyses of decisions and products. Environmental Impact analyses, interdependence of factors. The problems of conservation and preservation in both natural and built environments in relation to the needs of development. The concept of stewardship. Attitudes and behaviour.

Synopses 227

ARP613 Ergonomics I

Aim: The course is intended as an introductory study to ergonomics for those students who are new to the subject and proposes the following:

(a) - To understand the relationships of man in relation to his environment and the work space he occupies .

. (b) - To enhance the effectiveness of the use of physical objects and facilities people use while maintaining certain desirable human values in the process. (c) - To understand the importance of the man-machine system and/or environment with reference to time.

Synopsis: Historical background of man-machine systems. Ergonomics, 'a design method­ology'. The use of ergonommics in problem solving. Man as an information system of storage and retrieval. The nervous system. Psychology- a background to ergonomics. Perceptical techniques in serving information. Machine systems v. man systems. Reliability of systems. Static dynamic anthropometry. Work layout.

ARP623 Ergonomics II

Aim: 1. - To study problem solving and stating in relation to human engineering cybernetics biotechnology and anthropometrics. 2. - To give a more detailed knowledge of man-machine systems, 'highlighting' their individual differences. 3. - To give students an awareness of the importance of ergonomics as a tool in the facilitation of the design process.

Synopsis: Human engineering a design philosophy. Human factors in system development. Human sensory processes. Visual displays for the user. Human control of systems. Applied anthropometry. Arrangement and utilization of physical space. Environment activities in relation to illumination, atmospheric conditions, noise. Man in motion. Physiological and psychological studies in man-machine systems. The universal man concept. Man and electronic systems.

BGP130 BGP213 BGP230 BGB408 BGB501 BGB502

Aim:

Estimating I Estimating II Estimating Ill Estimating I Estimating II Estimating Ill

To provide the student with an understanding of estimating techniques and procedures related to a variety of situations and conditions.

Synopsis: Estimating I -Building Trades Awards and Wages Rates. Hourly rate build up. Calculation of Preliminaries for small suburban project. Scaffolding, tubular steel. Build up of a typical rate of the following trade items: Excavator - equipment, bulk, filling and compaction, bored piers, hand excavation, rock excavation, planking and strutting, attendance on piling etc. Concretor - placing rates: columns, walls, beams, floors, foundations etc.; - formwork rates: columns, beams and walls, floors narrow widths, finishes etc.; - precast erection.

(cont'd.)

228 Synopses

BGP130 BGP213 BGP230 BGB408 BGB501 BGB502

Estimating II -

Estimating I Estimating II Estimating Ill Estimating I Estimating II Estimating Ill

(cont'd.) (cont'd.) (cont'd.) (cont'd.) (cont'd.I (cont'd.)

Calculation and comparison of preliminaries for a: country Project; large suburban project; city project, including gantries, tower cranes etc. Build up of a typical rate of the following trade items: Formwork slab systems; Carpenter, Joiner and Ironmonger; Dewatering and planking strutting; Drainer; Plumber; Demolition.

Estimating Ill -Tender submission philosophy. Cost Control and interaction between Contract Administration and Estimating. Rise and Fall. Build up of a typical rate of the following trade items: Reinforcement, tying and fixing; Brick and blockwork cost analysis.

BGB109 Evolution of Building

Aim: To make students aware of the development in building techniques and systems of construction.

Synopsis: A study of civilisations froin prehistoric to modern times examining systems of construction and their relationship to building techniques.

ARB197 ARB198

Aim:

Field Studies IA Field Studies IB

To encourage students to see processes and systems in action in the built environment.

Synopsis: The study, observation and evaluation of preparatory operations on the site, work under construction on the site and work being prepared for the site in various industrial processes.

Site courtesies; Location on site; Site preparation and equipment; Cominon subsoil strata; Common species of timber; Timber products; Essential servic,es.

ARB297 ARB298

Aim:

Field Studies 2A Field Studies 28

To encourage students to see 'the building' as one element in several interlocking systems.

Synopsis: The building and its physical setting. The impact on the natural environment, the building in a network of essential services, the social impact of the building. Current methods of construction in brick and timber frame.

Synopses 229

ARB397 Field Studies 3A

Aim: To have the student see in the field those elements of technology which are being covered in the formal teaching program.

Synopsis: a. Field studies of those elements covered in - Basic Engineering Services, Advanced Construction and where applicable, Structural Mechanics I and 2.

ARB398 Field Studies 38

Aim: To have the student see in the field those elements of technology which are being covered in the formal teaching program.

Synopsis: b. Particular studies of concrete technology including materials, admixtures, reinforcing, mixing, placing, strengths, testing and trials, curling, formwork, removal of formwork, constructi<;>n and strain joints, embedments.

ARB497 Field Studies 4

Aim: To continue and complete the Field Studies started the previous year.

Synopsis: Generally as for Field Studies 3 but taking into account also the work being covered in Design I.

ARB597 Field Studies 5

Aim: To encourage the student to observe and study management processes in action.

Synopsis: A critical review of existing systems in the industry. The studerit will be required to place himself in a position in which he has taken responsibilityforthetotal project including feasibility, design, services and construction and to explore the principle management problems at each step from conception to completion. Compilation of analyses and discussions of the various phases.

ARB697 Field Studies 6 Aim: To assist students to reach a high level of professional competence and to prepare them for the Practice Examination set by the Board of Architects of Queensland under 'The Architects Act, 1962'.

Synopsis: There will be no formal syllabus. Each student will be encouraged to seek responsible involvement in particular projects, to review his attainments against the requirements of the Practice Examination and to seek the early assistance of his employer and the School staff to reinforce an·y weak spots in his experience of training.

LPP771-6 Field Work and Workshops I-VI· Aim: 1. - To provide the means whereby students may observe landscape and inter-relating factors at first hand under tuition. 2. - To provide a forum or workshop situation in which students will be encouraged to co-ordinate subject material in association with a wide represent­ation of staff and a majority of students from all levels of the course and other courses.

(cont'd.)

230 Synopses

LPP771-6 Field Work and Workshops I-VI (cont'd.I

Synopsis: Field Work - At least three field trips per semester will be planned. These will concentrate on natural landscapes, their formation and pressures for change, and elements within those landscapes. Each Field Work and Workshop unit must incorporate a minimum of two field trips.

Workshops -At least one workshop per semester will be planned. Workshops will be concerned with landscape architectural matters and will offer the opportunity of relating all subject material. Each Field Work and Workshop unit must contain a minimum of one Workshop.

Students may apply for exemption from attendance at arranged field trips or workshops on the basis of their already having attended approved similar functions during the particular semester in question. Applications should contain a suitable report of the functions and the student's involvement therein.

LPP871-4 Field Studies and Workshops I-IV

Aim: To allow students to examine planning and related issues either by participation in seminars or attendance at guest lectures and to extend formal studies through exercises undertaken in the field.

Synopsis: Field Studies and Workshops - In all of these subject areas students will be expected to attend special seminars as programmed and in any two semesters to participate in a number of specified field trips of from one half day's to one week's duration. These compulsory field studies relate to other subject areas, principally Planning Practice and Resource Conservation and Management.

Planning Workshops - In both semesters, students will be expected to attend special seminars as programmed and in either semester to attend a compulsory field trip not exceeding one week's duration. Work undertaken during field studies will relate to other subject areas, principally Planning Options and Community Studies.

BGP116 Formwork Design and Construction

Aim: To provide the student with a greater understanding of formwork types, design, safety and cost.

Synopsis: Objectives in formwork building, quality, safety, control. Formwork planning -reuse, materials and hardware, cost, hire or buy, erecting .and stripping, scheduling. Types of materials, facings, finishes, hardware and fasteners. Loads and pressures on slab, beams, columns and wall forms. Form design and design tables. Formwork drawing and detailing. Building and erecting formwork, architectural forms. Precast concrete. Special techniques and pre-stressing. Proprietory formwork systems.

BGB601 Formwork Design and Construction

Aim: To provide the student with a greater understanding of formwork types, design, safety and cost.

(cont'd.)

Synopses 231

BGB601 Formwork Design and Construction (cont'd.I

Synopsis: Objectives in formwork building, quality, safety, control. Formwork planning -reuse, materials and hardware, cost, hire or buy, erecting and stripping, scheduling. Types of materials, facings, finishes, hardware and fasteners. Loads and pressures on slab, beams, columns and wall forms. Form design and design tables. Formwork drawing and detailing. Building and erecting formwork, architectural forms. Precast concrete. Special techniques and pre-stressing. Proprietory formwork systems. Falsework will be designed in conjunction with the above but will only involve simple support beam or axially loaded props, more complex support systems will not be dealt with.

ARA132 Freehand Drawing (a) and (b)

Aim: To develop skills and techniques in the free use of pencil, ink, felt pen, and other media as aids to graphic communication.

Synopsis: Sketching in pencil from nature, cast, and other areas. Development of tones and textures. Composition and presentation of sketching exercises. Sketching in ink by pen and brush, use of felt pen and similar media. Use of these media to present work undertaken in other study areas.

LPP731 Geomorphology Aim: To give students information on regional variety of landforms, processes involved, and interactions between humanity and landforms; to foster basic geographical skills.

Synopsis: Brief overview of earth processes; erosion; rivers and drainage channels; roles of climate and vegetation in landform and soil development; impact of dams; rivers and man's uses; coastal processes including man's uses; people as geomor­phological agents. This subject may include field work off-campus.

MNB031 Government Aim: To gain an appreciation of the three tiered Government System in Australia and to promote an understanding of the political environment in which professionals practice. This subject will attempt to look at Australia's Federal and State Systems of Government, the operation of the cabinet system and the functions of the various Departments and their relationship to the Building Industry.

Synopsis: It will deal broadly with the Australian Constitution, its history and the changing power structure in Australia from the States to Canberra through the power of the purse, in spite of the Constitution. An attempt will be made to explain the major parties policies with regard to important issues that affect the running of the country and the general state of the economy. An analysis will be made of pressure groups in Australia and attempt to explain how these groups work towards obtaining their goals through various methods associated with the political system. It examines those groups that have been successful in their efforts and explains the theories behind the concept of pluralist society.

Textbook: Mayer, H., 'Australian Political Patterns', Cheshire, 1973.

232 Synopses

LPP801 LPP802

Aim:

Graphics and Professional Presentation I Graphics and Professional Presentation 11

To ensure at least a satisfactory minimum standard of graphic and professional presentation skills for all students, so that greatest advantage can be taken of other teaching areas.

Synopsis: Skills development in graphic communication - freehand sketching of objects from observation, rendering textured surfaces, design developmental graphics, under­standing of two-dimensional layout and competence in presentation of two-dimen­sional design in reports and drawings. Oral and written presentations to individuals and groups.

ARP614 History of Industrial Design

Aim: To appreciate the important role Industrial Design has played in the development of the artifact from primitive tools to complex technological machinery and equipment.

Synopsis: AH istoric Background of Man Made Objects - from hand tools to moon probes -A review of the greatest single change in man's industrial Exodus, 'the Industrial Revolution' 1750-1850. Industrial Archaeology - an appreciation of Australian artifacts. The state of Art:

(a) the universal designers (b) hand tools to machines (c) the advent of Technology (d) projection for Future Industrial Design.

LPP719 History of Landscape Design

Aim: To allow students to appreciate that landscape design reflects a society's values and goals and is influenced by the level of technological knowledge and environmental considerations.

Synopsis: Development of conscious design of the landscape: a study of the philosophy of particular schools of landscape design and an investigation into recognised 'styles' of landscape design in relation to sociological and technological structure of the time. This knowledge will be used to investigate the validity and direction of landscape design in Australia.

ARA324 ARA424

Aim:

History of the Built Environment I (a) History of the Built Environment I (b)

To make students aware of the influences that changing society, development of technological knowledge, and availability of materials have had on design in the built environment.

Synopsis: A study of the growth of civilization as expressed in Towns, Buildings, and Landscape from Ancient Egypt to the Present Day.

LPP732 LPP733

Aim:

Horticulture I Horticulture II

Synopses 233

To provide technical information about horticultural needs of plants and requirements for broader landscape uses.

Synopsis: Recognition and requirements of the living plant. Relationships among soil fertility, nutrients, and plarit growth. Soil drainage and cultivation, soil improve­ment, sterilisation, and additives. Herbicides, pests, and diseases. Nursery techniques. Correct pruning and lopping procedures. Requires off campus field work. The establishment of vegetiation, techniques and procedures for varying soil and climatic conditions. Development, establishment, and maintenance procedures for specific items such as ~laying fields, pitches, greens, courts.

BGB007 BGB008

Hygiene and Sanitation I Hygiene and Sanitation II

Aim: To generate an awareness of how hydraulic engineering services affect building design in both the micro and macro situation.

Synopsis: Hygiene and Sanitation/ -A study of macro servic.es to the community including water supply, sewerage, power, gas telephone and other public services. Requirements of headworks and reticulations. A study of sanitation, septic tanks, absorption and transpiration beds, stormwater and sewerage disposal and garbage and refuse disposal.

Hygiene and Sanitation II - Hydraulic engineering services associated with buildings. Water supply (including fire fighting and hot water), sewerage and sanitary plumbing with a study of relevant Acts and laws, including sizing and testing of main and gravity fed services.

Textbooks: 'Sewerage, Water Supply and Gas Fitting Act 1949-1967', Government Printer. Basic Trades Manual, 'Sanitary Plumbing 10/1 ', Australian Government Publication Centre.

LPB301 Human Studies I

Aim: 1. To further study of man's cultural developments with special reference to

Australia. 2. To provide detailed study in behavioural science, built upon initial studies.

Synopsis: The series will be undertaken in two parts of equal importance:

A. History - Further studies of historical developments following on from previous work in Human Studies II, and an analytical study of the cultural development in Australia since the arrival of the first fleet showing the dichotomy of attitudes and philosophy to culture before and after this event. A close examination of a society's challenge to a multiplex environment, including studies of man's impact on the Australian environment.

Field studies allow appreciation of the processes of evolution in the specific areas of the arts, architecture, urban and rural planning, and landscape architecture.

(cont'd.)

234 Synopses

LPB301 Human Studies I (cont'd.)

B. Behavioural Science - The relationships amongst culture, the built environment, and human behaviour. Basic concepts of social space, group dynamics, decision-making processes, evaluation of effectiveness in group situations, the role of management and the manager with reference to work and its meaning, motivation, and organisation.

The study will also draw examples from previous and present times to show how people in a group and the management of these groups have affected the living environments of man. Future possible directions and resultant consequences.

MNB032 Human Studies II

Aim: To provide information on the institutional and organisational response to man's needs for conduct of society.

Synopsis: A study of the formal organisation of man: specific aspects of community and the system of government under which the community evolves, especially with reference to the Australian situation. Topics would include social interaction and Gonflict in urban areas, development of pressure groups, unions, political parties, <1nd multinationals and the processes of accommodation and compromise, Australia's three-tiered government system, the electoral system, and minor and sectional interest groups.

ARB713 Industrial Construction I

Aim: To use knowledge gained in construction studies in previous semesters to investigate a wider variety and uses of construction elements, with an emphasis on workshop use.

Synopsis: A more detailed study of constructional elements begun in previous semesters. Studies related to industrial and other methods of construction (e.g. aircraft, vehicles, furniture and fittings, products), space frames.

Special emphasis will be placed on workshop practice and skills and the construction of block models and prototypes.

Projects concurrent with this subject will be concerned with performance, efficiency, and ultimate cost to the community and with integrity of structure.

ARB714 Industrial Construction 2

Aim: To provide information ori specific industrial design elements as an indicator of their possible uses.

Synopsis: Design elements and innovation in construction details. Reliability and integrity of structures. Structural failures: Life Cycles testing and measurement.

Bearings, seals, gears, belts, chains, linkages, couplings, clutches, brakes, dampers, lubrication and wear. Fastenings to include different jointing systems, pinjointed structures and adhesives. Prefabrication of metals and plastics to include various welding techniques.

Synopses 235

ARP611,621,631,641,651,661 Industrial Design A

Synopsis: 1. - To develop a better understanding of the design process by guiding the student through the various stages of the project. 2. - To come to terms with the nature of problem solving in practice by preventing the 'grabbing of solutions' in the early stages of the design. 3. - To act in an advisory capacity for students wishing to explore related areas of design study.

Synopsis: Design A is offered as an in-depth study area, ubiquitous to the course structure. Subjects will be approved by staff, in some cases projects may take up two semesters in duration depending on the complexity of the problems and the year of study. Typical problems will include the design of consumer goods, industrial and agricultural equipment, industrialised bathrooms and kitchens and those evolving from the transport industries. Rapid transit systems. An alternative to the motor car. Those students wishing to tackle designs for social needs as well as the user oriented market in reduced labour cost products and modular designs, will be accommodated. Design stages should be clearly adhered to in methodology and presentation and will usually involve models, 'mock-ups' or even full scale working prototypes.

ARP612, 622, 632 Industrial Design B

Aim: To equip the student with a full range of small projects less complex than the type of assignment one might undertake in the major study area. To allow the student to develop quick problem solving techniques but at the same time maintain an elegance of solution.

Synopsis: Design Bis offered as a minor study area. Projects should not last more than four weeks where a quick solution is sought. Areas such as stainless steel ware, hand tools. Games i.e. chess sets. Ceramics, fabric design, graphics, light fittings, small electrical goods may be considered. Although 'quickness' is often associated with contrivance it is hoped to achieve a standard of design in a qualitative sense and to promote decision making at that level.

ARB710 Industrial Processes

Aim: To develop understanding of:

1. Production processes and costs of manufacture in different communities, within the overall context of industrial development.

2. To examine manufacturing processes and their roles in generating design ideas and determining production form.

Synopsis: An understanding of the relationship between cost, the manufacturing process and the machinery of organisation, comparative production environments, the impact of structural change with reference to the industrial scene.

A number of case studies will be developed around the manufacturing organ­isations and sites visited in the study of production processes.

Methods, techniques and management used in converting raw materials into manufactured products. Emphasis will be on the scope and limitations of the processes used in relation to the properties of the material.

Processes studied will include casting, rolling, pressing, extruding, spinning, blow mounding, vacuum forming, machining, welding, and finishings such as chrome plating, shot blasting, painting, enamelling, anodising, and upholstering, all in relation to materials such as metal, plastic, timber, clay, glass, concrete, and ceramics. Studies are built around a number of factory and site visits.

An examination of technologies in relation to their appropriateness and cost to

236 Synopses

ARP633 Industrial Production Techniques

Aim: To give the student a working knowledge of advanced Industrial production processes including fully automated systems such as assembly line techniques, on-line computer process handling and the production of products untouched by human hands. To familiarise the student.with the engineering standards and requirements in advanced production processes which includes finding the right machine process for the material and product. To give the student an awareness of the potentials of Industrialised production commensurate with finding a suitable production technique in his design solution. Factory visits are an essential part of this programme.

Synopsis: Automation Today - Advantages of practical automation, case histories of automated machinery, methods such as in turning and profiling, milling, broaching, gear cutting, rolling, grinding, etc. Production in relation to metals, plastics, ceramics, wood, rubber etc. Heat treating and finishes, continuous furnaces, automatic leaders and unleaders, various methods for different finishing operations, automatic and semi-automatic assembly methods of automatic riveting, welding, brazing and soldering. Inspection and testing, mechanical pneumatic electrical and electronic inspection methods. Various casting tech­niques from 'one-offs' to production automation, sand casting, lost wax shell moulding etc. ·

MNP028 MNB028

Aim:

Industrial Psychology Industrial Psychology

The application of management and behavioural techniques to the construction industries.

Synopsis: Selecting, placing, training and appraising employees -Performance criteria and prediction, testing, employee training, transfers, promotion. Worker efficiency -working conditions, safety and accident control. Record systems and wages and salaries administration. Manpower planning. ·

Textbooks: E.F.L. Breck, 'Construction Management in Principle and Practice'. J.J. Adrian, 'Business Practices for Construction Management'.

MNP018 MNB018

Industrial Relations Industrial Relations

Aim: To provide the students with an awareness of the problems emanating from industrial relations issues, and how they are resolved.

Synopsis: Structure and development of the industrial relations system in Australia. Federal and State concilliation and arbitration systems, authority and extent of jurisdiction. Industrial relations issues such as wages, conditions, claims and disputes. Role of the trade unions, the employers' and employees' representatives, the commission, awards, and agreements. Acts, regulations, and worker's compensation. Law of Master and Servant. Strikes and Lockouts. Public liability insurance. Law of Professional Negligence.

Textbooks: W.E.J. McCarthy, 'Trade Unions', Penguin. R. O'Dea, 'Industrial Relations in Australia', West Publishing Corporation, 1970. J.E. Josse and G.W. Ford, 'Australian Labour Relations Readings' R. Martin, Trade Unions in Australia'. R. Hyman, 'Strikes'.

Synopses 237

CET305 Introduction to Civil and Transport Engineering

Aim: 1. - To introduce students to the roles of civil and transport engineers in planning, and to the concepts with which they deal.

Synopsis: The work of civil and transport engineers, and their relationship to planning. The servicing needs of communities. The relationship between macro-services and urban form, density and growth. The various services and the basic elements of their design; water, sewerage, stormwater, gas, electricity, telephones, flood mitigation. The requirements of head works and reticulations. The forms of transport used for p.eople and goods. in cities: pedestrian, cycle, automobile, heavy vehicle, bus, train, and air. The concept of hierarchies. Design elements of these forms, especially as they relate to residential, industrial, rural and commercial areas. The parts played by State and Local Government in the provision of services and transport. Financial and administrative aspects, and the methods and procedures in the preparation of cost studies and approximate estimation of the cost of works related to planning. '

ACP698 ACB698

Aim:

Introduction to Computing Introduction to Computing

To provide students with comprehensive understanding of programming in BASIC and provide students with sufficient background to input computer techniques into course subjects requiring data processing.

Synopsis: Brief history and development of computers. The use of digital computers. Flow charting and an assessment of the main languages in current use. Programming exercises and application of some common packages. The management of computer systems.

LPP807 LPP808

Aim:

Introduction to Planning I Introduction to Planning II

To define the scope and role of planning and introduce students to the methodology required for the development of problem solving and decision­making capability.

Synopsis: 1. Population Analysis. 2. Land Use studies in housing, retail and commerce, recreation and open space, industry and community.facilities. Analysis of the planning process leading to the preparation of a planning brief. Design analysis at residential scale. 3. Theory, method and practice in planning. Planning approaches and case studies of planning reports.

LPP750 Introduction to Professions

Aim: To promote awareness of other professions involved in land use planning, their role and work areas.

Synopsis: A series of seminars and tutorials presented by a range of persons involved in land use design and/or planning, and including information on the expertise and roles of those professions.

238 Synopses

LPA530 LPA630

Aim:

Introduction to Urban Studies I Introduction to Urban Studies II

To develop an appreciation of the urban environment.

Synopsis: Understanding of the physical, social, and political processes of urbanisation -growth and patterns of cities and regions. Internal structure of cities. Concepts of city size and function, urban form and change. Some social aspects of population and demography. Alternative urban patterns and life styles.

LPA332 LPA432

Aim:

Introductory Planning Theory and Techniques I Introductory Planning Theory and Techniques II

To introduce students to some of the main elements of planning theory, and to make them familiar with the main practical techniques used in planning situations.

Synopsis: An introduction to the current main trends in planning theory. Planning methodology with special reference to development - structure - policy - action -and masterplans. Planning standards for relevant land uses. Public participation methods. Models in planning and projection methods used for various activities. Elementary statistical methods.

LPA531 LPA631

Aim:

Introductory Resource Conservation and Management I Introductory Resource Conservation and Management II

To understand the main issues involved in man's use of land and resources and introduce techniques used in their conservation and management.

Synopsis: Social, economic, political and environmental implications of land and resource utilization and conflicts. Rural land uses. Land use and landscape survey and analysis. Environmental impact study procedures.

LPP804 Introductory Techniques

Aim: To introduce students to basic techniques for processing information and for presenting planning studies.

Synopsis: Mapped information; map reading; source and types of base information available. Aerial photography; availability and interpretation. Graphic present­ation; design, materials and communication. Presentation processes - printing, duplicating and audio-visual means.

LPB503 Land Development I

Aim: To provide information aboutthe political, economical and physical backgrounds to land development, and then to investigate land development processes.

Synopsis: Framework for decisions and policies - development objectives and conflicts, the politico-economic framework, the land development process, aspects of poten­tially subdivisible land, characteristics of land development projects. Operation of the raw land market. Production aspects of land development projects, structure and operation of approval authorities. Design considerations - natural, engineering, planning, architectural, and final character aspects.

Synopses 239

LPB602 Land Development 2

Aim: To make students aware of the problems associated with implementation of land development proposals and the means of achieving land development designs.

Synopsis: Land development projects - financial aspects (private and community view­points), marketing aspects, the housing industries, problems confronting firms and the industry, trends. Spot developments - approval processes, development networks, financing and marketing aspects.

BGP318 BGB606

Aim:

Land Development Studies Land Development Studies

To provide students with an understanding of the structure, operation and control of the land development industry.

Synopsis: The Politico Economic Framework - Traditional and contemporary roles of the public and private sectors. Land Use Plans and Rezoning Techniques - Types of plans and rezoning techniques in different Australian States. Aspects of Potentially Subdivisible Land- Factors affecting the direction and area of land ripe for development and subdivision, and characteristics of land development projects. Production Aspects of Land Development - The production network - sequence, timing and identification of problem areas, lodgement of applications and control of progress. Layout Design Aspects - What constitutes a 'good' layout. Financial Aspects of Development Projects - Financial significance of the production network and its variation. Sources and costs of finance. Reasons for project delays and effects. Marketing Aspects of Development Projects- Pricing mechanisms and marketing strategies. Trends and Prospects in the Development Industry - Main emphasis will be on urban residential activity with some treatment of industrial and rural development.

Textbooks: Murphy, D.G., 'Economic Aspects of Residential Subdivisions'. Australian Institute of Urban Studies, Canberra. Some draft chapters of a forthcoming mineograph will be issued.

LPP736 Land Management Studies Aim: To provide a framework for study of resources, their management, control, and conservation.

Synopsis: Cultural and historical bases of man's perception and use (and abuse) of land; goals and processes of land management; nature and causes of conflicts associated with use and management of land; alternative approaches and techniques of land management.

LPP735 Land Use Studies Aim: To provide a strong survey input into non-urban land use in order to understand the physical and social requirements of those uses.

Synopsis: The requirements of agriculture, stock, forestry, extractive industries, National Parks, recreation, and other non-urban uses of land: the environmental conse­quences of changing demands and practices.

240 ·Synopses

LPP741 Landscape Construction

Aim: To provide technical knowledge on methods of construction used in landscape works.

Synopsis: Construction problems and solutions in landscape works - land clearing, earth moving and modelling; methods, machinery and equipment for earth works; filling materials; soil stabilisation; specifications, plans and estimating for earthworks; specific items such as pools, roads, recreational facilities; services; common cause of failure and remedial measures, sub-surface drainage.

LPA333 LPA433

Aim:

Landscape Construction J Landscape Construction II

To give information on Landscape Construction in such a way as to develop an awareness of principles and procedures.

Synopsis: Construction problems and solutions in landscape works - land clearing, earth moving and modelling; methods, machinery and equipment for earth works; filling materials, specifications and documentation.

LPP711 Landscape Design I

Aim: To provide information in thethree basic areas of design theory, problem solving, and survey/analysis techniques.

Synopsis: Basic landscape design theory and terminology, problem identification and methodologies for problem solving, survey and analysis techniques for site/ client/use/community requirements.

LPP712 Landscape Design II

Aim: To provide the opportunity to apply Design Theory to Landscape Architectural design.

Synopsis: Design exercises with reference to historical precedents as studies of translation of theory into actual designs, related to smaller scale work and the needs of the individual. Concept and site structure planning. Criticism techniques for assessing actual and proposed designs.

LPP713 Landscape Design Ill

Aim: To provide a framework through theory and practice for understanding urban form and growth and the roles of the landscape architect in their directions.

Synopsis: Examination of the processes, forces, and pressures that shape and influence urban landscape form; potential alternative responses to these influencing factors; exploration of possible alternative concepts and approaches to decision making in the urban context; urban landscape design (including planting design).

LPP714 Landscape Design IV

Aim: To provide a framework for understanding methodology of larger scale landscape design and the role of the landscape architect in regional design.

Synopsis: Large scale planning methods and techniques; planting design for large scale projects, constraints to landscape planning; the regional planning team.

Synopses 241

LPP715 Landscape Design V

Aim: To encourage effective means of appreciation and criticism of landscape design; to involve students in intricate design problems.

Synopsis: Critiques of proposed and existing landscape projects; preparation of briefs for consultants; intricate landscape design projects of all scales with special emphasis on materials use within definite environmental criteria.

LPP716 Landscape Design VI

Aim: To provide an opportunity for students to devote time to an individual design study.

Synopsis: An approved study in landscape design. This study may be entirely elective, directed, or restricted, depending on student's previous work. Each student will be required to present a brief of the work to be undertaken for approval at the beginning of the study. Design in relation to other subjects will be encouraged.

LPP742 Landscape Engineering

Aim: To evoke an appreciation of the needs of engineering services in the landscape in order to evolve methods for their sympathetic inclusion in a designed landscape.

Synopsis: Materials and construction methods for larger engineering structures and their physical and visual effects upon the landscape -construction of roads, dams, airfields, bridges, canals and railways; power reticulation; structures associated with large scale construction.

LPP734 Landscape Geography Aim: To provide information to enable students to appreciate character of landscape. Synopsis: The physical determinants of landscape character; climate, topography, vege­tation and fauna. The role of each in development of landscape types. Studies of landscapes with special reference to Queensland and Australia. Requires off campus field work.

LPP743 Landscape Materials Aim: To encourage observation of not only physical and visual characteristics of materials, but also the emotive response induced by those materials and their uses; through this knowledge to determine final form and methods of use of materials.

Synopsis: Identification of a wide variety of both natural and man-made materials by use of tactile, visual, olfactory, audio, and taste senses. The use of materials to generate or reinforce character and to produce designed responses from users. Expression of form due to qualities of materials used and the resultant relationship to city scape and building form. Construction techniques for urban/suburban situations: pavings, walls and screens, roofs, furniture; the use of vegetation as a construction material.

242 Synopses

LPA335 LPA435

Aim:

Landscape Techniques and Materials I Landscape Techniques and Materials II

To provide students with technical information on the techniques and materials used in the development and construction of landscape architectural materials.

Synopsis: Horticultural techniques; identification of native and exotic plant material and their growth requirements; soil types, formations, characteristics and uses; construction materials, uses and qualities; materials and methods for walls, paths, steps and minor buildings; services; sub-surface drainage.

BGP110 BGB508

Aim:

Law of Dilapidations Law of Dilapidations

To provide the student with legal and practical knowledge in a subject pertaining to the building industry.

Synopsis: The meaning of dilapidations, liability for dilapidations. The meaning of waste; legal and equitable waste; liability for waste. Implied and statutory obligations to repair between landlord and tenant; obligation under express contract inter­pretation of covenants to repair; meaning of fair wear and tear. The effect of assignment of term or reversion upon liability to repair. Liability of executors. Landlords' remedies for breach of covenant to repair, notices to repair, interim schedules; schedules at end of leases; measure of damages. Liability for work required and charges made by local authorities. Dangerous structures. Party walls. Fences. Liability for injuries to third parties, liabilities of owner and occupier to persons coming on to the premises, to persons using the highway and to adjoining owners. Statutory provision and cases of importance relating to dilapidations, waste and repair in respect of urban properties.

Textbook: B. Adkin, 'The Law of Dilapidations', The Estates Gazette.

ARA528 Legislation of Built Environment

Aim: To make the student aware of the importance of conformity with all legal aspects of work in the Built Environment.

Synopsis: An examination of the Local Government by-laws and ordinances covering Building, Town Planning and Health, The Factories and Shops Act, and other acts and regulations affecting the Built Environment. Some consideration of Common Law and the Law of Contracts as these affect the work of a Technician.

ARB191 Liberal Studies I

Contemporary Civilisation -Aim: To help students understand the culture of the community in which they live.

Synopsis: An outline study of the social institutions which men have shaped and the manner in which these institutions have moulded the outlook and activities of men. A general study of the Brisbane community. Field studies of selected aspects of the community. Social interaction between groups and subcultures; the poor, the derelicts, the suburbanites, the privileged. The reality behind the visible manifestation.

(cont'd.)

ARB191

Language -Aim:

Synopses 243

Liberal Studies I (cont'd.)

To introduce students to the principles of the use of the spoken word in communication.

Synopsis: Speech communication and social patterns, group processes, speech preparation and delivery, organisation of and participation in co-operative and competitive discussion.

Freehand Drawing -Aim: To develop skills and techniques in the Free use of pencil, ink, felt pen, and other media as aids to graphic communication.

Synopsis: Sketching in pencil from nature, cast, and other areas. Development of tones and textures. Composition and presentation of sketching exercises. Sketching in ink by pen and brush, use of felt pen and similar media. Use of these media to present work undertaken in other study areas.

ARB192 Liberal Studies 2

Natural Environment -Aim: To give students an introductory course of study in the natural environment.

Synopsis: A short course covering ecosystems, energy flows, interactions, producers/ consumers, food webs succession, trophic levels, biological magnification. Aspects of the Australian environment, Man as part of the ecosystem.

Written Communication -Aim: To introduce students to the principles of written communication; to emphasise the interdisciplinary nature of communication studies.

Synopsis: Linguistic theory- the grammatical system, vocabulary and usage of standard English prose. The structure of modern prose -co-ordination and subor­dination, coherence and continuity. Reseearch method and reporting. Data collection and presentation. Social, cultural and psychological considerations in effective professional communication.

Applied Art -Aim: To develop skills and techniques in graphics, particularly in the use of pencil for geometrical and perspective presentation. To develop expertise in the use of colour in design.

Synopsis: Lettering, layout of drawings, drafting techniques, perspective, projections, elementary graphic design. Theory of colour, hue, tone value, chrona, Rood's Law, colour circle, colour harmony, tonal and colour discord, use of poster colour, pictorial composition.

244 Synopses

ARB291 Liberal Studies 3

Recent History -Aim: To make students aware of some of the more significant facets of recent history and in particular with relation to the built environment.

Synopsis: The Twentieth Century: The Bauhaus, Gropius, Klee, Mies: The American Architect~. Recent Planning and landscapes.

Modern Literature -Aim: Study of contemporary literature.

Synopsis: A short study of several of the significant works of recent and contemporary literature. (Students will be expected to have read the set works during the vacation so that they may participate more fruitfully in the tutorials).

ARB292 Liberal Studies 4

European Cultural History -Aim: To make students aware of the broad sweep of European history.

Synopsis: The Industrial Revolution as the forerunner to the 20th Century: The Enlightenment and the Romantics: The Renaissance Society and Art; Medieval Europe; The Dark Ages; Early European Civilisations.

Fine Art­Aim: To generate an appreciation of design throughout the ages as expressed in man's artifacts and works of art: To investigate design in this regard in Australia.

Synopsis: Study of artifacts and the works of painters, sculptors etc., through the ages. Examination of the principles behind various movements: Study of Art and Design in Australia, from indigenous cultures to present day.

ARB391 Liberal Studies 5

Elements of Law -Aim: To provide the students with a broad general knowledge of the rules which regulate the daily lives of all citizens.

Synopsis: Elements of law. The meaning of 'the law' in an ordered society. A broad survey of general legal principles including torts, contracts, the administration of the law, and the Queensland Criminal Code.

Government I -Aim: To gain an appreciation of the three tiered Government system in Australia in order to facilitate an understanding of the political environment in which professions practice.

Synopsis: Australia's federal system of government:

The operation of the Cabinet system; The operation of the major political parties; The operation of the pressure groups; The operation of the public service; The community involvement in the process of government.

The course will concentrate on the Australian and Queensland political systems.

ARB392

Legislation -Aim:

Synopses 245

Liberal Studies 6

To provide the necessary information on Acts, By-laws, and Regulations to enable the students to understand the law as a constraint in the design process.

Synopsis: A review of the Australian and Queensland Acts, Local Authority By-laws, and the regulations of statutory authorities as they affect the built environment.

Government 2 -Aim: To promote an understanding of the political environment in which pro­fessionals practise.

Synopsis: Study of the effects of governmental systems, trade unions, emphlyers federation and other public and private institutions an the development of communities in Urban and Regional planning and implementation. Various Case Studies.

ARP523 Management and Law I (a) The management process in architectural practice includes management

planning, organization, control, staffing, policy direction. Sole proprietor/ partnership/corporations/joint ventures. Financial management, account­ing methods and concepts. Staff organization, capabilities, vertical/ horizontal, team communication, office procedures/practice, office standard forms, reporting time forms. Organizational chart, reporting expenses, insurance, travel, expense accounts. (30 x 1 hr)

(b) Architect's responsibilities in contract and tort, legal relationship of those involved, the legal system, Architects Act, law in relation to copyright, registration, partnerships, companies, contracts in general, disputes, land and building activities. Insurance in general terms, building contracts and documentation in brief, conditions of tendering, tendering procedures and analysis of tenders. (30 x 1 hr)

ARP532 Management and Law II

(a) Professional Practice in Architecture

Architect's responsibility for inspection and certification, work programm­ing, conditions of engagement and scales of fees, forms of building contract in detail, the construction industry in general, establishing the contract, duties as administrator, arbitration. (30 x 1 hr)

(b) System Theory and Architecture

Introduction to the application of systems theory to architecture. (15 x 1 hr)

(c) Computers in Architectural Practice

Trends and concepts in computers, and their relevance. Systems Approach. Architectural and application of Information Structures, Geometric and non-geometric data files. Input/Output devices. Applications software. Design Appraisal. (15 x 1hr)

(d) Building Project Management for Architects

Brief history of control of building projects. Management theory- planning, organising, controlling construction. Alternative Contractual arrangements. Market surveys for property development. Feasibility studies for property development. Decision Analysis. Financing property develop­ment. Selection and commissioning of design consultants. Design/

(cont'd.)

246 Synopses

ARP532 Management and Law II (cont'd.)

Function/Performance Briefs. Programming and time control in building. Cost control in building. Project management of the design process. Project management during construction phase. Commissioning and maintenance of building projects. Building function and cost evaluation -value for money. Project management and leasing/selling property developments. (30 x 1 hr)

LPB101 Man and Environment I

Aim: 1. To promote a solid base of studies on perception and human factors

related to design. 2. To introduce behavioural science as a film base for later studies. 3. To encourage a basic understanding of interactions in the natural

environment and an appreciation of environment as it underlies and is affected by the actions of Man and his Society.

Synopsis: The series will be undertaken in four parts of equal emphasis.

(a) Perception -a study of the physiological, psychological and cultural aspects of perceptions to develop an appreciation of our interaction with society and the environment and the associated mental process of interpretation. Detailed study will be undertaken of perception related to volume, colour, shape, form etc.

(b) Human Factors -a study of human factors in relation to design constraints -static and dynamic anthropometry, work place, sensory perception, traffic flow, performance, transfer, and stereotype. How things don't work. Problem solving and human systems.

(c) Behavioural Studies -studies of individual behaviour as a preliminary to Behavioural Studies. The studies will include reasons for and methods of studying human behaviour, principles and study techniques for individual learning, the thinking processes, reactions and attitudes, personality. Case studies will be used.

(d) Natural Environment -the concept of the ecosystem, the application of systems concepts in the natural world. Energy in ecosystems, energy consumption and energy balance affecting weather and climate. Interactions in the natural environ­ment - producers, consumers, food webs, trophic levels and biological magnification, material cycling, resource depletion, pollution, and limiting factors. The ecology of populations, population characteristics and dynamics, factors affecting population size.

LPB201 Man and Environment 2

Aim: 1. To study cultural developments of man to show the integration of culture,

technology, environment, architecture, art and artifacts. 2. To investigate the role of culture in generating human value systems. 3. To promote awareness and understanding of the work and roles of the six

disciplines in the School. 4. To generate an awareness that man is part of an ecosystem and to form a

base on which students may solve problems involving the natural world.

(cont'd.)

Synopses 24 7

LPB201 Man and Environment 2 (cont'd.)

Synopsis: This series will be undertaken in four parts of equal value.

(a) History -Significant developments within the history of the built environment, beginning with recent examples and working backwards in time to set an historical context. Interactions amongst society's goals, the level of technological knowledge, climate, and environments, and the final form and detail of the built environment.

(b) Sociology -Role of culture in generating human value systems as reflected in the evolution of significant ideas, physical forms, technologies and aesthetics. The manifestation of these will be examined through consideration of civilisation as a socio-cultural artifact, as an art form expressive of prevailing aesthetics and applications of technology as reflection of v·Jlues vis a vis the environment.

(c) Studies of the Professions -Outlines of the work and roles of the Architect, Industrial Designer, Landscape Architect, Urban and Regional Planner, Builder, and Quantity Surveyor. Relationships amongst these professions, and with associated professional and other groups.

(d) Natural Environment -History of man's impact on the environment; man as part of the ecosystem. Diversity as an ecological resource, the resilience of natural systems, symptoms of overloading. Structure and function of essential biological systems; environmental health. Aspects of the Australian environment, case studies, trends and options. Special reference will be made to the involvement of each of the six disciplines of the School in the natural environment.

ARP634 Marketing Aim: To develop an understanding of marketing and sales in relation to the Designer and his product.

Synopsis: This is not a course in marketing as such but more a logical conclusion to where Design Management leaves the Design field and the product becomes a consumer item.

It is concerned with the product before it is ever designed, in the form of 'market surveys' and how these surveys aid the design process. It is also concerned with an after process, when the product is produced having satisfied the requirements of the survey. For example, the sales process as a measure of success or unsuccess, presenting 'feedback' to the Designer. The following are guide lines to the course:

1. Definition of the market in relation to the Designer and product, i.e. the scope.

2. Environmental factors influencing adaption of the Marketing concepts. 3. Modern organisation theory with regard to the market survey. 4. The function of Design Management in marketing and sales. 5. Psychological factor and marketing. 6. Marketing characteristics and consumer goods and Industrial goods, i.e.

aircraft, agricultural equipment, 'capital goods'. 7. (a) Developing new products and when to introduce them.

(b) The product life cycle. (c) Why products fail.

8. The influence of price on design factors.

248 Synopses

ARP615 Materials and Processes

Aim: To give those students, new to the subject, a working knowledge of the processes involved in industry where materials methods and structure are concerned in relation to manufacture of products.

Synopsis: Materials used in Industry - Choosing the right process for the material. To investigate materials such as plastic, metals, wood, glass, ceramics, their chemical and physical properties in relation to the means available to process them. Plastics Technology Processes - Thermo-setting, thermo-plastic polymers. Injection, jet, blow molding. Pressure die casting, extruders, vacuum forming, plastic coating and finishing. Metals - Machining, chaping, coating, forging, roll forming, bending, welding, pressure forming, finishing, extruding, electroplating, anodising, chroming. Glass- llluminosilicate Borosilicate types, blowing.glass, centrifugal casting and drawing, glass fiber and reinforced plastic, glass ceramics. Ceramics - Carbides, castings, coatings, electrical ceramics, extrusions, ceramic injection moulding. Ceramic Fabrication Processes - Cementition casting, fusion casting, isostatic pressing, dry pressing, machining, molten forming methods, slip casting. Woods - Hard and soft woods. Laminates manufacture of chip board, wood metal laminates.

BGB103 BGB104

Aim:

Material Science I Material Science II

To develop an understanding of the physical and chemical properties of materials and how they affect the built environment.

Synopsis: Elements of Material Science: Introduction to atomic structure and bonding and its effects on a material's engineering property. Properties, manufacture, use and analysis of timber, steel, concrete, and clay products, including investigation into their strength, density, hardness, porosity, plasticity, elasticity and deterioration. Laboratory and field testing of bricks, mortar, brickwork, concrete, timber, steel. Investigation and protection of materials against corrosion and fire.

Textbooks: B.R. Schlenker, 'Introduction to Material science', SI Ed., J. Wiley. Cement and Concrete Association, 'Design, Control ana Characteristics of Concrete'.

BGB203 BGB204

Material Science Ill Material Science IV

Aim: To develop an understanding of the physical and chemical properties of materials and how they affect the built environment.

Synopsis: Elements of material sciences: Introduction to atomic structure and bonding and its effects on a material's engineering property. Elementary metallurgy of iron and steel. Non ferrous metals and alloys. Joining of metals, fatigue, creep, brittle and ductile fractures, corrosion and protection. Properties, manufacture, use and analysis of asbestos cement, wood products, ceramics, polymers, paints, sealants and mastic products. Investigation into the materials strength, density, hardness, porosity, plasticity, elasticity, deterioration, optical, electrical, thermal and acoustic properties.

Textbooks: B.R. Schlenker, 'Introduction to Material Science', S Ed., J. Wiley. Flanagan, D., (Ed.), 'Materials', Scientific American. Alexander and Street, 'Metals in the Service of Man'.

Synopses 249

CHB497 Materials Science

Aim: To enable students to appreciate how the properties of materials that are used in the built environment are determined by their fundamental atomic and molecular structure.

Synopsis: Classification of materials as inorganic, organic and biological. Solids, liquids, and gases. Atoms and molecules. Crystalline and non-crystalline solids and their behaviour. Metals and alloys. Polymeric materials. Ceramics and other inorganic materials. Composite materials. The forming, shaping, and joining of materials. Stability of materials in service. Protective materials. Materials as sources of energy and in other 'non-construction' applications-e.g. lubricants and coolants.

MAB297 Mathematics for Construction

Aim: To provide the necessary mathematics and statistical background to enable students to understand structures and quantitative management techniques in the building industry.

Synopsis: Data handling and basic techniques, trigonometry, solution of triangles, systems of linear equations, basic matrix algebra. Introduction to probability and statistics, graphical representation of data, estimation, regression and correlation. Introduction to financial mathematics, simple and compound interest, annuities.

LPP744 Measurement

Aim: To provide information on mapping methods and interpretation of aerial photographs and imagery.

Synopsis: Types, availability, costs of maps Methods of map production by ground survey, photogrammetry, and remote sensing. Image interpretation. Examination of case studies in the mapping process.

SVT300 SVT400

Aim:

Measurement I Measurement II

1. To create an awareness and understanding of the importance of accurate measurement and recording of land survey.

2. To gain expertise in these areas.

Synopsis: Measurement I - Introduction to all types of measurement"connected with the built environment; importance of accuracy; contribution of the authorised land surveyor; introduction to maps and mapping; basic land subdivision and tenure of land; instruments used in measurement of land and sites; horizontal and sloping measurements; true and magnetic meridians; use of prismatic compass. Principles of use of dumpy level, tilting level, cowley level, staff; recording and reducing of levels. Leval Datum, Bench Marks, Contour plans; drawing for cut and fill. Measuring existing buildings; external elevations, plans, sections, details. Measurement II - Introduction to techniques of broad land-surveying, the use of theodolite, optical plummet, laser, infrared and other means. Use and inter­pretation of aerial photography, and measuring. Field and studio exercises in land surveying. Sources of maps and air photos etc. (public and private).

250 Synopses

BGB005 BGB006

Aim:

Measurement of Construction I Measurement of Construction II

To develop and reinforce the basic concepts of Measurement for Building Works and to explain how these concepts relate to construction solutions in single and two storey load bearing buildings with simple foundations.

Synopsis: Measurement of Construction I - Introduction to Quantity Surveying including the work of the Quantity Surveyor and his relationship with other members of the building industry. A study of mensuration and formulae involved in the calculation of length, area and volume. Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in the trades roofer and roof plumber, plasterer, pavior, tiler and terrazzo worker, joiner, ironmonger, glazier and painter. Measurement of Construction II - Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in the trades of excavator, concretor, bricklayer, blocklayer and carpenter.

Textbook: Australian Standard Method of Measurement (Metric). Edition 4.

BGB009 BGB010

Aim:

Measurement of Construction Ill Measurement of Construction IV

To further develop and reinforce the concepts described previously but to relate these concepts to more advanced construction solution in concrete framed buildings having simple basements but complex foundations.

Synopsis: Measurement of Construction Ill - Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in more complex building solutions in the trades excavator, concreter, bricklayer and blocklayer. Measurement of Construction IV - Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in the trades asphalter and built up roofing, demolisher, mason, structural steel and precast concrete.

Textbook: Australian Standard Method of Measurement (Metric). Edition 4.

BGB307 BGB308

Aim:

Measurement of Construction V Measurement of Construction VI

To further develop and reinforce the concepts described previously but to relate these concepts to complex basement and foundation work and structural systems.

Synopsis: Measurement of Construction V - Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in complex basement and f~~ndation work in the trades underpinning, excavator, concretor and all types of pr ling systems. Study and instruction will also be applied to complex structural systems in suspended slabs and walls. Measurement of Construction VI - Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in the trades plumber and drainer. Textbook:

Australian standard Method of Measurement (Metric). Edition 4.

BGP121 BGB524

Aim:

Measurement of Construction VII Measurement of Construction VII

Synopses 251

(i.) To further develop and reinforce the concepts described previously but to relate these concepts to the measurement of internal engineering services not previously covered in complex structures.

(ii.) To investigate and understand the different methods of Bill of Quantity presentation.

Synopsis: Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in the trades of mechanical and electrical engineer, external works and preliminaries. Detailed study and instruction in the process of Bill of Quantity presentation and the prospects for computer usage in Bill of Quantity preparation.

Textbook: Australian standard Method of Measurement (Metric). Edition 4.

BGB332 Measurement of Construction Work I Aim: To develop and reinforce the concept of Measurement and explain how these concepts relate to simple construction solutions.

Synopsis: Introduction of Quantity Surveying including the work of the Quantity Surveyor and his relationship with other members of the building industry. A study of mensuration and formulae involved in the calculation of length, area and volume. Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in the trades of - roofer and roof plumber, plasterer, pavior, tiler and terrazzo worker, joiner, ironmonger, glazier and painter.

BGB431 Measurement of Construction Work 2 Aim: To develop and reinforce the basic concepts of Measurement and to explain how these concepts relate to simple construction solutions.

Synopsis: Further study of the work of the Quantity Surveyor and of the Australian Standard Method of Measurement. Exercises in measurement of several trades such as excavator, concreter, bricklayer, blocklayer and carpenter, and in single storey structures having load bearing walls with strip or beam footings.

BGB531 Measurement of Construction Work 3 Aim: To further develop and reinforce the concepts described previously but to relate these concepts to more advanced construction solutions in high rise buildings. Synopsis:

a. Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in complex building solutions in concreter, bricklayer and blocklayer.

b. Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in the trades asphalter, built up roofing, structural steel.

252 Synopses

BGB631 Measurement of Construction Work 4

Aim: As Measurement of Construction Work 3

Synopsis: a. Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and

billing quantities in the trades plumber and drainer.

b. Detailed study and instruction in the process and methods of taking off and billing quantities in complex basement and foundation work in the trades underpinning, excavator, concretor and all types of piling systems. Study and instruction will also be applied to complex structural systems in suspended slabs and walls.

BGP129 BGB410

Aim:

Mechanical Estimating Mechanical Estimating

To provide the student with an understanding of estimating techniques and procedures related to a variety of situations and conditions.

Synopsis: Definition of units and symbols used in air conditioning and the parameter influencing air conditioning design. Outline of the various air conditioning systems and their common application. Public, invited and negotiated estimates. Tender preliminaries: specification extracts, planning, project details. Estimating make-up, take off procedures. Costing. Analysis of air-conditioning costs in relation to: total building, floor area, operating and maintenance. Builders allowances for air conditioning installations. Requirements of the Building Act 1975 in relation to air conditioning systems.

BGD420 Mechanical Estimating

Aim: To provide the student with an understanding of estimating techniques and procedures related to a variety of situations and conditions.

Synopsis: Definition of units and symbols used in air conditioning and the parameter influencing air conditioning design. Outline of the various air conditioning systems and their common application. Public, invited and negotiated estimates. Tender preliminaries; specification extracts, planning, project details. Estimate make-up, take off procedures. Costing. Analysis of air conditioning costs in relation to: total building, floor area, operating and maintenance. Builders allowances for air conditioning installations. Requirements of the Building Act 1975 in relation to air conditioning systems.

LPA127 LPA227

Aim:

Natural Sciences I (a) Natural Sciences I (b)

To introduce the students to basic principles of ecology, through a study of landform, soil, vegetation, and climate associations.

Synopsis: A study of landform: hillslopes, rivers and their valleys, special features, coastal landforms, man and soil erosion. Broad introduction to soil formation and vegetation classification and associations with references to landform and climate.

Synopses 253

BGP326 BGD618

Aim:

Office Management Office Management

To give students an appreciation of the role of a Quantity Surveyor as a working professional

Synopsis: A study of Scale of fees and professional charges, code of ethics, letters of engagement, law involving the quantity surveyor and his client, professional indemnity, professional image and status. Office management and procedures.

Textbooks: 'Scale of Fees and Professional Charges', The Institute. 'Code of Ethics', The Institute. Willis, A.J. and C.J., 'Practice and Procedure for the Quantity Surveyor', 5th Ed., 1969 Crosby Lockwood, London.

ARA131 Perspective Presentation (a) and (b)

Aim: 1. To develop skills and techniques in graphics, particularly in the use of

pencil for geometrical and perspective presentation. 2. To develop expertise in the use of colour in design.

Synopsis: Lettering, layout of drawings, drafting techniques, orthographic perspective, isometric and oxonometric projection, elementary graphic design. International drafting convention. Pictorial composition, colour and interior design with exercises in perspective of interiors.

LPA327 LPA427

Aim:

Planning Legislation I Planning Legislation II

1. To make students familiar with the legal context in which they will work. 2. To provide the practical detailed knowledge needed for work in office

situations.

Synopsis: The background to planning legislation: origins in the U.K., the U.S.A., Europe and Australia. The roles, powers and authority of the various levels of Government in Australia. The situation in Queensland: 'Local Government Acts', 'State and Regional Planning and Development, Public Works, Organisation and Environ­mental Control Act', 'The City of Brisbane Town Planning Act' etc. Local Authority By-laws and Town Planning Schemes. The Local Government Court.

LPP856 LPP857

Aim:

Planning Option IA - Physical Environmental Design Planning Option IB - Regional Development Planning

To focus the broad range of knowledge and skills which students have acquired in the earlier parts of the course into a specific area of planning of current relevance to society and to the student's future career prospects. Each student will be required to undertake one or more specific project/s in his selected option. Physical Environ­mental Design and Regional Development Planning are currently the two major fields from which students can select their Option Studies. All students within each option will benefit from the research and presentation of others through regular seminar discussions. Students will be encouraged and assisted to identify Final Semester Special Study topics which will apply and confirm the work conducted in their option subjects. Together the two subjects will constitute a large part of Final Year work and will form the basis for a field of specialisations of considerable potential significance for the student's future career, whether it is in the physical design or policy planning fields.

(cont'd.)

254 Synopses

LPP856 LPP857

Synopsis:

Planning Option IA - Physical Environmental Design Planning Option 18 - Regional Development Planning (cont'd.)

The theory and direct teaching components of this subject will be related to the identification of the objectives of the various client and interest groups involved in either Physical Environmental Planning or Regional Development Planning; familiar­ising students with the public and private agencies concerned; the collection and analysis of relevant data; discussion of the major issues; problem solving and policy making in the field of study; and implementation and management techniques.

Wherever possible, individual and group projects will be inter-related to broaden the scope of a particular exercise and to encourage multi-disciplinary interaction in problem identification design solution, development and implementation techniques and monitoring systems.

LPP813 Planning Practice I LPP823 Planning Practice II

Aim: To train students to use the techniques currently available for analysing and proposing solutions to planning situations relating directly to activity systems as discussed in Planning Theory I & II and in the context of Development Processes I & II. It will endeavour not only to give students practice in the application of method, but also encourage him to criticaly examine and develop their relevance to the problem under consideration. The year concentrates on planning situations which directly relate to users rather than to the Urban structures within which users satisfy their needs, in order to reinforce the direct relation between planning solutions and community needs.

Scope and Content: 1. The problem of projection and assessment of objectives. 2. The problem of data selection and design - physical factors, human factors

and development process factors. 3. The problem of implementation and evaluation. 4. Includes Field Work of approximately 15 hours per semester.

LPP831 Planning Practice Ill LPP841 Planning Practice IV

Aim: To examine the spatial fields and consequent structural devised by Urban Specialists to deal with the problem of Urban - non-urban analysis. It is intended to allow the student to relate the direct problems dealt with in the previous year with respect to human activities, to the abstract forms which Planners use to analyse and control urban development, e.g. structures, systems, forms, growth strategies, hierarchies, linkages and the like. It will be concerned with the problems of growth, change and conservation relating to the following spatial fields.

(a) Local (b) Urban and Metropolitan (c) Regional (d) Non-urban and Natural resources.

Synopsis: Covers the nature and method of approach to the planning process as a whole, as well as its various stages of goal setting, survey and data collection, analysis, design programming and implementation. Will apply some of the modelling techniques described in Planning Techniques within the development framework explained in Development Control through a series of exercises. e.g.

(a) Redevelopment Study (Local Planning) (b) Urban Structure (c) Regional Program (d) Natural Resource Management Study.

LPP835 LPP845

Aim:

Planning Techniques I Planning Techniques II

Synopses 255

To provide an input for Planning Practice Ill and IV and give students a comprehensive review of current techniques available for Planning analysis at the Local, Urban, Regional and Resource Management scales.

Synopsis: (a) The methodological limitations and potentialities of various forms of

Planning- Master Plans and process plans; comprehensive and incremental analysis; future-oriented and systems balance; social development and management programs.

(b) Preliminary Analysis: Classification and statistical techniques; spatial data processing; social surveys; goal assessment techniques.

(c) Models in Planning: descriptive, predictive, allocation and evaluation models; simulation techniques; potential surfaces; gravity models.

(d) Design Analysis: the generation of alternatives, testing and feedback. (e) Evaluation: economic assessment, political responses and public

participation.

LPP811 LPP812 LPP821 LPP822

Aim:

Planning Theory IA Planning Theory 18 Planning Theory llA Planning Theory 118

To examine the role and nature of planning within the wider policy and decision­making structure of society in order to focus attention on the theory and process of Urban and Regional Planning as a distinct operation. It will concentrate on the planning problems and situations generated by specific human activities and analyse the contribution made by planning practice in the past as a basis for the consolidation and development of an approach that operationally integrates user needs or demands, societal means and available planning techniques.

The subject matter is closely related to the first year programmes of Planning Practice and Development Processes and it will provide the means for integrating the knowledge gained in them into the development of a thorough approach to Planning Action.

It will consist of two parts: 1. Planning Theory IA and llA will deal with planning concepts which

concentrate on the specific contributions of Planning Practice. 2. Planning Theory I Band I IB will deal with land use activities and will extend

the student's understanding of the Urbanisation process as a fac:tor in problem solving and decision-making in Planning situations.

Planning Theory IA and /IA (a) Development of Practice - origins, developments and new directions in

planning, changing social and political forces, professional attitudes. (b) Planning as environmental design, Location Theory and systems planning,

goal-oriented planning, future-oriented planning, planning as management.

(c) Design Concepts - environmental units, urban form, access and service hierarchies and systems, process methods, modelling in planning, site analysis and ecological systems, density control, growth and change control.

(cont'd.}

256 Synopses

LPP811 LPP812 LPP821 LPP822

Planning Theory IA Planning Theory IB Planning Theory llA Planning Theory llB

(cont'd.) (cont'd.) (cont'd.I (cont'd.I

Planning Theory IB and 118: (a) Urban and non-urban planning problems - growth and change. Land

resource management. Case studies on zones of transition (inner city and urban-rural fringes), Urban nodes, Growth centres, Special settlements, Natural areas.

(b) Activity Systems: (i) The residential component: Housing and community facilities,

social preferences and allocation factors, private and public housing, design of residential areas and development control systems.

(ii) Servicing Urban areas: Retail, commerce, transport and employment opportunities.

(iii) Industrial needs: Location, land needs, policy controls and design standards.

(iv) Recreation and Open Space: assessing needs and satisfying demands, conservation and tourism, park systems.

(v) Activity Centres: The CBD, Regional and District Centres. (c) Synthesis and Structures: introduction to Urban and Regional Structures.

LPP851 LPP861

Aim:

Planning Theory Ill Planning Theory IV

To consolidate and develop a meaningful core of Planning Theory. It will draw on the student's own analysis of planning as well as on the ideas currently generated by Planners. Generally its aim will be to allow the student to convincingly integrate Theory, Method, and practice and to relate it to his own capabilities.

Scope and Content: Conceptions of Planning: Urban design, Welfare Planning, Systems Planning, Corporate Planning, Advocacy in Planning, Management and Policy Planning. Ideological and philosophical bases -Marxist-socialist, Capitalist-democratic, social order and social conflict, social change and deviance. Developments in Planning: case studies of recent reports in Local, Urban and Regional Planning. Theory in Planning: the contribution of Urban Geography, Urban Sociology, Environmental analysis, Regional science and Social and Economic Development Planning to a Theory of Urban and Regional Planning.

LPP854 LPP864

Planning Workshops I Planning Workshops II

~~m~llow students to examine planning and related issues either by p~rticipation in seminars or attendance at guest lectures and to extend formal studies through exercises undertaken in the field.

Synopsis: . Field Studies and Workshops - In all of these subject areas students will be expected to attend special seminars as programmed and in_ any tv;'o semesters t.o participate in a number of specified field trips of from one h~lf days to on.ew.eek s duration. These compulsory field studies relate to other sub1ect areas, principally Planning Practice and Resource Conservation and Management. Planning Workshops - In both semesters, students will be expected to attend special seminars as programmed and in either semester to attend a con:ipuls.ory field trip not exceeding one week's duration: ~ork undert~ken du~mg field studies will relate to other subject areas, principally Planning Options and Community Studies.

Synopses 257

LPP737 Plants Aim: To introduce students to plant material, its recognition and needs.

Synopsis: The recognition and identification of native and exotic plants and their assoc­iations. The use of identification keys. Anatomy and growth of plants. This subject includes field work off campus.

LPB402 Population Studies

Aim: 1. To introduce students to techniques of analysing and predicting population

structure and changes.

2. To enable students to understand the effects of these changes upon the built environment and in other social and economic areas.

Synopsis: Sources of Population Statistics; Methods of expression and graphical techniques; Vital Statistics; Changes in Population; Socio-Economic Characteristics; Popu­lation - Spatial Characteristics; Work Force; Population and Dwellings; Trends and Predictions; Implications for Planning.

BGP125 BGP126 BGB515 BGB516

Aim:

Post Contract Services I Post Contract Services II Post Contract Services I Post Contract Services II

To indicate the broader aspects of Quantity Surveying practice and to give instruction in the performance of these services.

Synopsis: Post Contract Services I - An in depth study in the method of adjustment of Provisional items in the Contract; a study of Rise and Fall entitlements under various formulae, methods of preparing Valuation Certificates for Progress Payments, and modern cost control techniques used on jobs during the construction period including review of relevant contractural clauses applicable to all items within Semester Study. Post Contract Services II - An in depth study of various aspects of Quantity Surveying Practice including preparation of reports on tenderers priced Bills of Quantities, claims and errors in the Bill of Quantities, adjustments to the Contract Sum for Variations, Feasibility Studies and different types of Contractural Arrangement and selection of Contractors.

ARA532 ARA632

Aim:

Practice and Procedures I Practice and Procedures II

To give students an appreciation and practical knowledge of landscape and planning practice in both the public and private sectors.

Synopsis: Introduction to organizational structures; the place and relationships of the professions in private and Government areas. Relationship of office, client, consultants, contractors, and the various levels of Government. Documentation and application procedures. Office procedures, filing, records, samples, forms etc. Finance, costing and budgeting in public and private sectors. Preparation of landscape and planning briefs.

258 Synopses

ARA323 ARA423

Aim:

Presentation Media Ill Presentation Media IV

To introduce students to various techniques of presentation of projects including photo.graphy, model-making and clay modelling.

Synopsis: Various media for presentation of projects: application of techniques and skills already gained, model-making, photography, visual aids. Clay modelling. Form studies with a plastic material. Making of moulds and reproduction of forms. Introduction to work in modelling materials. Use of graphics in survey and analysis.

BGP219 BGP010 BGB017 BGB018

Aim:

Principles of Law I Principles of Law II Principles of Law I Principles of Law II

To provide the students with a broad general knowledge of the law as it affects the Construction Industry.

Synopsis: Principles of Law I -

Introduction to Legal Principles and Process - The legal system and process. Sources and divisions of the law. Rules of precedent. Interpretation of statutes and regulations. Legal practice and procedure. Law of Property - Ownership and possession. Estates and interests in land. Easements, rights and restrictive covenants. Party walls, boundary walls, fences and encroachments.

Principles of Law II -Law of Tort - Negligence, professional negligence, duty of care, liability, occupiers liability, nuisance, fraud and conversion. Arbitration - Nature of comparison with actions at law. Reference by consent. The arbitration agreement, parties, subject matter, appointment of arbitrators or umpire. Conduct of an arbitration; powers and duties of an arbitrator. Rules of evidence. Validity of publication and enforcement of an award. Costs.

BGB110 Principles of Measurement

Aim: To analyse and develop an understanding of the general rules and recommend­ations for the measurement of building works.

Synopsis: Introduction to the Australian Standard Method of Measurement of Building Works and an examination in detail of the general rules and recommendations. A detailed study of the various methods used in setting down dimensions and the procedures used in the final compilation of Bills of Quantity.

ARB701 Problem Solving I

Aim: 1. To develop a first-principles approach to concepts and processes of

problem-solving relative to the School's professional areas. 2. To demonstrate how the environmental context, i.e. physical, biological,

and community, relative to the processes imposes constraints and offers opportunities as well as providing means for evaluating solution.

3. To introduce students to some of the basic concepts of land as the common setting for the problems and applications of problem-solving relative to the School's professional areas.

4. To encourage the development of thinking and applications of same rather than the assimilation of facts.

(cont'd.)

Synopses 259

ARB701 Problem Solving I (cont'd.I

Synopsis: A project based studio program with an accompanying lecture series. Lectures will cover rational and lateral thinking, research techniques, design methodology, creativity, perception, and concepts in measurement, accuracy and precision. Studio projects will include problems of logic, perception, critical path, instrumentation for land measurement, contour mapping, interdependencies, system and arrangement, specific performance devices, spanning, and abstract design in two and three dimensions. Simple survey techniques.

LPB202 Problem Solving 2

Aim: 1. To apply the first-principles approaches developed in Problem Solving I to

a series of problems for solution within the ambit of the professions represented by the School.

2. To illustrate opportunities for creative and lateral thinking. 3. To increase awareness of quality, accuracy and precision through

measurement, skills development and project implementation. 4. To relate specific project programmes with discrete professional areas for

awareness of disciplinary limitations and interrelatedness.

Synopsis: Project based studio programme with accompanying scheduled lectures. The projects will cover critical path programming, site analysis, aesthetic evaluation, client analysis, ecological systems reactions, and structure and product design.

ARP653 Professional Practice

Aim: 1. To give the student basic facts and advice concerning the administration of

design jobs commensurate with the clauses of a professional code of conduct as and when they apply.

2. To examine the anatomy of design administration.

Synopsis: Phase 1 - The fee contact.

(a) being Briefed (b) writing the fee (c) after any intermediate negotiations receiving the written acceptance of

it. Phase 2 - Progressing the job.

(a) setting up the job, research preparation and submission of preliminary designs following the first invoice.

(b) design development followed by subsequent invoice. (c) finished working drawings, supervision of production followed by

susbequent invoices. Phase 3 - Winding up.

(a) publicizing the job. (b) final invoice. (c) filing essential records.

Organisations concerned with Design IDCA S.E.A. etc.

LPP752 Professional Practice (Landscape) I

Aim: To supplement knowledge gained in an office situation with detailed information in regard to practice methods.

Synopsis: Study of landscape practice, including general office procedures, relationships among office, client, and contractors, professional conduct and responsibilities, contract types, administration of contracts. Requires office visits and field observations off campus.

260 Synopses

LPP753 Professional Practice (Landscape) II

Aim: 1. To investigate legal requirements related to the designed landscape. 2. Through a case study approach, give students detailed knowledge of

practice methods and problems.

Synopsis: Study of legislation relating to landscape and landscape practice. Case studies involving practice problems. Requires office visits and field observations off campus.

ARB714 Professional Studies Aims:

1. To provide a broad and general coverage of the laws which regulate the daily lives of all citizens.

2. To provide necessary information on Acts, By-Laws, and regulations to enable the student to appreciate the law as a constraint in the design and construction process.

3. To develop understanding of accounting practices and procedures. 4. To encourage an understanding of the workings of a professional office.

Synopsis: This subject will be undertaken in four parts each of equal emphasis.

A. Introduction to law -What is law? Legal rules distinguished from other types of rules. Who makes our laws? Discussion of legislation and judge made laws. Introduction to the law of contract. Aspects of the law of torts.

B. Law of the Built Environment -A review of the Australian and Queensland Acts, Local Authority By-Laws and regulations of statutory authorities as they affect the built environment. Legal aspects of land - land tenure, descriptions and status of land, rights and interests in land, Torrens system, role of registering offices. Introduction to professional liability, design registration, patents, & copyright.

C. Introduction to Accounting -Accounting as an information system. Double entry accounting and the account­ing cycle. Mass processing of data by special journals and automation. Voucher system. Cash and accounts receivable. Long term assets. Liabilities and owner's equity. Partnership accounting.

D. Office Practice -The place of the professions in private, government, and other areas. Relationship of office, client, consultants, contractors; office documentation; office procedures; a general introduction to the business, legal, and financial sides of the professions.

ARB495 Professional Studies I

Building Economics

a. Estimating - square cost preliminary estimates through to detailed ele­mental estimates, definition of elements. Cost Planning- from inception to tender. Types of contract. Post Contract Control. Built-up Rates-simplified price analysis. Building Services Cost Control. Elemental Analyses. Feas­ibility Studies (example). Detailed elemental analysis - practical by students based on drawing and specification.

b. Real Property Markets. Structure and Operation of the Construction Industries. Stability and Instability. The Finance Industries. Cost and Revenues Analysis. Project Evaluation. Project Control. Economics of Design. Viability of Practices.

Synopses 261

ARB595 Professional Studies 2

Management and Law

a. The management process in architectural practice includes management planning, organization, control, staffing, policy direction. Sole proprietor/ partnership/corporations/joint ventures. Financial management, account­ing methods and concepts. Staff organization, capabilities, vertical/ horizontal, team communication, office procedures/practices, office standard forms, reporting time forms. Organizational chart, reporting expenses, insurance travel, expense acounts.

b. Architect's responsibilities in contract and tort, legal relationship of those involved, the legal system, Architects Act, law in relation to copyright, registration, partnerships, companies, contracts in general, disputes, land and building activities. Insurance in general terms, building contracts and documentation in brief, conditions of tendering, tendering procedures and analysis of tenders.

ARB695 Professional Studies 3

(a) Professional Practice in Architecture Architect's responsibility for inspection and certification, work programming, conditions of engagement and scales of fees, forms of building contract in detail, the construction industry in general, establishing the contract, duties as administrator, arbitration.

(b) System Theory and Architecture Introduction to the application of systems theory to architecture.

(c) Computers in Architectural Practice Trends and concepts in computers, and their relevance. Systems Approach. Architectural application of Information Structures, Geometric and non­geometric data files, Input/Output devices, Applications software. Design Appraisal.

(d) Building Project Management for Architects Brief history of control of building projects. Management theory - planning, organising, controlling construction. Alternative Contractual arrangements. Market surveys for property development. Feasibility studies for property development. Decision Analysis. Financing property development. Selection and commissioning of design consultants. Design/Function/Performance Briefs. Programming and time control in building. Cost control in building. Project management of the design process. Project management during construction phase. Commissioning and maintenance of building projects. Building function and cost evaluation - value for money. Project management and leasing/selling property developments.

BGP215 BGP216 BGB607 BGB608

Project Equipment and Safety I Project Equipment and Safety II Project Equipment and Safety I Project Equipment and Safety II

Aim: To .make the students aware of the types, functions and limitations of the equ1p.ment and machinery that is used in the construction industry, thereby enabling them to plan their building operations more efficiently and safely.

(cont'd.)

262 Synopses

BGP215 BGP216 BGB607 BGB608

Synopsis:

Project Equipment and Safety I Project Equipment and Safety II Project Equipment and Safety I Project Equipment and Safety II

Project Equipment and Safety I and II -

(cont'd.I

Study of the various excavating, hoisting, transporting and mixing equipment. Fixed, portable and mobile equipment will be examined, taking account of their functions, capacity, flexibility, limitations, advantages, disadvantages, and safety requirement. Hoardings, Gantries, miscellaneous gear. Crane and Hoist Code and other Codes. Study of the Construction Safety Act 1971-1973 and Regulations.

(i) Certification of Riggers, Scaffolders, Dogman, Hoist Drivers, Explosive Powered Tool Operators and their responsibilities. Various types of scaffolding and other types of construction equipment and fittings. Safety in erection and demolition of buildings and excavation and trenching work.

(ii) Accident investigation and analysis and accident prevention techniques. Frequency and severity rates and training, management responsibilities.

Textbook: 'Construction Safety Act', Government Printer.

SVP201 SVP202 SVB201 SVB202

Aim:

Project Survey I Project Survey II Project Survey I Project Survey II

To enable the students to gain practical experience in the use of surveying and construction instruments.

Synopsis: Project Survey I - Students will be required to carry out two surveys of a building site of approximately one acre in area of undulating ground. The first survey is to be a chain survey with reduced levels taken on a grid to show the nature of the topography. There will be a reasonable number of natural features which are to be incorporated in the survey. The second survey on an alternative site of the same size is to be done by theodolite traverse. Project Survey II - Students are to carry out exercises for site preparation and setting out of a building on a project site with provision for all temporary structures, including setting up temporary datum marks and checking building set outs, levels and vertical alignments.

LPB504 Quantities

Aim: To introduce measurement of quantities and estimates of cost.

Synopsis: Methods of measuring quantities, factors influencing final cost including labour, production and materials. The role of the Quantity Surveyor.

LPP763 Research Study (Landscape)

Aim: To provide an area in which a student may pursue in depth a personal study.

Synopsis: Individual study on an approved topic/s with tutorial sessions. A printed handout covering aspects of this subject is available. Intended to require one semester in final drafting stage. Enrolment should occur in semester of intended completion (limited to 2 years following completion of other course work).

Synopses 263

LPP844 Resource Conservation and Management

Aim: Follows from Development Processes I and II (Physical Factors) to provide students with the necessary information and understanding to deal with non­urban areas. Provides students with a thorough understanding of the role of associated professional teams and the constraints under which they practice.

Synopsis: Resources and Development: the problem associated with rural land uses, forestry, agriculture, tourism and mining and water. Resource Management: case studies covering the needs, problems and processes of resource management. Landscape Architecture: its scope and role, case studies in park management, restoration and reclamation works. Environmental Legislation.

ARB707 Services I Synopsis: This first stage of a continuing course will cover: , Energy: Sources of energy. Generation and distribution of electricity and gas, and installation in buildings. Solar and other alternative energy sources - general overview of developments. Artificial Lighting in buildings. Transportation: General introduction to transportation systems, traffic corridors, terminals, interchanges, parking and land use requirements will be considered in broad terms. Vertical transportation - lifts and escalators. Goods handling systems.

ARB711 Services 2

Synopsis: Second stage of a continuing course. Services considered in this segment are: Hydraulics and Pneumatics. Water Supply: Sources, catchment, storage and reticulation of water. Detailed consideration of reticulation to final outlet fittings. Drainage: Plumbing fittings, plumbing, drainage, mains connections, reticulation and treatment of sewage, and stormwater. Other Wastes: Collection, treatment and disposal of solid and special wastes. All available systems for these three services will be considered.

ARB713 Services 3

Synopsis: Third stage of a continuing course. Communications: Present and developing systems. Requirements for distribution and installation and impact on design. Fire Protection System. Heating Systems. Air Conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation. Site Studies related to Services: Overview of restraints on development due to all services considered previously and to health and comfort of the community. Artificial lighting - external areas.

LPB603 Social Analysis

Aim: To reinforce awareness of the social implications of action proposals and offer process for assessing such implications.

Synopsis: Introduction to social theory supported by studies in areas such as community services, voluntary associations, social welfare and planning, municipal and regional responsibilities, social policy administration, and public participation. Project exercises based on analyses undertaken during the course of study.

264 Synopses

LPP805 LPP806

Aim:

Social Aspects of Planning I Social Aspects of Planning II

To introduce students to the social, economic and political context in which planning and associated professions participate in order to begin to define the scope and the role of Planning.

Synopsis: Method, ideology and rationality in the social sciences; social, economic and political systems and their implications for planning intervention; legitimacy, authority and power in relation to public interest representation; the concept of need, community, environment and behaviour; case studies of social groups; the contribution of the social science to planning practice.

LPP738 Soll Science

Aim: To enable students to gain technical knowledge in relation to soils.

Synopsis: A critical study of the soil, its formation, characteristics, identification, and effects upon it of different land uses. Special reference will be made to local conditions and associated problems. This subject may include field work off campus.

LPP880 Special Planning Study

Aim: To develop students' abilities to identify and synthesise relevant information to reach valid conclusions in an individual investigative study in an area relevant to the selected Planning Option.

Synopsis: The study, which will be of approximately 15,000 - 20,000 words will be related to the Option selected by the student, but its precise subject and objectives will be chosen by the students in consultation with an appointed study tutor. The study will be assessed on the extent to which it fulfills initial stated and relevant objectives.

ARP512 Specification

(a) Function of the specification, its legal and contractual implications, construction and terminology of the specification, specification writing by trades and functions, schedules and enclosures, expendable draft specifications, master specifications.

(b) Word processing systems.

BGP138 BGB520

Aim:

Specification Specification

1. To develop an understanding of the principles involved in the writing of all types of specifications and an understanding of the legal implications of such a document.

2. To develop an understanding of the principles involved in the writing of specified Bills of Quantities. Instruction in the integration of specification notes into trade preambles and Bill of Quantity items.

Synopsis: The compilation of specifications complementing other architectural documents. Definitions, objects and purpose of a specification. Specification as a contract legal and working document; relationship to the Bill of Quantities and drawings; schedules; reference material and specification writing. The use of 'Master' specifications: outright and performance specifications and preparation of specified Bills of Quantities.

ARB491

Aim:

Specifications

Synopses 265

a. Function of the specification, its legal and contractual implications, construction and terminology of the specification, specification writing by trades and functions, schedules and enclosures, expendable draft specif­ications, master specifications.

b. Word processing systems.

ARA321 ARA421

Aim:

Specifications I (a) Specifications I {b)

To acquaint the student with the processes of specification writing, especially as applied to buildings.

Synopsis: Functions of the specification and its contractural significance. Construction of the specification and terminology. Specification writing for building by trades and functions. Exercises in actual specification writing will be related to studies in other areas such as Construction and Design.

ARA440 Structural Mechanics

To ensure that the student has a sound knowledge of elementary structural mechanics as applied to building members in reasonably straightforward design.

Synopsis: Forces and reactions. Bending moments and shear force diagrams. Stress, strain and deflections. Loads on buildings and structural requirements, design of steel members, redius of gyration, moments of inertia, section modulus. Design of timber members, design of concrete members. Connections. Exercises will involve principles of statics, calculations, and graphic solutions to simple structural problems.

CEB453 Structural Mechanics I

Synopsis: Steel beams, columns, connections. Timber beams, columns, connections. Principles of building stability (elementary). Basic concepts of structures. Concrete design to Ultimate Strength Theory. Bending Bond Shear. Beams and One Way Slabs. Columns. Retaining Walls. All topics are to be taught with structural examples to be calculated by the student with reference to the SAA Codes.

CEB553 Structural Mechanics 2 Synopsis: Concrete Walls. Moment distribution. Continuous beams and slabs. Two way slabs. Flat slab systems. Serviceability requirements. Foundations. Pile Caps. Foundation Beams. Principles of 'T' and 'L' beams. Deep beams. Principles of Prestressed Concrete. Brickwork Code and Design. All topics other than Prestressed Concrete are to be taught with structural examples from Buildings, to be calculated by the student with reference to the SAA Codes.

CEB653 Structural Mechanics 3 Synopsis: Qualitative behaviour of indeterminate structures. Design of Portal frames. Industrial building framing systems. Frame stability. Composite construction. Underpinning and shoring. Principles of Plastic Design. All topics other than Plastic Design are to be taught with structural examples from buildings, to be calculated by the student with reference !o the SAA Codes.

266 Synopses

BGB107 BGB108

Synopsis:

Structural Mechanics I Structural Mechanics II

Structural Mechanics I - Resolution of forces, beam reaction, properties of sections. Shear force and bending moment diagrams. Loading code, design loads. Simple truss analysis and force diagram. Stress, Strain and Tension members. Theory of bending. Design of timber beams and columns. Structural Mechanics II - Steel design problems and steel connections. Building Stability. Steel design beams, columns and connections. Design of concrete beams, bending, shear, bond, one way slabs. Qualitative introduction to indeterminate structures.

Textbooks: BHP, 'Rolled Sections and Plates'. Relevant metric Australian Standards.

BGB205 BGB206

Aim:

Structural Mechanics Ill Structural Mechanics IV

To provide students with a general basic understanding of Structural Mechanics and Design Principles.

Synopsis: Structural Mechanics Ill - Analysis of statically indeterminate building frames using approximate methods. Building frame systems and design. Brickwork and concrete masonry design. Retaining walls. Continuity and deflected shapes, moment distribution. Use of computers in structural design. Structural Mechanics IV - Continuous slab. Two-way and flat slab systems. concrete walls and columns. Composite beam Design. Prestressed concrete theory. Plastic design theory. Foundation pile caps and pier design. Use of computers in structural design.

LPA334 LPA434

Aim:

Survey and Analysis I Survey and Analysis II

To give students suitable knowledge and direction to enable them to formulate a logical approach to the collection and collation of survey material.

Synopsis: Requirements of physical and social surveys. Landscape surveys, data collection, recording, and collating. Use of photographic methods. Land use surveys for recreation, retail, industry, and housing condition. Social Survey: preparation of questionnaires and procedures. Sources of data. Basic sampling procedure.

SVB401 Surveying

Aim: To introduce concepts, instrumentation, and applications of survey systems with emphasis on problems and areas likely to be encountered by the builder.

Synopsis: Basic concepts and applications of Surveying and relationship with building. Instrumentation - level, tapes, theodolite, compass, auto-plumb. Applications of instruments - levelling, cross-sections, contours, detail site surveying, setting out procedures, tachometry. Office applications - plotting, volume computation.

Synopses 267

SVB101 Surveying Measuring .Aim:

To introduce students to the elementary concepts, instrumentation and appli­cations of survey systems.

Synopsis: The study program is aimed at problems likely to be encountered by the builder and covers the following aspects:

1. Basic concepts and applications of Surveying and relationship with Architecture and Building.

2. Instrumentation -(a) Level - construction, adjustment, uses and precuations. Booking

procedures. (b) Steel tape - field precautions, corrections and accuracy. (c) Theodolite - basic construction, elementary precautions and uses,

traversing. (d) Compass traversing.

3. Applications of instruments -(a) Running a flight of levels. (b) Cross sectioning. (c) Contours - their properties, production and uses. (d) Detail surveying of sites. (e) Setting out procedures as applied to large building projects. (f) Tachometry.

4. Office applications -(a) Plotting of survey data. (b) Computations of volumes - balance volumes from spot heights.

1. Legal aspects - cadastral system and land tenure system. Titles Office procedures, searching, identification, types of surveys, easements, encroachments, interpretation of survey plans.

CMA135 CMA235

Aim:

Technical Communications I Technical Communications II

To make students aware of effective means of oral and written communication.

Synopsis: Techniques of effective written communication, rules of grammar and language, report writing; business correspondence. Techniques of effective spoken communication, debate, procedure and chairmanship of meetings.

CMA335 CMA435

Aim:

Technical Communications Ill Technical Communications IV

To extend and develop skills acquired in Presentation Techniques (Year 2).

Synopsis: Effective writing, layout and composition techniques for written reports. Communication processes, materials and techniques including report repro­duction, audio and visual techniques. Basic costing. Spoken communication.

268 Synopses

ARB195 ARB196

Aim:

Technology 1 Technology 2

To provide students with an understanding of 'how things work'.

Synopsis: A study of the laws of science as they affect the systems which surround us. A study of particular small-scale systems to establish which principles are the essence of its operation. The study may range from systems of uni planar forces through hydraulics, optical or acoustical qualities to electronics depending on the systems selected. Exercises in making models of the studies being attempted in Design Studies I. An analysis of the interaction of forces, function, materials and form in such apparently simple structures as the outrigger canoe, the hang-glider. An introduction to computer applications in architectural science.

BGB130 Technology I

Materials, Method, Structure I -Synopsis: Section A:

Identification of the characteristics and Properties of timber, clay products, stone, and ferrous metals. Lectures will cover physical and chemical properties and reactions of each material, methods of manufacture, fabrication, jointing, and factors affecting strength. The section will also cover simple construction and structural concepts related to these materials.

Section B: Acquisition of basic workshop skills in working and fabricating these materials. Workshop exercises will be related to the lecture series and/or field visits to related manufacturing plant.

Mathematics I -Aims:

1. To introduce students to some new mathematical concepts, mainly of a geometrical nature, in order to heighten their awareness of shapes and spatial relationship.

2. To introduce students to data collection and analysis which will be required in fieldwork and projects in other subject areas.

Synopsis: Plane curves, as loci, ruler and compass and string constructions. Polar co­ordinates. The golden ratio and the Fibonacci sequence. Symmetric plane filling patterns generated by rotations, reflections and translations. Types of surfaces in spece, ruled surfaces, minimal surfaces, one sided surfaces. Regular solids, close packing of spheres. Revision of trigonometry, heights and distances, areas and volumes using numerical methods. An introduction to statistics involving methods of collecting data both in the field and from existing records, the analysis of such data and the interpretation of results. Examples and assignments to be linked with project and field work currently undertaken in other disciplines.

BGB230 Technology 2

Mathematics II -Aims:

1. To enable students to appreciate the role of computing with special reference to the built environment professions.

2. To provide the necessary mathematical background for students to understand structures and the forces acting on them.

(cont'd.)

Synopses 269

BGB230 Technology 2 (cont'd.) Synopsis: An introduction to the role of the computer in design and management. Special reference will be made to the use of packages in the fields of computer graphics and operations research. Vectors, forces, resolution of a force, triangle of forces, friction, parallel forces, moments, couples, conditions for equilibrium, graphical solution. Centre of gravity and moment of inertia.

Materials, Method, Structure 2 -Synopsis: Section A:

Identification of the characteristics and properties of non-ferrous metals, concrete, and plastics through lectures and workshop based studies. Lectures will cover physical and chemical properties and reactions of each material, methods of manufacture, fabrication, jointing, and factors affecting strength. The series will also cover simple construction and structural concepts related to these materials.

Sections: Acquisition of basic workshop skills in working and fabricating these materials. Workshop exercises will be related to the lecture series and/or field visits to related manufacturing plants.

ARB295 ARB296

Technology 3 Technology 4

Structural Mechanics I and II

Aim: To give students an understanding of the mathematical reasoning in structural design and its application to the design of structural members.

Synopsis: Forces and reactions, bending moments and shear force diagrams, stress strain and deflection, loads on buildings and structural requirements, radius of gyration, moments of inertia, section modulus. Design of steel and timber members. Connections.

Materials Method & Structure I

Aim: A study of the physical forces influencing the form of natural and fabricated structures together with a study of the characteristics of materials, leading to the consideration of a range of objects and structures across a wide spectrum from post and beam to tension and diaphragm structures; study of the methods of using and joining materials to transmit and resist the forces acting. Computer applications in architectural science.

Synopsis: The course will run parallel with the Design Studies course and in many instances the two programs will be integrated. Initially the program will be devoted mainly to a study of materials and fundamentals of structure on a week-by-week topic-by­topic basis. The emphasis in the later part of the semester will be on the actual making of models and structures. Basic building types (such as 'the emergency shelter') will be constructed in conjunction with the Design Studies program.

Materials Method & Structure 2

Aim: To provide an intense course in building materials, methods and structures.

Synopsis: Lectures and studio sessions on the materials and methods used for load-bearing construction, frame construction in various materials. Steel construction, concrete frame construction, an introduction to industrialised and modular systems, the cladding and roofing of framed buildings. Computer applications to methods and structures.

270 Synopses

AR8395 AR8396

Technology 5 Technology 6

Structural Mechanics 3 and 4

Design of concrete beams, bending; shear, bond, one-way slabs. Design of concrete columns, footings, pile caps two-way and flat slabs. Brickwork and concrete masonry design. Composite beams. Column and slabs by ultimate strength theory.

Analyse statically indeterminate building frames using moment distribution. Qualitative continuity and deflected shapes. General building stability. Building frames.

Construction 1 and 2

Aim: To provide an intense course in the more complex aspects of construction, particularly in relation to the theory of structures.

Synopsis: Footings, retaining walls, roof truss design, building frames, floor systems, roof systems, laminated timber, structural plywood, precast and prestressed concrete, building failures, calculated brick and masonry construction, corrosion protection and fireproofing, underpinning and shoring.

Basic Engineering Services 1 and 2

Aim: To generate an awareness, through an understanding of hydraulic and engin­eering services, that such services can affect the final design solution. To give students necessary design criteria for these services.

Synopsis: Hydraulic engineering services associated with buildings: water supply, sewerage and sanitary plumbing. Study of relevant acts and laws. Principles of hydraulic design. A general review of problems concerned with installation of such services. Engineering services associated with buildings including vertical communication, electrical power and illumination, air conditioning and venti­lation, acoustics and noise transmission.

Environmental Science I and 2

Aim: The aim of this series is to allow the students to appreciate design factors determined by the site in order that architectural designs may better realise site design potential.

Synopsis: Site survey and analysis: the collection, presentation, and analysis of site data in relation to a proposed scheme-topography, soils, geology, drainage, vegetation, patterns, climate, man-made elements, visual and landscape character. The effects of site disturbance, including the addition of structures on the site: effects on climate, soils, drainage, vegetation and character.

LPP834 Transport Studies

Aim: 1. To consolidate the students understanding of the role of transport as a link

between land uses and as a generator of urban structural forms. 2. To provide students with a thorough understanding of the role and needs of

Transportation Planners in order to fully integrate their specialised contribution into the planning process.

3. To provide students with the necessary operational understanding of transportation design to carry out the planning projects which do not require the services of Transport Planning experts.

(cont'd)

Synopses 271

LPP834 Transport Studies (cont'd.)

Synopsis: 1. Land use and the transport system. The basic nature of traffic generation

and growth. Transport modes: trends, problems and means. 2. The transportation planning process: transportation studies and their

purpose and utility. Definition of zones and networks, trip generation, distribution and assignment: method of model split; concepts of distance and travel cost as measures of impedance to travel; traffic control and management; evaluation of transportation proposals; economic appraisal of schemes and networks; environmental considerations in the overall evaluation. Case studies in Land Use and Transport Studies; the scope for development; the present state of expertise.

LP8505 Urban Studies

Aims: 1. To extend and deepen the students' understanding of the way urban areas

function. · 2. To provide a background against which students can evaluate current

urban development practices. 3. To give students a practical understanding of the requirements of Jand-

using activities.

Synopsis: The wider aspects: the world-wide process of urbanization; national and regional settlement patterns in theory and in practice, including size/function relationships, changes in settlement patterns, and the problems of rural settlements. The dynamics of urban areas: the relationships and requirements of urban activities (especially residential, work,, and leisure activities); theories of city form and change; the problems of the CBD, the CBD fringe, and the urban/rural fringe. Case studies of Australian settlements.

LPP809 LPP810

Aim:

Urban Studies I Urban Studies II

To provide a general understanding of the process of urbanisation and the forces shaping the distribution of land uses within urban areas.

Synopsis: 1. Urban Growth: historical origins, geographical factors, centripetal and

centrifugal forces, control systems and their successes or failures. 2. Urban Change: industrialization processes and consequences; human

ecology; the process of urban renewal and decay; technological impacts. 3. Activity Systems: Housing, retail, commerce, industry, recreation and

community facilities - locational factors and spatial structures.

BGP001 BGB507

Aim:

Valuations Valuations

To make students aware of the factors affecting the value of land and building developments.

Synopsis: The nature of value. Effect of supply and demand on value. Principle factors affecting the supply of and demand for land and buildings. Investment value and occupational value. The principal types of landed property, the incidents of their tenure, the outgoings to which they are subject, and comparison with other forms of investment.

(cont'd.)

272 Synopses

BGP001 BGB507

Valuations (cont'd.) Valuations (cont'd.I

General principles governing the varying rates of interest required from different types and classes of property. Nature of rent. Methods of calculating rental value and net income. Principles involved in capitalization of net income. The nature and use of valuation tables and the general principles of their construction with examples of their use.

Textbooks: Murray, J.F.N., 'Principles and Practice of Valuations'. 'Principles and Practice of Valuations', 4th Ed., 1969, Commonwealth Institute of Valuers.

ARB705 Visual Communication 3

Aim: To consolidate abilities acquired in the first year of study and to explore the role of graphics as:

(a) An analytical medium, and (b) A means of translating design ideas into production documents.

Synopsis: A practice-based program will be followed with specialised, formal lecture inputs related to the development of methodologies. The program will concentrate on the achievement of a professional standard in basic techniques of production documentation whilst allowing furttier individual development in the more 'legitimate' aspects of artistic expression.

ARB708 Visual Communication 4

Aim: To concentrate on graphic applications in the specific professional areas represented by the School and to allow exploration of areas of particular individual interest and ability.

Synopsis: As this is the last formal unit of instruction in graphics, equal emphases will be placed on a review of skills and techniques previously covered and on direction of attention to the requirements of discrete professional applications. A measure of time will also be allocated to an individual project or projects on an elective basis.

ARA128 ARA228

Aim:

Workshop and Modelmaking I (a) Workshop and Modelmaking I (b)

1. To introduce the students to workshop procedures involving building materials.

2. To introduce the students to modelmaking.

Synopsis: General instruction on the use of workshop tools and in workshop procedures. Familiarisation of working charcteristics of various materials. Making of simple building and landscape models.

missing pages 273 to end